Title:   Moon of Israel

Subject:  

Author:   H. Rider Haggard

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Page No 108

Page No 109

Page No 110

Page No 111

Page No 112

Page No 113

Page No 114

Page No 115

Page No 116

Page No 117

Page No 118

Page No 119

Page No 120

Page No 121

Page No 122

Page No 123

Page No 124

Page No 125

Page No 126

Page No 127

Page No 128

Page No 129

Page No 130

Page No 131

Page No 132

Page No 133

Page No 134

Page No 135

Page No 136

Page No 137

Page No 138

Page No 139

Page No 140

Page No 141

Page No 142

Page No 143

Page No 144

Page No 145

Bookmarks





Page No 1


Moon of Israel

H. Rider Haggard



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

Moon of IsraelA Tale of the Exodus ..................................................................................................................1


Moon of Israel

i



Top




Page No 3


Moon of Israel

A Tale of the Exodus

H. Rider Haggard

 Author's Note

 CHAPTER I. SCRIBE ANA COMES TO TANIS

 CHAPTER II. THE BREAKING OF THE CUP

 CHAPTER III. USERTI

 CHAPTER IV. THE COURT OF BETROTHAL

 CHAPTER V. THE PROPHECY

 CHAPTER VI. THE LAND OF GOSHEN

 CHAPTER VII. THE AMBUSH

 CHAPTER VIII. SETI COUNSELS PHARAOH

 CHAPTER IX. THE SMITING OF AMON

 CHAPTER X. THE DEATH OF PHARAOH

 CHAPTER XI. THE CROWNING OF AMENMESES

 CHAPTER XII. THE MESSAGE OF JABEZ

 CHAPTER XIII. THE RED NILE

 CHAPTER XIV. KI COMES TO MEMPHIS

 CHAPTER XV. THE NIGHT OF FEAR

 CHAPTER XVI. JABEZ SELLS HORSES

 CHAPTER XVII. THE DREAM OF MERAPI

 CHAPTER XVIII. THE CROWNING OF MERAPI

AUTHOR'S NOTE

This book suggests that the real Pharaoh of the Exodus was not Meneptah or Merenptah, son of Rameses the

Great, but the mysterious usurper, Amenmeses, who for a year or two occupied the throne between the death

of Meneptah and the accession of his son the heirapparent, the gentlenatured Seti II.

Of the fate of Amenmeses history says nothing; he may well have perished in the Red Sea or rather the Sea of

Reeds, for, unlike those of Meneptah and the second Seti, his body has not been found.

Students of Egyptology will be familiar with the writings of the scribe and novelist Anana, or Ana as he is

here called.

It was the Author's hope to dedicate this story to Sir Gaston Maspero, K.C.M.G., Director of the Cairo

Museum, with whom on several occasions he discussed its plot some years ago. Unhappily, however,

weighed down by one of the bereavements of the war, this great Egyptologist died in the interval between its

writing and its publication. Still, since Lady Maspero informs him that such is the wish of his family, he adds

the dedication which he had proposed to offer to that eminent writer and student of the past.

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 1



Top




Page No 4


Dear Sir Gaston Maspero,

  When you assured me as to a romance of mine concerning ancient

  Egypt, that it was so full of the "inner spirit of the old

  Egyptians" that, after kindred efforts of your own and a lifetime

  of study, you could not conceive how it had been possible for it

  to spring from the brain of a modern man, I thought your verdict,

  coming from such a judge, one of the greatest compliments that

  ever I received. It is this opinion of yours indeed which induces

  me to offer you another tale of a like complexion. Especially am

  I encouraged thereto by a certain conversation between us in

  Cairo, while we gazed at the majestic countenance of the Pharaoh

  Meneptah, for then it was, as you may recall, that you said you

  thought the plan of this book probable and that it commended

  itself to your knowledge of those dim days.

  With gratitude for your help and kindness and the sincerest homage

  to your accumulated lore concerning the most mysterious of all the

  perished peoples of the earth,

Believe me to remain

Your true admirer,

H. Rider Haggard.

CHAPTER I. SCRIBE ANA COMES TO TANIS

This is the story of me, Ana the scribe, son of Meri, and of certain of the days that I have spent upon the

earth. These things I have written down now that I am very old in the reign of Rameses, the third of that

name, when Egypt is once more strong and as she was in the ancient time. I have written them before death

takes me, that they may be buried with me in death, for as my spirit shall arise in the hour of resurrection, so

also these my words may arise in their hour and tell to those who shall come after me upon the earth of what I

knew upon the earth. Let it be as Those in heaven shall decree. At least I write and what I write is true.

I tell of his divine Majesty whom I loved and love as my own soul, Seti Meneptah the second, whose day of

birth was my day of birth, the Hawk who has flown to heaven before me; of Userti the Proud, his queen, she

who afterwards married his divine Majesty, Saptah, whom I saw laid in her tomb at Thebes. I tell of Merapi,

who was named Moon of Israel, and of her people, the Hebrews, who dwelt for long in Egypt and departed

thence, having paid us back in loss and shame for all the good and ill we gave them. I tell of the war between

the gods of Egypt and the god of Israel, and of much that befell therein.

Also I, the King's Companion, the great scribe, the beloved of the Pharaohs who have lived beneath the sun

with me, tell of other men and matters. Behold! is it not written in this roll? Read, ye who shall find in the

days unborn, if your gods have given you skill. Read, O children of the future, and learn the secrets of that

past which to you is so far away and yet in truth so near.

As it chanced, although the Prince Seti and I were born upon the same day and therefore, like the other

mothers of gentle rank whose children saw the light upon that day, my mother received Pharaoh's gift and I

received the title of Royal Twin in Ra, never did I set eyes upon the divine Prince Seti until the thirtieth

birthday of both of us. All of which happened thus.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 2



Top




Page No 5


In those days the great Pharaoh, Rameses the second, and after him his son Meneptah who succeeded when

he was already old, since the mighty Rameses was taken to Osiris after he had counted one hundred risings of

the Nile, dwelt for the most part at the city of Tanis in the desert, whereas I dwelt with my parents at the

ancient, whitewalled city of Memphis on the Nile. At times Meneptah and his court visited Memphis, as

also they visited Thebes, where this king lies in his royal tomb today. But save on one occasion, the young

Prince Seti, the heirapparent, the Hope of Egypt, came not with them, because his mother, Asnefert, did not

favour Memphis, where some trouble had befallen her in youththey say it was a love matter that cost the

lover his life and her a sore heartand Seti stayed with his mother who would not suffer him out of sight of

her eyes.

Once he came indeed when he was fifteen years of age, to be proclaimed to the people as son of his father, as

Son of the Sun, as the future wearer of the Double Crown, and then we, his twins in Rathere were nineteen

of us who were gently bornwere called by name to meet him and to kiss his royal feet. I made ready to go

in a fine new robe embroidered in purple with the name of Seti and my own. But on that very morning by the

gift of some evil god I was smitten with spots all over my face and body, a common sickness that affects the

young. So it happened that I did not see the Prince, for before I was well again he had left Memphis.

Now my father Meri was a scribe of the great temple of Ptah, and I was brought up to his trade in the school

of the temple, where I copied many rolls and also wrote out Books of the Dead which I adorned with

paintings. Indeed, in this business I became so clever that, after my father went blind some years before his

death, I earned enough to keep him, and my sisters also until they married. Mother I had none, for she was

gathered to Osiris while I was still very little. So life went on from year to year, but in my heart I hated my

lot. While I was still a boy there rose up in me a desirenot to copy what others had written, but to write

what others should copy. I became a dreamer of dreams. Walking at night beneath the palmtrees upon the

banks of the Nile I watched the moon shining upon the waters, and in its rays I seemed to see many beautiful

things. Pictures appeared there which were different from any that I saw in the world of men, although in

them were men and women and even gods.

Of these pictures I made stories in my heart and at last, although that was not for some years, I began to write

these stories down in my spare hours. My sisters found me doing so and told my father, who scolded me for

such foolishness which he said would never furnish me with bread and beer. But still I wrote on in secret by

the light of the lamp in my chamber at night. Then my sisters married, and one day my father died suddenly

while he was reciting prayers in the temple. I caused him to be embalmed in the best fashion and buried with

honour in the tomb he had made ready for himself, although to pay the costs I was obliged to copy Books of

the Dead for nearly two years, working so hard that I found no time for the writing of stories.

When at length I was free from debt I met a maiden from Thebes with a beautiful face that always seemed to

smile, and she took my heart from my breast into her own. In the end, after I returned from fighting in the war

against the Nine Bow Barbarians, to which I was summoned like other men, I married her. As for her name,

let it be, I will not think of it even to myself. We had one child, a little girl which died within two years of her

birth, and then I learned what sorrow can mean to man. At first my wife was sad, but her grief departed with

time and she smiled again as she used to do. Only she said that she would bear no more children for the gods

to take. Having little to do she began to go about the city and make friends whom I did not know, for of these,

being a beautiful woman, she found many. The end of it was that she departed back to Thebes with a soldier

whom I had never seen, for I was always working at home thinking of the babe who was dead and how

happiness is a bird that no man can snare, though sometimes, of its own will, it flies in at his windowplace.

It was after this that my hair went white before I had counted thirty years.

Now, as I had none to work for and my wants were few and simple, I found more time for the writing of

stories which, for the most part, were somewhat sad. One of these stories a fellow scribe borrowed from me


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 3



Top




Page No 6


and read aloud to a company, whom it pleased so much that there were many who asked leave to copy it and

publish it abroad. So by degrees I became known as a teller of tales, which tales I caused to be copied and

sold, though out of them I made but little. Still my fame grew till on a day I received a message from the

Prince Seti, my twin in Ra, saying that he had read certain of my writings which pleased him much and that it

was his wish to look upon my face. I thanked him humbly by the messenger and answered that I would travel

to Tanis and wait upon his Highness. First, however, I finished the longest story which I had yet written. It

was called the Tale of Two Brothers, and told how the faithless wife of one of them brought trouble on the

other, so that he was killed. Of how, also, the just gods brought him to life again, and many other matters.

This story I dedicated to his Highness, the Prince Seti, and with it in the bosom of my robe I travelled to

Tanis, having hidden about me a sum of gold that I had saved.

So I came to Tanis at the beginning of winter and, walking to the palace of the Prince, boldly demanded an

audience. But now my troubles began, for the guards and watchmen thrust me from the doors. In the end I

bribed them and was admitted to the antechambers, where were merchants, jugglers, dancingwomen,

officers, and many others, all of them, it seemed, waiting to see the Prince; folk who, having nothing to do,

pleased themselves by making mock of me, a stranger. When I had mixed with them for several days, I

gained their friendship by telling to them one of my stories, after which I was always welcome among them.

Still I could come no nearer to the Prince, and as my store of money was beginning to run low, I bethought

me that I would return to Memphis.

One day, however, a longbearded old man, with a goldtipped wand of office, who had a bull's head

embroidered on his robe, stopped in front of me and, calling me a whiteheaded crow, asked me what I was

doing hopping day by day about the chambers of the palace. I told him my name and business and he told me

his, which it seemed was Pambasa, one of the Prince's chamberlains. When I asked him to take me to the

Prince, he laughed in my face and said darkly that the road to his Highness's presence was paved with gold. I

understood what he meant and gave him a gift which he took as readily as a cock picks corn, saying that he

would speak of me to his master and that I must come back again.

I came thrice and each time that old cock picked more corn. At last I grew enraged and, forgetting where I

was, began to shout at him and call him a thief, so that folks gathered round to listen. This seemed to frighten

him. At first he looked towards the door as though to summon the guard to thrust me out; then changed his

mind, and in a grumbling voice bade me follow him. We went down long passages, past soldiers who stood at

watch in them still as mummies in their coffins, till at length we came to some broidered curtains. Here

Pambasa whispered to me to wait, and passed through the curtains which he left not quite closed, so that I

could see the room beyond and hear all that took place there.

It was a small room like to that of any scribe, for on the tables were palettes, pens of reed, ink in alabaster

vases, and sheets of papyrus pinned upon boards. The walls were painted, not as I was wont to paint the

Books of the Dead, but after the fashion of an earlier time, such as I have seen in certain ancient tombs, with

pictures of wild fowl rising from the swamps and of trees and plants as they grow. Against the walls hung

racks in which were papyrus rolls, and on the hearth burned a fire of cedarwood.

By this fire stood the Prince, whom I knew from his statues. His years appeared fewer than mine although we

were born upon the same day, and he was tall and thin, very fair also for one of our people, perhaps because

of the Syrian blood that ran in his veins. His hair was straight and brown like to that of northern folk who

come to trade in the markets of Egypt, and his eyes were grey rather than black, set beneath somewhat

prominent brows such as those of his father, Meneptah. His face was sweet as a woman's, but made curious

by certain wrinkles which ran from the corners of the eyes towards the ears. I think that these came from the

bending of the brow in thought, but others say that they were inherited from an ancestress on the female side.

Bakenkhonsu my friend, the old prophet who served under the first Seti and died but the other day, having

lived a hundred and twenty years, told me that he knew her before she was married, and that she and her


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 4



Top




Page No 7


descendant, Seti, might have been twins.

In his hand the Prince held an open roll, a very ancient writing as I, who am skilled in such matters that have

to do with my trade, knew from its appearance. Lifting his eyes suddenly from the study of this roll, he saw

the chamberlain standing before him.

"You came at a good time, Pambasa," he said in a voice that was very soft and pleasant, and yet most

manlike. "You are old and doubtless wise. Say, are you wise, Pambasa?"

"Yes, your Highness. I am wise like your Highness's uncle, Khaemuas the mighty magician, whose sandals I

used to clean when I was young."

"Is it so? Then why are you so careful to hide your wisdom which should be open like a flower for us poor

bees to suck at? Well, I am glad to learn that you are wise, for in this book of magic that I have been reading I

find problems worthy of Khaemuas the departed, whom I only remember as a brooding, blackbrowed man

much like my cousin, Amenmeses his sonsave that no one can call Amenmeses wise."

"Why is your Highness glad?"

"Because you, being by your own account his equal, can now interpret the matter as Khaemuas would have

done. You know, Pambasa, that had he lived he would have been Pharaoh in place of my father. He died too

soon, however, which proves to me that there was something in this tale of his wisdom, since no really wise

man would ever wish to be Pharaoh of Egypt."

Pambasa stared with his mouth open.

"Not wish to be Pharaoh!" he began

"Now, Pambasa the Wise," went on the Prince as though he had not heard him. "Listen. This old book gives a

charm 'to empty the heart of its weariness,' that it says is the oldest and most common sickness in the world

from which only kittens, some children, and mad people are free. It appears that the cure for this sickness, so

says the book, is to stand on the top of the pyramid of Khufu at midnight at that moment when the moon is

largest in the whole year, and drink from the cup of dreams, reciting meanwhile a spell written here at length

in language which I cannot read."

"There is no virtue in spells, Prince, if anyone can read them."

"And no use, it would seem, if they can be read by none."

"Moreover, how can any one climb the pyramid of Khufu, which is covered with polished marble, even in the

day let alone at midnight, your Highness, and there drink of the cup of dreams?"

"I do not know, Pambasa. All I know is that I weary of this foolishness, and of the world. Tell me of

something that will lighten my heart, for it is heavy."

"There are jugglers without, Prince, one of whom says he can throw a rope into the air and climb up it until

he vanishes into heaven."

"When he has done it in your sight, Pambasa, bring him to me, but not before. Death is the only rope by

which we climb to heavenor be lowered into hell. For remember there is a god called Set, after whom, like

my greatgrandfather, I am named by the waythe priests alone know whyas well as one called Osiris."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 5



Top




Page No 8


"Then there are the dancers, Prince, and among them some very finely made girls, for I saw them bathing in

the palace lake, such as would have delighted the heart of your grandfather, the great Rameses."

"They do not delight my heart who want no naked women prancing here. Try again, Pambasa."

"I can think of nothing else, Prince. Yet, stay. There is a scribe without named Ana, a thin, sharpnosed man

who says he is your Highness's twin in Ra."

"Ana!" said the Prince. "He of Memphis who writes stories? Why did you not say so before, you old fool?

Let him enter at once, at once."

Now hearing this I, Ana, walked through the curtains and prostrated myself, saying,

"I am that scribe, O Royal Son of the Sun."

"How dare you enter the Prince's presence without being bidden" began Pambasa, but Seti broke in with

a stern voice, saying,

"And how dare you, Pambasa, keep this learned man waiting at my door like a dog? Rise, Ana, and cease

from giving me titles, for we are not at Court. Tell me, how long have you been in Tanis?"

"Many days, O Prince," I answered, "seeking your presence and in vain."

"And how did you win it at last?"

"By payment, O Prince," I answered innocently, "as it seems is usual. The doorkeepers"

"I understand," said Seti, "the doorkeepers! Pambasa, you will ascertain what amount this learned scribe has

disbursed to 'the doorkeepers' and refund him double. Begone now and see to the matter."

So Pambasa went, casting a piteous look at me out of the corner of his eye.

"Tell me," said Seti when he was gone, "you who must be wise in your fashion, why does a Court always

breed thieves?"

"I suppose for the same reason, O Prince, that a dog's back breeds fleas. Fleas must live, and there is the dog."

"True," he answered, "and these palace fleas are not paid enough. If ever I have power I will see to it. They

shall be fewer but better fed. Now, Ana, be seated. I know you though you do not know me, and already I

have learned to love you through your writings. Tell me of yourself."

So I told him all my simple tale, to which he listened without a word, and then asked me why I had come to

see him. I replied that it was because he had sent for me, which he had forgotten; also because I brought him

a story that I had dared to dedicate to him. Then I laid the roll before him on the table.

"I am honoured," he said in a pleased voice, "I am greatly honoured. If I like it well, your story shall go to the

tomb with me for my Ka to read and reread until the day of resurrection, though first I will study it in the

flesh. Do you know this city of Tanis, Ana?"

I answered that I knew little of it, who had spent my time here haunting the doors of his Highness.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 6



Top




Page No 9


"Then with your leave I will be your guide through it this night, and afterwards we will sup and talk."

I bowed and he clapped his hands, whereon a servant appeared, not Pambasa, but another.

"Bring two cloaks," said the Prince, "I go abroad with the scribe, Ana. Let a guard of four Nubians, no more,

follow us, but at a distance and disguised. Let them wait at the private entrance."

The man bowed and departed swiftly.

Almost immediately a black slave appeared with two long hooded cloaks, such as cameldrivers wear, which

he helped us to put on. Then, taking a lamp, he led us from the room through a doorway opposite to that by

which I had entered, down passages and a narrow stair that ended in a courtyard. Crossing this we came to a

wall, great and thick, in which were double doors sheathed with copper that opened mysteriously at our

approach. Outside of these doors stood four tall men, also wrapped in cloaks, who seemed to take no note of

us. Still, looking back when we had gone a little way, I observed that they were following us, as though by

chance.

How fine a thing, thought I to myself, it is to be a Prince who by lifting a finger can thus command service at

any moment of the day or night.

Just at that moment Seti said to me:

"See, Ana, how sad a thing it is to be a Prince, who cannot even stir abroad without notice to his household

and commanding the service of a secret guard to spy upon his every action, and doubtless to make report

thereof to the police of Pharaoh."

There are two faces to everything, thought I to myself again.

CHAPTER II. THE BREAKING OF THE CUP

We walked down a broad street bordered by trees, beyond which were limewashed, flatroofed houses built

of sundried brick, standing, each of them, in its own garden, till at length we came to the great marketplace

just as the full moon rose above the palmtrees, making the world almost as light as day. Tanis, or Rameses

as it is also called, was a very fine city then, if only half the size of Memphis, though now that the Court has

left it I hear it is much deserted. About this marketplace stood great temples of the gods, with pylons and

avenues of sphinxes, also that wonder of the world, the colossal statue of the second Rameses, while to the

north upon a mound was the glorious palace of Pharaoh. Other palaces there were also, inhabited by the

nobles and officers of the Court, and between them ran long streets where dwelt the citizens, ending, some of

them, on that branch of the Nile by which the ancient city stood.

Seti halted to gaze at these wondrous buildings.

"They are very old," he said, "but most of them, like the walls and those temples of Amon and Ptah, have

been rebuilt in the time of my grandfather or since his day by the labour of Israelitish slaves who dwell

yonder in the rich land of Goshen."

"They must have cost much gold," I answered.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 7



Top




Page No 10


"The Kings of Egypt do not pay their slaves," remarked the Prince shortly.

Then we went on and mingled with the thousands of the people who were wandering to and fro seeking rest

after the business of the day. Here on the frontier of Egypt were gathered folk of every race; Bedouins from

the desert, Syrians from beyond the Red Sea, merchants from the rich Isle of Chittim, travellers from the

coast, and traders from the land of Punt and from the unknown countries of the north. All were talking,

laughing and making merry, save some who gathered in circles to listen to a teller of tales or wandering

musicians, or to watch women who danced half naked for gifts.

Now and again the crowd would part to let pass the chariot of some noble or lady before which went running

footmen who shouted, "Make way, Make way!" and laid about them with their long wands. Then came a

procession of whiterobed priests of Isis travelling by moonlight as was fitting for the servants of the Lady of

the Moon, and bearing aloft the holy image of the goddess before which all men bowed and for a little while

were silent. After this followed the corpse of some great one newly dead, preceded by a troop of hired

mourners who rent the air with their lamentations as they conducted it to the quarter of the embalmers.

Lastly, from out of one of the side streets emerged a gang of several hundred hooknosed and bearded men,

among whom were a few women, loosely roped together and escorted by a company of armed guards.

"Who are these?" I asked, for I had never seen their like.

"Slaves of the people of Israel who return from their labour at the digging of the new canal which is to run to

the Red Sea," answered the Prince.

We stood still to watch them go by, and I noted how proudly their eyes flashed and how fierce was their

bearing although they were but men in bonds, very weary too and stained by toil in mud and water. Presently

this happened. A whitebearded man lagged behind, dragging on the line and checking the march. Thereupon

an overseer ran up and flogged him with a cruel whip cut from the hide of the seahorse. The man turned

and, lifting a wooden spade that he carried, struck the overseer such a blow that he cracked his skull so that

he fell down dead. Other overseers rushed at the Hebrew, as these Israelites were called, and beat him till he

also fell. Then a soldier appeared and, seeing what had happened, drew his bronze sword. From among the

throng sprang out a girl, young and very lovely although she was but roughly clad.

Since then I have seen Merapi, Moon of Israel, as she was called, clad in the proud raiment of a queen, and

once even of a goddess, but never, I think, did she look more beauteous than in this hour of her slavery. Her

large eyes, neither blue nor black, caught the light of the moon and were aswim with tears. Her plenteous

bronzehued hair flowed in great curls over the snowwhite bosom that her rough robe revealed. Her delicate

hands were lifted as though to ward off the blows which fell upon him whom she sought to protect. Her tall

and slender shape stood out against a flare of light which burned upon some market stall. She was beauteous

exceedingly, so beauteous that my heart stood still at the sight of her, yes, mine that for some years had held

no thought of woman save such as were black and evil.

She cried aloud. Standing over the fallen man she appealed to the soldier for mercy. Then, seeing that there

was none to hope for from him, she cast her great eyes around until they fell upon the Prince Seti.

"Oh! Sir," she wailed, "you have a noble air. Will you stand by and see my father murdered for no fault?"

"Drag her off, or I smite through her," shouted the captain, for now she had thrown herself down upon the

fallen Israelite. The overseers obeyed, tearing her away.

"Hold, butcher!" cried the Prince.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 8



Top




Page No 11


"Who are you, dog, that dare to teach Pharaoh's officer his duty?" answered the captain, smiting the Prince in

the face with his left hand.

Then swiftly he struck downwards and I saw the bronze sword pass through the body of the Israelite who

quivered and lay still. It was all done in an instant, and on the silence that followed rang out the sound of a

woman's wail. For a moment Seti chokedwith rage, I think. Then he spoke a single word"Guards!"

The four Nubians, who, as ordered, had kept at a distance, burst through the gathered throng. Ere they

reached us I, who till now had stood amazed, sprang at the captain and gripped him by the throat. He struck at

me with his bloody sword, but the blow, falling on my long cloak, only bruised me on the left thigh. Then I,

who was strong in those days, grappled with him and we rolled together on the ground.

After this there was great tumult. The Hebrew slaves burst their rope and flung themselves upon the soldiers

like dogs upon a jackal, battering them with their bare fists. The soldiers defended themselves with swords;

the overseers plied their hide whips; women screamed, men shouted. The captain whom I had seized began to

get the better of me; at least I saw his sword flash above me and thought that all was over. Doubtless it would

have been, had not Seti himself dragged the man backwards and thus given the four Nubian guards time to

seize him. Next I heard the Prince cry out in a ringing voice:

"Hold! It is Seti, the son of Pharaoh, the Governor of Tanis, with whom you have to do. See," and he threw

back the hood of his cloak so that the moon shone upon his face.

Instantly there was a great quiet. Now, first one and then another as the truth sunk into them, men began to

fall upon their knees, and I heard one say in an awed voice:

"The royal Son, the Prince of Egypt struck in the face by a soldier! Blood must pay for it."

"How is that officer named?" asked Seti, pointing to the man who had killed the Israelite and wellnigh killed

me.

Someone answered that he was named Khuaka.

"Bring him to the steps of the temple of Amon," said Seti to the Nubians who held him fast. "Follow me,

friend Ana, if you have the strength. Nay, lean upon my shoulder."

So resting upon the shoulder of the Prince, for I was bruised and breathless, I walked with him a hundred

paces or more to the steps of the great temple where we climbed to the platform at the head of the stairs. After

us came the prisoner, and after him all the multitude, a very great number who stood upon the steps and on

the flat ground beyond. The Prince, who was very white and quiet, sat himself down upon the low granite

base of a tall obelisk which stood in front of the temple pylon, and said:

"As Governor of Tanis, the City of Rameses, with power of life and death at all hours and in all places, I

declare my Court open."

"The Royal Court is open!" cried the multitude in the accustomed form.

"This is the case," said the Prince. "Yonder man who is named Khuaka, by his dress a captain of Pharaoh's

army, is charged with the murder of a certain Hebrew, and with the attempted murder of Ana the scribe. Let

witnesses be called. Bring the body of the dead man and lay it here before me. Bring the woman who strove

to protect him, that she may speak."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 9



Top




Page No 12


The body was brought and laid upon the platform, its wide eyes staring up at the moon. Then soldiers who

had gathered thrust forward the weeping girl.

"Cease from tears," said Seti, "and swear by Kephera the creator, and by Maat the goddess of truth and law,

to speak nothing but the truth."

The girl looked up and said in a rich low voice that in some way reminded me of honey being poured from a

jar, perhaps because it was thick with strangled sobs:

"O Royal Son of Egypt, I cannot swear by those gods who am a daughter of Israel."

The Prince looked at her attentively and asked:

"By what god then can you swear, O Daughter of Israel?"

"By Jahveh, O Prince, whom we hold to be the one and only God, the Maker of the world and all that is

therein."

"Then perhaps his other name is Kephera," said the Prince with a little smile. "But have it as you will. Swear,

then, by your god Jahveh."

Then she lifted both her hands above her head and said:

"I, Merapi, daughter of Nathan of the tribe of Levi of the people of Israel, swear that I will speak the truth and

all the truth in the name of Jahveh, the God of Israel."

"Tell us what you know of the matter of the death of this man, O Merapi."

"Nothing that you do not know yourself, O Prince. He who lies there," and she swept her hand towards the

corpse, turning her eyes away, "was my father, an elder of Israel. The captain Khuaka came when the corn

was young to the Land of Goshen to choose those who should work for Pharaoh. He wished to take me into

his house. My father refused because from my childhood I had been affianced to a man of Israel; also because

it is not lawful under the law for our people to intermarry with your people. Then the captain Khuaka seized

my father, although he was of high rank and beyond the age to work for Pharaoh, and he was taken away, as I

think, because he would not suffer me to wed Khuaka. A while later I dreamed that my father was sick.

Thrice I dreamed it and ran away to Tanis to visit him. But this morning I found him and, O Prince, you

know the rest."

"Is there no more?" asked Seti.

The girl hesitated, then answered:

"Only this, O Prince. This man saw me with my father giving him food, for he was weak and overcome with

the toil of digging the mud in the heat of the sun, he who being a noble of our people knew nothing of such

labour from his youth. In my presence Khuaka asked my father if now he would give me to him. My father

answered that sooner would he see me kissed by snakes and devoured by crocodiles. 'I hear you,' answered

Khuaka. 'Learn, now, slave Nathan, before tomorrow's sun arises, you shall be kissed by swords and

devoured by crocodiles or jackals.' 'So be it,' said my father, 'but learn, O Khuaka, that if so, it is revealed to

me who am a priest and a prophet of Jahveh, that before tomorrow's sun you also shall be kissed by swords

and of the rest we will talk at the foot of Jahveh's throne.'


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 10



Top




Page No 13


"Afterwards, as you know, Prince, the overseer flogged my father as I heard Khuaka order him to do if he

lagged through weariness, and then Khuaka killed him because my father in his madness struck the overseer

with a mattock. I have no more to say, save that I pray that I may be sent back to my own people there to

mourn my father according to our custom."

"To whom would you be sent? Your mother?"

"Nay, O Prince, my mother, a lady of Syria, is dead. I will go to my uncle, Jabez the Levite."

"Stand aside," said Seti. "The matter shall be seen to later. Appear, O Ana the Scribe. Swear the oath and tell

us what you have seen of this man's death, since two witnesses are needful."

So I swore and repeated all this story that I have written down.

"Now, Khuaka," said the Prince when I had finished, "have you aught to say?"

"Only this, O Royal One," answered the captain throwing himself upon his knees, "that I struck you by

accident, not knowing that the person of your Highness was hidden in that long cloak. For this deed it is true

that I am worthy of death, but I pray you to pardon me because I knew not what I did. The rest is nothing,

since I only slew a mutinous slave of the Israelites, as such are slain every day."

"Tell me, O Khuaka, who are being tried for this man's death and not for the striking of one of royal blood by

chance, under which law it is lawful for you to kill an Israelite without trial before the appointed officers of

Pharaoh."

"I am not learned. I do not know the law, O Prince. All that this woman said is false."

"At least it is not false that yonder man lies dead and that you slew him, as you yourself admit. Learn now,

and let all Egypt learn, that even an Israelite may not be murdered for no offence save that of weariness and

of paying back unearned blow with blow. Your blood shall answer for his blood. Soldiers! Strike off his

head."

The Nubians leapt upon him, and when I looked again Khuaka's headless corpse lay by the corpse of the

Hebrew Nathan and their blood was mingled upon the steps of the temple.

"The business of the Court is finished," said the Prince. "Officers, see that this woman is escorted to her own

people, and with her the body of her father for burial. See, too, upon your lives that no insult or harm is done

to her. Scribe Ana, accompany me hence to my house where I would speak with you. Let guards precede and

follow me."

He rose and all the people bowed. As he turned to go the lady Merapi stepped forward, and falling upon her

knees, said:

"O most just Prince, now and ever I am your servant."

Then we set out, and as we left the marketplace on our way to the palace of the Prince, I heard a tumult of

voices behind us, some in praise and some in blame of what had been done. We walked on in silence broken

only by the measured tramp of the guards. Presently the moon passed behind a cloud and the world was dark.

Then from the edge of the cloud sprang out a ray of light that lay straight and narrow above us on the

heavens. Seti studied it a while and said:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 11



Top




Page No 14


"Tell me, O Ana, of what does that moonbeam put you in mind?"

"Of a sword, O Prince," I answered, "stretched out over Egypt and held in the black hand of some mighty god

or spirit. See, there is the blade from which fall little clouds like drops of blood, there is the hilt of gold, and

look! there beneath is the face of the god. Fire streams from his eyebrows and his brow is black and awful. I

am afraid, though what I fear I know not."

"You have a poet's mind, Ana. Still, what you see I see and of this I am sure, that some sword of vengeance is

indeed stretched out over Egypt because of its evil doings, whereof this light may be the symbol. Behold! it

seems to fall upon the temples of the gods and the palace of Pharaoh, and to cleave them. Now it is gone and

the night is as nights were from the beginning of the world. Come to my chamber and let us eat. I am weary, I

need food and wine, as you must after struggling with that lustful murderer whom I have sent to his own

place."

The guards saluted and were dismissed. We mounted to the Prince's private chambers, in one of which his

servants clad me in fine linen robes after a skilled physician of the household had doctored the bruises upon

my thigh over which he tied a bandage spread with balm. Then I was led to a small dininghall, where I

found the Prince waiting for me as though I were some honoured guest and not a poor scribe who had

wondered hence from Memphis with my wares. He caused me to sit down at his right hand and even drew up

the chair for me himself, whereat I felt abashed. To this day I remember that leather seated chair. The arms

of it ended in ivory sphinxes and on its back of black wood in an oval was inlaid the name of the great

Rameses, to whom indeed it had once belonged. Dishes were handed to usonly two of them and those

quite simple, for Seti was no great eaterby a young Nubian slave of a very merry face, and with them wine

more delicious than any I had ever tasted.

We ate and drank and the Prince talked to me of my business as a scribe and of the making of tales, which

seemed to interest him very much. Indeed one might have thought that he was a pupil in the schools and I the

teacher, so humbly and with such care did he weigh everything that I said about my art. Of matters of state or

of the dreadful scene of blood through which we had just passed he spoke no word. At the end, however, after

a little pause during which he held up a cup of alabaster as thin as an eggshell, studying the light playing

through it on the rich red wine within, he said to me:

"Friend Ana, we have passed a stirring hour together, the first perhaps of many, or mayhap the last. Also we

were born upon the same day and therefore, unless the astrologers lie, as do other menand

womenbeneath the same star. Lastly, if I may say it, I like you well, though I know not how you like me,

and when you are in the room with me I feel at ease, which is strange, for I know of no other with whom it is

so.

"Now by a chance only this morning I found in some old records which I was studying, that the heir to the

throne of Egypt a thousand years ago, had, and therefore, as nothing ever changes in Egypt, still has, a right

to a private librarian for which the State, that is, the toilers of the land, must pay as in the end they pay for all.

Some dynasties have gone by, it seems, since there was such a librarian, I think because most of the heirs to

the throne could not, or did not, read. Also by chance I mentioned the matter to the Vizier Nehesi who

grudges me every ounce of gold I spend, as though it were one taken out of his own pouch, which perhaps it

is. He answered with that crooked smile of his:

"'Since I know well, Prince, that there is no scribe in Egypt whom you would suffer about you for a single

month, I will set the cost of a librarian at the figure at which it stood in the Eleventh Dynasty upon the roll of

your Highness's household and defray it from the Royal Treasury until he is discharged.'

"Therefore, Scribe Ana, I offer you this post for one month; that is all for which I can promise you will be


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 12



Top




Page No 15


paid whatever it may be, for I forget the sum."

"I thank you, O Prince," I exclaimed.

"Do not thank me. Indeed if you are wise you will refuse. You have met Pambasa. Well, Nehesi is Pambasa

multiplied by ten, a rogue, a thief, a bully, and one who has Pharaoh's ear. He will make your life a torment to

you and clip every ring of gold that at length you wring out of his grip. Moreover the place is wearisome, and

I am fanciful and often illhumoured. Do not thank me, I say. Refuse; return to Memphis and write stories.

Shun courts and their plottings. Pharaoh himself is but a face and a puppet through which other voices talk

and other eyes shine, and the sceptre which he wields is pulled by strings. And if this is so with Pharaoh,

what is the case with his son? Then there are the women, Ana. They will make love to you, Ana, they even do

so to me, and I think you told me that you know something of women. Do not accept, go back to Memphis. I

will send you some old manuscripts to copy and pay you whatever it is Nehesi allows for the librarian."

"Yet I accept, O Prince. As for Nehesi I fear him not at all, since at the worst I can write a story about him at

which the world will laugh, and rather than that he will pay me my salary."

"You have more wisdom than I thought, Ana. It never came into my mind to put Nehesi in a story, though it

is true I tell tales about him which is much the same thing."

He bend forward, leaning his head upon his hand, and ceasing from his bantering tone, looked me in the eyes

and asked:

"Why do you accept? Let me think now. It is not because you care for wealth if that is to be won here; nor for

the pomp and show of courts; nor for the company of the great who really are so small. For all these things

you, Ana, have no craving if I read your heart aright, you who are an artist, nothing less and nothing more.

Tell me, then, why will you, a free man who can earn your living, linger round a throne and set your neck

beneath the heel of princes to be crushed into the common mould of servitors and King's Companions and

Bearers of the Footstool?"

"I will tell you, Prince. First, because thrones make history, as history makes thrones, and I think that great

events are on foot in Egypt in which I would have my share. Secondly, because the gods bring gifts to men

only once or twice in their lives and to refuse them is to offend the gods who gave them those lives to use to

ends of which we know nothing. And thirdly"here I hesitated.

"And thirdlyout with the thirdly for, doubtless, it is the real reason."

"And thirdly, O Princewell, the word sounds strangely upon a man's lipsbut thirdly because I love you.

From the moment that my eyes fell upon your face I loved you as I never loved any other mannot even my

father. I know not why. Certainly it is not because you are a prince."

When he heard these words Seti sat brooding and so silent that, fearing lest I, a humble scribe, had been too

bold, I added hastily:

"Let your Highness pardon his servant for his presumptuous words. It was his servant's heart that spoke and

not his lips."

He lifted his hand and I stopped.

"Ana, my twin in Ra," he said, "do you know that I never had a friend?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 13



Top




Page No 16


"A prince who has no friend!"

"Never, none. Now I begin to think that I have found one. The thought is strange and warms me. Do you

know also that when my eyes fell upon your face I loved you also, the gods know why. It was as though I had

found one who was dear to me thousands of years ago but whom I had lost and forgotten. Perhaps this is but

foolishness, or perhaps here we have the shadow of something great and beautiful which dwells elsewhere, in

the place we call the Kingdom of Osiris, beyond the grave, Ana."

"Such thoughts have come to me at times, Prince. I mean that all we see is shadow; that we ourselves are

shadows and that the realities who cast them live in a different home which is lit by some spirit sun that never

sets."

The Prince nodded his head and again was silent for a while. Then he took his beautiful alabaster cup, and

pouring wine into it, he drank a little and passed the cup to me.

"Drink also, Ana," he said, "and pledge me as I pledge you, in token that by decree of the Creator who made

the hearts of men, henceforward our two hearts are as the same heart through good and ill, through triumph

and defeat, till death takes one of us. Henceforward, Ana, unless you show yourself unworthy, I hide no

thought from you."

Flushing with joy I took the cup, saying:

"I add to your words, O Prince. We are one, not for this life alone but for all the lives to be. Death, O Prince,

is, I think, but a single step in the pylon stair which leads at last to that dizzy height whence we see the face

of God and hear his voice tell us what and why we are."

Then I pledged him, and drank, bowing, and he bowed back to me.

"What shall we do with the cup, Ana, the sacred cup that has held this rich heartwine? Shall I keep it? No, it

no longer belongs to me. Shall I give it to you? No, it can never be yours alone. See, we will break the

priceless thing."

Seizing it by its stem with all his strength he struck the cup upon the table. Then what seemed to be to me a

marvel happened, for instead of shattering as I thought it surely would, it split in two from rim to foot.

Whether this was by chance, or whether the artist who fashioned it in some bygone generation had worked

the two halves separately and cunningly cemented them together, to this hour I do not know. At least so it

befell.

"This is fortunate, Ana," said the Prince, laughing a little in his light way. "Now take you the half that lies

nearest to you and I will take mine. If you die first I will lay my half upon your breast, and if I die first you

shall do the same by me, or if the priests forbid it because I am royal and may not be profaned, cast the thing

into my tomb. What should we have done had the alabaster shattered into fragments, Ana, and what omen

should we have read in them?"

"Why ask, O Prince, seeing that it has befallen otherwise?"

Then I took my half, laid it against my forehead and hid it in the bosom of my robe, and as I did, so did Seti.

So in this strange fashion the royal Seti and I sealed the holy compact of our brotherhood, as I think not for

the first time or the last.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 14



Top




Page No 17


CHAPTER III. USERTI

Seti rose, stretching out his arms.

"That is finished," he said, "as everything finishes, and for once I am sorry. Now what next? Sleep, I suppose,

in which all ends, or perhaps you would say all begins."

As he spoke the curtains at the end of the room were drawn and between them appeared the chamberlain,

Pambasa, holding his goldtipped wand ceremoniously before him.

"What is it now, man?" asked Seti. "Can I not even sup in peace? Stay, before you answer tell me, do things

end or begin in sleep? The learned Ana and I differ on the matter and would hear your wisdom. Bear in mind,

Pambasa, that before we are born we must have slept, since of that time we remember nothing, and after we

are dead we certainly seem to sleep, as any who have looked on mummies know. Now answer."

The chamberlain stared at the wine flask on the table as though he suspected his master of having drunk too

much. Then in a hard official voice he said:

"She comes! She comes! She comes, offering greetings and adoration to the Royal Son of Ra."

"Does she indeed?" asked Seti. "If so, why say it three times? And who comes?"

"The high Princess, the heiress of Egypt, the daughter of Pharaoh, your Highness's royal halfsister, the great

lady Userti."

"Let her enter then. Ana, stand you behind me. If you grow weary and I give leave you can depart; the slaves

will show you your sleeping place."

Pambasa went, and presently through the curtain appeared a royal looking lady splendidly apparelled. She

was accompanied by four waiting women who fell back on the threshold and were no more seen. The Prince

stepped forward, took both her hands in his and kissed her on the brow, then drew back again, after which

they stood a moment looking at each other. While they remained thus I studied her who was known

throughout the land as the "Beautiful Royal Daughter," but whom till now I had never seen. In truth I did not

think her beautiful, although even had she been clad in a peasant's robe I should have been sure that she was

royal. Her face was too hard for beauty and her black eyes, with a tinge of grey in them, were too small. Also

her nose was too sharp and her lips were too thin. Indeed, had it not been for the delicately and finelyshaped

woman's form beneath, I might have thought that a prince and not a princess stood before me. For the rest in

most ways she resembled her halfbrother Seti, though her countenance lacked the kindliness of his; or rather

both of them resembled their father, Meneptah.

"Greeting, Sister," he said, eyeing her with a smile in which I caught a gleam of mockery. "Purplebordered

robes, emerald necklace and enamelled crown of gold, rings and pectoral, everything except a sceptrewhy

are you so royally arrayed to visit one so humble as your loving brother? You come like sunlight into the

darkness of the hermit's cell and dazzle the poor hermit, or rather hermits," and he pointed to me.

"Cease your jests, Seti," she replied in a full, strong voice. "I wear these ornaments because they please me.

Also I have supped with our father, and those who sit at Pharaoh's table must be suitably arrayed, though I

have noted that sometimes you think otherwise."

"Indeed. I trust that the good god, our divine parent, is well tonight as you leave him so early."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 15



Top




Page No 18


"I leave him because he sent me with a message to you." She paused, looking at me sharply, then asked,

"Who is that man? I do not know him."

"It is your misfortune, Userti, but one which can be mended. He is named Ana the Scribe, who writes strange

stories of great interest which you would do well to read who dwell too much upon the outside of life. He is

from Memphis and his father's name wasI forget what. Ana, what was your father's name?"

"One too humble for royal ears, Prince," I answered, "but my grandfather was Pentaur the poet who wrote of

the deeds of the mighty Rameses."

"Is it so? Why did you not tell me that before? The descent should earn you a pension from the Court if you

can extract it from Nehesi. Well, Userti, his grandfather's name was Pentaur whose immortal verses you have

doubtless read upon temple walls, where our grandfather was careful to publish them."

"I haveto my sorrowand thought them poor, boastful stuff," she answered coldly.

"To be honest, if Ana will forgive me, so do I. I can assure you that his stories are a great improvement on

them. Friend Ana, this is my sister, Userti, my father's daughter though our mothers were not the same."

"I pray you, Seti, to be so good as to give me my rightful titles in speaking of me to scribes and other of your

servants."

"Your pardon, Userti. This, Ana, is the first Lady of Egypt, the Royal Heiress, the Princess of the Two Lands,

the Highpriestess of Amon, the Cherished of the Gods, the halfsister of the Heirapparent, the Daughter of

Hathor, the Lotus Bloom of Love, the Queen to be of Userti, whose queen will you be? Have you made up

your mind? For myself I know no one worthy of so much beauty, excellence, learning andwhat shall I

addsweetness, yes, sweetness."

"Seti," she said stamping her foot, "if it pleases you to make a mock of me before a stranger, I suppose that I

must submit. Send him away, I would speak with you."

"Make a mock of you! Oh! mine is a hard fate. When truth gushes from the well of my heart, I am told I

mock, and when I mock, all sayhe speaks truth. Be seated, Sister, and talk on freely. This Ana is my sworn

friend who saved my life but now, for which deed perhaps he should be my enemy. His memory is excellent

also and he will remember what you say and write it down afterwards, whereas I might forget. Therefore,

with your leave, I will ask him to stay here."

"My Prince," I broke in, "I pray you suffer me to go."

"My Secretary," he answered with a note of command in his voice, "I pray you to remain where you are."

So I sat myself on the ground after the fashion of a scribe, having no choice, and the Princess sat herself on a

couch at the end of the table, but Seti remained standing. Then the Princess said:

"Since it is your will, Brother, that I should talk secrets into other ears than yours, I obey you. Still"here

she looked at me wrathfully "let the tongue be careful that it does not repeat what the ears have heard, lest

there should be neither ears nor tongue. My Brother, it has been reported to Pharaoh, while we ate together,

that there is tumult in this town. It has been reported to him that because of a trouble about some base

Israelite you caused one of his officers to be beheaded, after which there came a riot which still rages."

"Strange that truth should have come to the ears of Pharaoh so quickly. Now, my Sister, if he had heard it


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 16



Top




Page No 19


three moons hence I could have believed youalmost."

"Then you did behead the officer?"

"Yes, I beheaded him about two hours ago."

"Pharaoh will demand an account of the matter."

"Pharaoh," answered Seti lifting his eyes, "has no power to question the justice of the Governor of Tanis in

the north."

"You are in error, Seti. Pharaoh has all power."

"Nay, Sister, Pharaoh is but one man among millions of other men, and though he speaks it is their spirit

which bends his tongue, while above that spirit is a great greater spirit who decrees what they shall think to

ends of which we know nothing."

"I do not understand, Seti."

"I never thought you would, Userti, but when you have leisure, ask Ana here to explain the matter to you. I

am sure that he understands."

"Oh! I have borne enough," exclaimed Userti rising. "Hearken to the command of Pharaoh, Prince Seti. It is

that you wait upon him tomorrow in full council, at an hour before noon, there to talk with him of this

question of the Israelitish slaves and the officer whom it has pleased you to kill. I came to speak other words

to you also, but as they were for your private ear, these can bide a more fitting opportunity. Farewell, my

Brother."

"What, are you going so soon, Sister? I wished to tell you the story about those Israelites, and especially of

the maid whose name iswhat was her name, Ana?"

"Merapi, Moon of Israel, Prince," I added with a groan.

"About the maid called Merapi, Moon of Israel, I think the sweetest that ever I have looked upon, whose

father the dead captain murdered in my sight."

"So there is a woman in the business? Well, I guessed it."

"In what business is there not a woman, Userti, even in that of a message from Pharaoh. Pambasa, Pambasa,

escort the Princess and summon her servants, women everyone of them, unless my senses mock me. Good

night to you, O Sister and Lady of the Two Lands, and forgive methat coronet of yours is somewhat

awry."

At last she was gone and I rose, wiping my brow with a corner of my robe, and looking at the Prince who

stood before the fire laughing softly.

"Make a note of all this talk, Ana," he said; "there is more in it than meets the ear."

"I need no note, Prince," I answered; "every word is burnt upon my mind as a hot iron burns a tablet of wood.

With reason too, since now her Highness will hate me for all her life."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 17



Top




Page No 20


"Much better so, Ana, than that she should pretend to love you, which she never would have done while you

are my friend. Women oftimes respect those whom they hate and even will advance them because of policy,

but let those whom they pretend to love beware. The time may come when you will yet be Userti's most

trusted councillor."

Now here I, Ana the Scribe, will state that in after days, when this same queen was the wife of Pharaoh

Saptah, I did, as it chanced, become her most trusted councillor. Moreover, in those times, yes, and even in

the hour of her death, she swore from the moment her eyes first fell on me she had known me to be

truehearted and held me in esteem as no selfseeker. More, I think she believed what she said, having

forgotten that once she looked upon me as her enemy. This indeed I never was, who always held her in high

regard and honour as a great lady who loved her country, though one who sometimes was not wise. But as I

could not foresee these things on that night of long ago, I only stared at the Prince and said:

"Oh! why did you not allow me to depart as your Highness said I might at the beginning? Soon or late my

head will pay the price of this night's work."

"Then she must take mine with it. Listen, Ana. I kept you here, not to vex the Princess or you, but for a good

reason. You know that it is the custom of the royal dynasties of Egypt for kings, or those who will be kings,

to wed their near kin in order that the blood may remain the purer."

"Yes, Prince, and not only among those who are royal. Still, I think it an evil custom."

"As I do, since the race wherein it is practised grows ever weaker in body and in mind; which is why,

perhaps, my father is not what his father was and I am not what my father is."

"Also, Prince, it is hard to mingle the love of the sister and of the wife."

"Very hard, Ana; so hard that when it is attempted both are apt to vanish. Well, our mothers having been true

royal wives, though hers died before mine was wedded by my father, Pharaoh desires that I should marry my

halfsister, Userti, and what is worse, she desires it also. Moreover, the people, who fear trouble ahead in

Egypt if we, who alone are left of the true royal race born of queens, remain apart and she takes another lord,

or I take another wife, demand that it should be brought about, since they believe that whoever calls Userti

the Strong his spouse will one day rule the land."

"Why does the Princess wish itthat she may be a queen?"

"Yes, Ana, though were she to wed my cousin, Amenmeses, the son of Pharaoh's elder brother Khaemuas,

she might still be a queen, if I chose to stand aside as I would not be loth to do."

"Would Egypt suffer this, Prince?"

"I do not know, nor does it matter since she hates Amenmeses, who is strongwilled and ambitious, and will

have none of him. Also he is already married."

"Is there no other royal one whom she might take, Prince?"

"None. Moreover she wishes me alone."

"Why, Prince?"

"Because of ancient custom which she worships. Also because she knows me well and in her fashion is fond


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 18



Top




Page No 21


of me, whom she believes to be a gentleminded dreamer that she can rule. Lastly, because I am the lawful

heir to the Crown and without me to share it, she thinks that she would never be safe upon the Throne,

especially if I should marry some other woman, of whom she would be jealous. It is the Throne she desires

and would wed, not the Prince Seti, her halfbrother, whom she takes with it to be in name her husband, as

Pharaoh commands that she should do. Love plays no part in Userti's breast, Ana, which makes her the more

dangerous, since what she seeks with a cold heart of policy, that she will surely find."

"Then it would seem, Prince, that the cage is built about you. After all it is a very splendid cage and made of

gold."

"Yes, Ana, yet not one in which I would live. Still, except by death how can I escape from the threefold chain

of the will of Pharaoh, of Egypt, and of Userti? Oh!" he went on in a new voice, one that had in it both

sorrow and passion, "this is a matter in which I would have chosen for myself who in all others must be a

servant. And I may not choose!"

"Is there perchance some other lady, Prince?"

"None! By Hathor, noneat least I think not. Yet I would have been free to search for such a one and take

her when I found her, if she were but a fishergirl."

"The Kings of Egypt can have large households, Prince."

"I know it. Are there not still scores whom I should call aunt and uncle? I think that my grandsire, Rameses,

blessed Egypt with quite three hundred children, and in so doing in a way was wise, since thus he might be

sure that, while the world endures, in it will flow some the blood that once was his."

"Yet in life or death how will that help him, Prince? Some must beget the multitudes of the earth, what does it

matter who these may have been?"

"Nothing at all, Ana, since by good or evil fortune they are born. Therefore, why talk of large households?

Though, like any man who can pay for it, Pharaoh may have a large household, I seek a queen who shall

reign in my heart as well as on my throne, not a "large household," Ana. Oh! I am weary. Pambasa, come

hither and conduct my secretary, Ana, to the empty room that is next to my own, the painted chamber which

looks toward the north, and bid my slaves attend to all his wants as they would to mine."

"Why did you tell me you were a scribe, my lord Ana?" asked Pambasa, as he led me to my beautiful

sleepingplace.

"Because that is my trade, Chamberlain."

He looked at me, shaking his great head till the long white beard waved across his breast like a temple banner

in the faint evening breeze, and answered:

"You are no scribe, you are a magician who can win the love and favour of his Highness in an hour which

others cannot do between two risings of the Nile. Had you said so at once, you would have been differently

treated yonder in the hall of waiting. Forgive me therefore what I did in ignorance, and, my lord, I pray it may

please you not to melt away in the night, lest my feet should answer for it beneath the sticks."

It was the fourth hour from sunrise of the following day that, for the first time in my life I found myself in the

Court of Pharaoh standing with other members of his household in the train of his Highness, the Prince Seti.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 19



Top




Page No 22


It was a very great place, for Pharaoh sat in the judgment hall, whereof the roof is upheld by round and

sculptured columns, between which were set statues of Pharaohs who had been. Save at the throne end of the

hall, where the light flowed down through clerestories, the vast chamber was dim almost to darkness; at least

so it seemed to me entering there out of the brilliant sunshine. Through this gloom many folk moved like

shadows; captains, nobles, and state officers who had been summoned to the Court, and among them white

robed and shaven priests. Also there were others of whom I took no count, such as Arab headmen from the

desert, traders with jewels and other wares to sell, farmers and even peasants with petitions to present,

lawyers and their clients, and I know not who besides, through which of all these none were suffered to

advance beyond a certain mark where the light began to fall. Speaking in whispers all of these folk flitted to

and fro like bats in a tomb.

We waited between two Hathorheaded pillars in one of the vestibules of the hall, the Prince Seti, who was

clad in purplebroidered garments and wore upon his brow a fillet of gold from which rose the uræus or

hooded snake, also of gold, that royal ones alone might wear, leaning against the base of a statue, while the

rest of us stood silent behind him. For a time he was silent also, as a man might be whose thoughts were

otherwhere. At length he turned and said to me:

"This is weary work. Would I had asked you to bring that new tale of yours, Scribe Ana, that we might have

read it together."

"Shall I tell you the plot of it, Prince?"

"Yes. I mean, not now, lest I should forget my manners listening to you. Look," and he pointed to a

darkbrowed, fierceeyed man of middle age who passed up the hall as though he did not see us, "there goes

my cousin, Amenmeses. You know him, do you not?"

I shook my head.

"Then tell me what you think of him, at once before the first judgment fades."

"I think he is a royallooking lord, obstinate in mind and strong in body, handsome too in his way."

"All can see that, Ana. What else?"

"I think," I said in a low voice so that none might overhear, "that his heart is as black as his brow; that he has

grown wicked with jealousy and hate and will do you evil."

"Can a man grow wicked, Ana? Is he not as he was born till the end? I do not know, nor do you. Still you are

right, he is jealous and will do me evil if it brings him good. But tell me, which of us will triumph at the

last?"

While I hesitated what to answer I became aware that someone had joined us. Looking round I perceived a

very ancient man clad in a white robe. He was broadfaced and baldheaded, and his eyes burned beneath his

shaggy eyebrows like two coals in ashes. He supported himself on a staff of cedarwood, gripping it with

both hands that for thinness were like to those of a mummy. For a while he considered us both as though he

were reading our souls, then said in a full and jovial voice:

"Greeting, Prince."

Seti turned, looked at him, and answered:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 20



Top




Page No 23


"Greeting, Bakenkhonsu. How comes it that you are still alive? When we parted at Thebes I made sure"

"That on your return you would find me in my tomb. Not so, Prince, it is I who shall live to look upon you in

your tomb, yes, and on others who are yet to sit in the seat of Pharaoh. Why not? Ho! ho! Why not, seeing

that I am but a hundred and seven, I who remember the first Rameses and have played with his grandson,

your grandsire, as a boy? Why should I not live, Prince, to nurse your grandsonif the gods should grant

you one who as yet have neither wife nor child?"

"Because you will get tired of life, Bakenkhonsu, as I am already, and the gods will not be able to spare you

much longer."

"The gods can endure yet a while without me, Prince, when so many are flocking to their table. Indeed it is

their desire that one good priest should be left in Egypt. Ki the Magician told me so only this morning. He

had it straight from Heaven in a dream last night."

"Why have you been to visit Ki?" asked Seti, looking at him sharply. "I should have thought that being both

of a trade you would have hated each other."

"Not so, Prince. On the contrary we add up each other's account; I mean, check and interpret each other's

visions, with which we are both of us much troubled just now. Is that young man a scribe from Memphis?"

"Yes, and my friend. His grandsire was Pentaur the poet."

"Indeed. I knew Pentaur well. Often has he read me to sleep with his long poems, rank stuff that grew like

coarse grass upon a deep but halfdrained soil. Are you sure, young man, that Pentaur was your grandfather?

You are not like him. Quite a different kind of herbage, and you know that it is a matter upon which we must

take a woman's word."

Seti burst out laughing and I looked at the old priest angrily, though now that I came to think of it my father

always said that his mother was one of the biggest liars in Egypt.

"Well, let it be," went on Bakenkhonsu, "till we find out the truth before Thoth. Ki was speaking of you,

young man. I did not pay much attention to him, but it was something about a sudden vow of friendship

between you and the Prince here. There was a cup in the story too, an alabaster cup that seemed familiar to

me. Ki said it was broken."

Seti started and I began angrily:

"What do you know of that cup? Where were you hid, O Priest?"

"Oh, in your souls, I suppose," he answered dreamily, "or rather Ki was. But I know nothing, and am not

curious. If you had broken the cup with a woman now, it would have been more interesting, even to an old

man. Be so good as to answer the Prince's question as to whether he or his cousin Amenmeses will triumph at

the last, for on that matter both Ki and I are curious."

"Am I a seer," I began again still more angrily, "that I should read the future?"

"I think so, a little, but that is what I want to find out."

He hobbled towards me, laid one of his clawlike hands upon my arm, and said in a new voice of command:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 21



Top




Page No 24


"Look now upon that throne and tell me what you see there."

I obeyed him because I must, staring up the hall at the empty throne. At first I saw nothing. Then figures

seemed to flit around it. From among these figures emerged the shape of the Count Amenmeses. He sat upon

the throne, looking about him proudly, and I noted that he was no longer clad as a prince but as Pharaoh

himself. Presently hooknosed men appeared who dragged him from his seat. He fell, as I thought, into

water, for it seemed to splash up above him. Next Seti the Prince appeared to mount the throne, led thither by

a woman, of whom I could only see the back. I saw him distinctly wearing the double crown and holding a

sceptre in his hand. He also melted away and others came whom I did not know, though I thought that one of

them was like to the Princess Userti.

Now all were gone and I was telling Bakenkhonsu everything I had witnessed like a man who speaks in his

sleep, not by his own will. Suddenly I woke up and laughed at my own foolishness. But the other two did not

laugh; they regarded me very gravely.

"I thought that you were something of a seer," said the old priest, "or rather Ki thought it. I could not quite

believe Ki, because he said that the young person whom I should find with the Prince here this morning

would be one who loved him with all the heart, and it is only a woman who loves with all the heart, is it not?

Or so the world believes. Well, I will talk the matter over with Ki. Hush! Pharaoh comes."

As he spoke from far away rose a cry of

"Life! Blood! Strength! Pharaoh! Pharaoh! Pharaoh!"

CHAPTER IV. THE COURT OF BETROTHAL

"Life! Blood! Strength!" echoed everyone in the great hall, falling to their knees and bending their foreheads

to the ground. Even the Prince and the aged Bakenkhonsu prostrated themselves thus as though before the

presence of a god. And, indeed, Pharaoh Meneptah, passing through the patch of sunlight at the head of the

hall, wearing the double crown upon his head and arrayed in royal robes and ornaments, looked like a god, no

less, as the multitude of the people of Egypt held him to be. He was an old man with the face of one worn by

years and care, but from his person majesty seemed to flow.

With him, walking a step or two behind, went Nehesi his Vizier, a shrivelled, parchmentfaced officer whose

cunning eyes rolled about the place, and Roy the Highpriest, and Hora the Chamberlain of the Table, and

Meranu the Washer of the King's Hands, and Yuy the private scribe, and many others whom Bakenkhonsu

named to me as they appeared. Then there were fanbearers and a gorgeous band of lords who were called

King's Companions and Head Butlers and I know not who besides, and after these guards with spears and

helms that shone like god, and black swordsmen from the southern land of Kesh.

But one woman accompanied his Majesty, walking alone immediately behind him in front of the Vizier and

the Highpriest. She was the Royal Daughter, the Princess Userti, who looked, I thought, prouder and more

splendid than any there, though somewhat pale and anxious.

Pharaoh came to the steps of the throne. The Vizier and the High priest advanced to help him up the steps,

for he was feeble with age. He waved them aside, and beckoning to his daughter, rested his hand upon her

shoulder and by her aid mounted the throne. I thought that there was meaning in this; it was as though he

would show to all the assembly that this princess was the prop of Egypt.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 22



Top




Page No 25


For a little while he stood still and Userti sat herself down on the topmost step, resting her chin upon her

jewelled hand. There he stood searching the place with his eyes. He lifted his sceptre and all rose, hundreds

and hundreds of them throughout the hall, their garments rustling as they rose like leaves in a sudden wind.

He seated himself and once more from every throat went up the regal salutation that was the king's alone,

of

"Life! Blood! Strength! Pharaoh! Pharaoh! Pharaoh!"

In the silence that followed I heard him say, to the Princess, I think:

"Amenmeses I see, and others of our kin, but where is my son Seti, the Prince of Egypt?"

"Watching us no doubt from some vestibule. My brother loves not ceremonials," answered Userti.

Then, with a little sigh, Seti stepped forward, followed by Bakenkhonsu and myself, and at a distance by

other members of his household. As he marched up the long hall all drew to this side or that, saluting him

with low bows. Arriving in front of the throne he bent till his knee touched the ground, saying:

"I give greeting, O King and Father."

"I give greeting, O Prince and Son. Be seated," answered Meneptah.

Seti seated himself in a chair that had been made ready for him at the foot of the throne, and on its right, and

in another chair to the left, but set farther from the steps, Amenmeses seated himself also. At a motion from

the Prince I took my stand behind his chair.

The formal business of the Court began. At the beckoning of an usher people of all sorts appeared singly and

handed in petitions written on rolledup papyri, which the Vizier Nehesi took and threw into a leathern sack

that was held open by a black slave. In some cases an answer to his petition, whereof this was only the formal

delivery, was handed back to the suppliant, who touched his brow with the roll that perhaps meant everything

to him, and bowed himself away to learn his fate. Then appeared sheiks of the desert tribes, and captains from

fortresses in Syria, and traders who had been harmed by enemies, and even peasants who had suffered

violence from officers, each to make his prayer. Of all of these supplications the scribes took notes, while to

some the Vizier and councillors made answer. But as yet Pharaoh said nothing. There he sat silent on his

splendid throne of ivory and gold, like a god of stone above the altar, staring down the long hall and through

the open doors as though he would read the secrets of the skies beyond.

"I told you that courts were wearisome, friend Ana," whispered the Prince to me without turning his head.

"Do you not already begin to wish that you were back writing tales at Memphis?"

Before I could answer some movement in the throng at the end of the hall drew the eyes of the Prince and of

all of us. I looked, and saw advancing towards the throne a tall, bearded man already old, although his black

hair was but grizzled with grey. He was arrayed in a white linen robe, over which hung a woollen cloak such

as shepherds wear, and he carried in his hand a long thornwood staff. His face was splendid and very

handsome, and his black eyes flashed like fire. He walked forward slowly, looking neither to the left nor the

right, and the throng made way for him as though he were a prince. Indeed, I thought that they showed more

fear of him than of any prince, since they shrank from him as he came. Nor was he alone, for after him

walked another man who was very like to him, but as I judged, still older, for his beard, which hung down to

his middle, was snowwhite as was the hair on his head. He also was dressed in a sheepskin cloak and carried

a staff in his hand. Now a whisper rose among the people and the whisper said:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 23



Top




Page No 26


"The prophets of the men of Israel! The prophets of the men of Israel!"

The two stood before the throne and looked at Pharaoh, making no obeisance. Pharaoh looked at them and

was silent. For a long space they stood thus in the midst of a great quiet, but Pharaoh would not speak, and

none of his officers seemed to dare to open their mouths. At length the first of the prophets spoke in a clear,

cold voice as some conqueror might do.

"You know me, Pharaoh, and my errand."

"I know you," answered Pharaoh slowly, "as well I may, seeing that we played together when we were little.

You are that Hebrew whom my sister, she who sleeps in Osiris, took to be as a son to her, giving to you a

name that means 'drawn forth' because she drew you forth as an infant from among the reeds of Nile. Aye, I

know you and your brother also, but your errand I know not."

"This is my errand, Pharaoh, or rather the errand of Jahveh, God of Israel, for whom I speak. Have you not

heard it before? It is that you should let his people go to do sacrifice to him in the wilderness."

"Who is Jahveh? I know not Jahveh who serve Amon and the gods of Egypt, and why should I let your

people go?"

"Jahveh is the God of Israel, the great God of all gods whose power you shall learn if you will not hearken,

Pharaoh. As for why you should let the people go, ask it of the Prince your son who sits yonder. Ask him of

what he saw in the streets of this city but last night, and of a certain judgment that he passed upon one of the

officers of Pharaoh. Or if he will not tell you, learn it from the lips of the maiden who is named Merapi,

Moon of Israel, the daughter of Nathan the Levite. Stand forward, Merapi, daughter of Nathan."

Then from the throng at the back of the hall came forward Merapi, clad in a white robe and with a black veil

thrown about her head in token of mourning, but not so as to hide her face. Up the hall she glided and made

obeisance to Pharaoh, as she did so, casting one swift look at Seti where he sat. Then she stood still, looking,

as I thought, wonderfully beautiful in that simple robe of white and the evil of black.

"Speak, woman," said Pharaoh.

She obeyed, telling all the tale in her low and honeyed voice, nor did any seem to think it long or wearisome.

At length she ended, and Pharaoh said:

"Say, Seti my son, is this truth?"

"It is truth, O my Father. By virtue of my powers as Governor of this city I caused the captain Khuaka to be

put to death for the crime of murder done by him before my eyes in the streets of the city."

"Perchance you did right and perchance you did wrong, Son Seti. At least you are the best judge, and because

he struck your royal person, this Khuaka deserved to die."

Again he was silent for a while staring through the open doors at the sky beyond. Then he said:

"What would ye more, Prophets of Jahveh? Justice has been done upon my officer who slew the man of your

people. A life has been taken for a life according to the strict letter of the law. The matter is finished. Unless

you have aught to say, get you gone."

"By the command of the Lord our God," answered the prophet, "we have this to say to you, O Pharaoh. Lift


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 24



Top




Page No 27


the heavy yoke from off the neck of the people of Israel. Bid that they cease from the labour of the making of

bricks to build your walls and cities."

"And if I refuse, what then?"

"Then the curse of Jahveh shall be on you, Pharaoh, and with plague upon plague shall he smite this land of

Egypt."

Now a sudden rage seized Meneptah.

"What!" he cried. "Do you dare to threaten me in my own palace, and would ye cause all the multitude of the

people of Israel who have grown fat in the land to cease from their labours? Hearken, my servants, and,

scribes, write down my decree. Go ye to the country of Goshen and say to the Israelites that the bricks they

made they shall make as aforetime and more work shall they do than aforetime in the days of my father,

Rameses. Only no more straw shall be given to them for the making of the bricks. Because they are idle, let

them go forth and gather the straw themselves; let them gather it from the face of the fields."

There was silence for a while. Then with one voice both the prophets spoke, pointing with their wands to

Pharaoh:

"In the Name of the Lord God we curse you, Pharaoh, who soon shall die and make answer for this sin. The

people of Egypt we curse also. Ruin shall be their portion; death shall be their bread and blood shall they

drink in a great darkness. Moreover, at the last Pharaoh shall let the people go."

Then, waiting no answer, they turned and strode away side by side, nor did any man hinder them in their

goings. Again there was silence in the hall, the silence of fear, for these were awful words that the prophets

had spoken. Pharaoh knew it, for his chin sank upon his breast and his face that had been red with rage turned

white. Userti hid her eyes with her hand as though to shut out some evil vision, and even Seti seemed ill at

ease as though that awful curse had found a home within his heart.

At a motion of Pharaoh's hand the Vizier Nehesi struck the ground thrice with his wand of office and pointed

to the door, thus giving the accustomed sign that the Court was finished, whereon all the people turned and

went away with bent heads speaking no words one to another. Presently the great hall was emptied save for

the officers and guards and those who attended upon Pharaoh. When everyone had gone Seti the Prince rose

and bowed before the throne.

"O Pharaoh," he said, "be pleased to hearken. We have heard very evil words spoken by these Hebrew men,

words that threaten your divine life, O Pharaoh, and call down a curse upon the Upper and the Lower Land.

Pharaoh, these people of Israel hold that they suffer wrong and are oppressed. Now give me, your son, a

writing under your hand and seal, by virtue of which I shall have power to go down to the Land of Goshen

and inquire of this matter, and afterwards make report of the truth to you. Then, if it seems to you that the

People of Israel are unjustly dealt by, you may lighten their burden and bring the curse of their prophets to

nothing. But if it seems to you that the tales they tell are idle then your words shall stand."

Now, listening, I, Ana, thought that Pharaoh would once more be angry. But it was not so, for when he spoke

again it was in the voice of one who is crushed by grief or weariness.

"Have your will, Son," he said. "Only take with you a great guard of soldiers lest these hooknosed dogs

should do you mischief. I trust them not, who, like the Hyksos whose blood runs in many of them, were ever

the foes of Egypt. Did they not conspire with the Ninebow Barbarians whom I crushed in the great battle, and

do they not now threaten us in the name of their outland god? Still, let the writing be prepared and I will seal


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 25



Top




Page No 28


it. And stay. I think, Seti, that you, who were ever gentlenatured, have somewhat too soft a heart towards

these shepherd slaves. Therefore I will not send you alone. Amenmeses your cousin shall go with you, but

under your command. It is spoken."

"Life! Blood! Strength!" said both Seti and Amenmeses, thus acknowledging the king's command.

Now I thought that all was finished. But it was not so, for presently Pharaoh said:

"Let the guards withdraw to the end of the hall and with them the servants. Let the King's councillors and the

officers of the household remain."

Instantly all saluted and withdrew out of hearing. I, too, made ready to go, but the Prince said to me:

"Stay, that you may take note of what passes."

Pharaoh, watching, saw if he did not hear.

"Who is that man, Son?" he asked.

"He is Ana my private scribe and librarian, O Pharaoh, whom I trust. It was he who saved me from harm but

last night."

"You say it, Son. Let him remain in attendance on you, knowing that if he betrays our council he dies."

Userti looked up frowning as though she were about to speak. If so, she changed her mind and was silent,

perhaps because Pharaoh's word once spoken could not be altered. Bakenkhonsu remained also as a

Councillor of the King according to his right.

When all had gone Pharaoh, who had been brooding, lifted his head and spoke slowly but in the voice of one

who gives a judgment that may not be questioned, saying:

"Prince Seti, you are my only son born of Queen AstNefert, royal Sister, royal Mother, who sleeps in the

bosom of Osiris. It is true that you are not my firstborn son, since the Count Ramessu"here he pointed to

a stout mildfaced man of pleasing, rather foolish appearance"is your elder by two years. But, as he knows

well, his mother, who is still with us, is a Syrian by birth and of no royal blood, and therefore he can never sit

upon the throne of Egypt. Is it not so, my son Ramessu?"

"It is so, O Pharaoh," answered the Count in a pleasant voice, "not do I seek ever to sit upon that throne, who

am well content with the offices and wealth that Pharaoh has been pleased to confer upon me, his firstborn."

"Let the words of the Count Ramessu be written down," said Pharaoh, "and placed in the temple of Ptah of

this city, and in the temples of Ptah at Memphis and of Amon at Thebes, that hereafter they may never be

questioned."

The scribes in attendance wrote down the words and, at a sign from the Prince Seti, I also wrote them down,

setting the papyrus I had with me on my knee. When this was finished Pharaoh went on.

"Therefore, O Prince Seti, you are the heir of Egypt and perhaps, as those Hebrew prophets said, will ere long

be called upon to sit in my place on its throne."

"May the King live for ever!" exclaimed Seti, "for well he knows that I do not seek his crown and dignities."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 26



Top




Page No 29


"I do know it well, my son; so well that I wish you thought more of that crown and those dignities which, if

the gods will, must come to you. If they will it not, next in the order of succession stands your cousin, the

Count Amenmeses, who is also of royal blood both on his father's and his mother's side, and after him I know

not who, unless it be my daughter and your halfsister, the royal Princess Userti, Lady of Egypt."

Now Userti spoke, very earnestly, saying:

"O Pharaoh, surely my right in the succession, according to ancient precedent, precedes that of my cousin, the

Count Amenmeses."

Amenmeses was about to answer, but Pharaoh lifted his hand and he was silent.

"It is matter for those learned in such lore to discuss," Meneptah replied in a somewhat hesitating voice. "I

pray the gods that it may never be needful that this high question should be considered in the Council.

Nevertheless, let the words of the royal Princess be written down. Now, Prince Seti," he went on when this

had been done, "you are still unmarried, and if you have children they are not royal."

"I have none, O Pharaoh," said Seti.

"Is it so?" answered Meneptah indifferently. "The Count Amenmeses has children I know, for I have seen

them, but by his wife Unuri, who also is of the royal line, he has none."

Here I heard Amenmeses mutter, "Being my aunt that is not strange," a saying at which Seti smiled.

"My daughter, the Princess, is also unmarried. So it seems that the fountain of the royal blood is running

dry"

"Now it is coming," whispered Seti below his breath so that only I could hear.

"Therefore," continued Pharaoh, "as you know, Prince Seti, for the royal Princess of Egypt by my command

went to speak to you of this matter last night, I make a decree"

"Pardon, O Pharaoh," interrupted the Prince, "my sister spoke to me of no decree last night, save that I should

attend at the court here today."

"Because I could not, Seti, seeing that another was present with you whom you refused to dismiss," and she

let her eyes rest on me.

"It matters not," said Pharaoh, "since now I will utter it with my own lips which perhaps is better. It is my

will, Prince, that you forthwith wed the royal Princess Userti, that children of the true blood of the

Ramessides may be born. Hear and obey."

Now Userti shifted her eyes from me to Seti, watching him very closely. Seated at his side upon the ground

with my writing roll spread across my knee, I, too, watched him closely, and noted that his lips turned white

and his face grew fixed and strange.

"I hear the command of Pharaoh," he said in a low voice making obeisance, and hesitated.

"Have you aught to add?" asked Meneptah sharply.

"Only, O Pharaoh, that though this would be a marriage decreed for reasons of the State, still there is a lady


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 27



Top




Page No 30


who must be given in marriage, and she my halfsister who heretofore has only loved me as a relative.

Therefore, I would know from her lips if it is her will to take me as a husband."

Now all looked at Userti who replied in a cold voice:

"In this matter, Prince, as in all others I have no will but that of Pharaoh."

"You have heard," interrupted Meneptah impatiently, "and as in our House it has always been the custom for

kin to marry kin, why should it not be her will? Also, who else should she marry? Amenmeses is already

wed. There remains only Saptah his brother who is younger than herself"

"So am I," murmured Seti, "by two long years," but happily Userti did not hear him.

"Nay, my father," she said with decision, "never will I take a deformed man to husband."

Now from the shadow on the further side of the throne, where I could not see him, there hobbled forward a

young noble, short in stature, lighthaired like Seti, and with a sharp, clever face which put me in mind of

that of a jackal (indeed for this reason he was named Thoth by the common people, after the jackalheaded

god). He was very angry, for his cheeks were flushed and his small eyes flashed.

"Must I listen, Pharaoh," he said in a little voice, "while my cousin the Royal Princess reproaches me in

public for my lame foot, which I have because my nurse let me fall when I was still in arms?"

"Then his nurse let his grandfather fall also, for he too was club footed, as I who have seen him naked in his

cradle can bear witness," whispered old Bakenkhonsu.

"It seems so, Count Saptah, unless you stop your ears," replied Pharaoh.

"She says she will not marry me," went on Saptah, "me who from childhood have been a slave to her and to

no other woman."

"Not by my wish, Saptah. Indeed, I pray you to go and be a slave to any woman whom you will," exclaimed

Userti.

"But I say," continued Saptah, "that one day she shall marry me, for the Prince Seti will not live for ever."

"How do you know that, Cousin?" asked Seti. "The Highpriest here will tell you a different story."

Now certain of those present turned their heads away to hide the smile upon their faces. Yet on this day some

god spoke with Saptah's voice making him a prophet, since in a year to come she did marry him, in order that

she might stay upon the throne at a time of trouble when Egypt would not suffer that a woman should have

sole rule over the land.

But Pharaoh did not smile like the courtiers; indeed he grew angry.

"Peace, Saptah!" he said. "Who are you that wrangle before me, talking of the death of kings and saying that

you will wed the Royal princess? One more such word and you shall be driven into banishment. Hearken

now. Almost am I minded to declare my daughter, the Royal Princess, sole heiress to the throne, seeing that

in her there is more strength and wisdom than in any other of our House."

"If such be Pharaoh's will, let Pharaoh's will be done," said Seti most humbly. "Well I know my own


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 28



Top




Page No 31


unworthiness to fill so high a station, and by all the gods I swear that my beloved sister will find no more

faithful subject than myself."

"You mean, Seti," interrupted Userti, "that rather than marry me you would abandon your right to the double

crown. Truly I am honoured. Seti, whether you reign or I, I will not marry you."

"What words are these I hear?" cried Meneptah. "Is there indeed one in this land of Egypt who dares to say

that Pharaoh's decree shall be disobeyed? Write it down, Scribes, and you, O Officers, let it be proclaimed

from Thebes to the sea, that on the third day from now at the hour of noon in the temple of Hathor in this city,

the Prince, the Royal Heir, Seti Meneptah, Beloved of Ra, will wed the Royal Princess of Egypt, Lily of

Love, Beloved of Hathor, Userti, Daughter of me, the god."

"Life! Blood! Strength!" called all the Court.

Then, guided by some high officer, the Prince Seti was led before the throne and the Princess Userti was set

beside him, or rather facing him. According to the ancient custom a great gold cup was brought and filled

with red wine, to me it looked like blood. Userti took the cup and, kneeling, gave it to the Prince, who drank

and gave it back to her that she might also drink in solemn token of their betrothal. Is not the scene graven on

the broad bracelets of gold which in after days Seti wore when he sat upon the throne, those same bracelets

that at a future time I with my own hands clasped about the wrists of dead Userti?

Then he stretched out his hand which she touched with her lips, and bending down he kissed her on the brow.

Lastly, Pharaoh, descending to the lowest step of the throne, laid his sceptre, first upon the head of the Prince,

and next upon that of the Princess, blessing them both in the name of himself, of his Ka or Double, and of the

spirits and Kas of all their forefathers, kings and queens of Egypt, thus appointing them to come after him

when he had been gathered to the bosom of the gods.

These things done, he departed in state, surrounded by his court, preceded and followed by his guards and

leaning on the arm of the Princess Userti, whom he loved better than anyone in the world.

A while later I stood alone with the Prince in his private chamber, where I had first seen him.

"That is finished," he said in a cheerful voice, "and I tell you, Ana, that I feel quite, quite happy. Have you

ever shivered upon the bank of a river of a winter morning, fearing to enter, and yet, when you did enter, have

you not been pleased to find that the icy water refreshed you and made you not cold but hot?"

"Yes, Prince. It is when one comes out of the water, if the wind blows and no sun shines, that one feels colder

than before."

"True, Ana, and therefore one must not come out. One should stop there till onedrowns or is eaten by a

crocodile. But, say, did I do it well?"

"Old Bakenkhonsu told me, Prince, that he had been present at many royal betrothals, I think he said eleven,

and had never seen one conducted with more grace. He added that the way in which you kissed the brow of

her Highness was perfect, as was all your demeanour after the first argument."

"And so it would remain, Ana, if I were never called upon to do more than kiss her brow, to which I have

been accustomed from boyhood. Oh! Ana, Ana," he added in a kind of cry, "already you are becoming a

courtier like the rest of them, a courtier who cannot speak the truth. Well, nor can I, so why should I blame

you? Tell me again all about your marriage, Ana, of how it began and how it ended."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 29



Top




Page No 32


CHAPTER V. THE PROPHECY

Whether or no the Prince Seti saw Userti again before the hour of his marriage with her I cannot say, because

he never told me. Indeed I was not present at the marriage, for the reason that I had been granted leave to

return to Memphis, there to settle my affairs and sell my house on entering upon my appointment as private

scribe to his Highness. Thus it came about that fourteen full days went by from that of the holding of the

Court of Betrothal before I found myself standing once more at the gate of the Prince's palace, attended by a

servant who led an ass on which were laden all my manuscripts and certain possessions that had descended to

me from my ancestors with the titledeeds of their tombs. Different indeed was my reception on this my

second coming. Even as I reached the steps the old chamberlain Pambasa appeared, running down them so

fast that his white robes and beard streamed upon the air.

"Greeting, most learned scribe, most honourable Ana," he panted. "Glad indeed am I to see you, since very

hour his Highness asks if you have returned, and blames me because you have not come. Verily I believe that

if you had stayed upon the road another day I should have been sent to look for you, who have had sharp

words said to me because I did not arrange that you should be accompanied by a guard, as though the Vizier

Nehesi would have paid the costs of a guard without the direct order of Pharaoh. O most excellent Ana, give

me of the charm which you have doubtless used to win the love of our royal master, and I will pay you well

for it who find it easier to earn his wrath."

"I will, Pambasa. Here it iswrite better stories than I do instead of telling them, and he will love you more

than he does me. But say how went the marriage? I have heard upon the way that it was very splendid."

"Splendid! Oh! it was ten times more than splendid. It was as though the god Osiris were once more wed to

the goddess Isis in the very halls of heaven. Indeed his Highness, the bridegroom, was dressed as a god, yes,

he wore the robes and the holy ornaments of Amon. And the procession! And the feast that Pharaoh gave! I

tell you that the Prince was so overcome with joy and all this weight of glory that, before it was over, looking

at him I saw that his eyes were closed, being dazzled by the gleam of gold and jewels and the loveliness of

his royal bride. He told me that it was so himself, fearing perhaps lest I should have thought that he was

asleep. Then there were the presents, something to everyone of us according to his degree. I got well it

matters not. And, learned Ana, I did not forget you. Knowing well that everything would be gone before you

returned I spoke your name in the ear of his Highness, offering to keep your gift."

"Indeed, Pambasa, and what did he say?"

"He said that he was keeping it himself. When I stared wondering what it might be, for I saw nothing on him,

he added, 'It is here,' and touched the private signet guard that he has always worn, an ancient ring of gold,

but of no great value I should say, with 'Beloved of Thoth and of the King' cut upon it. It seems that he must

take it off to make room for another and much finer ring which her Highness has given him."

Now, by this time, the ass having been unloaded by the slaves and led away, we had passed through the hall

where many were idling as ever, and were come to the private apartments of the palace.

"This way," said Pambasa. "The orders are that I am to take you to the Prince wherever he may be, and just

now he is seated in the great apartment with her Highness, where they have been receiving homage and

deputations from distant cities. The last left about half an hour ago."

"First I will prepare myself, worthy Pambasa," I began.

"No, no, the orders are instant, I dare not disobey them. Enter," and with a courtly flourish he drew a rich

curtain.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 30



Top




Page No 33


"By Amon," exclaimed a weary voice which I knew as that of the Prince, "here come more councillors or

priests. Prepare, my sister, prepare!"

"I pray you, Seti," answered another voice, that of Userti, "to learn to call me by my right name, which is no

longer sister. Nor, indeed, am I your full sister."

"I crave your pardon," said Seti. "Prepare, Royal Wife, prepare!"

By now the curtain was fully drawn and I stood, travelstained, forlorn and, to tell the truth, trembling a little,

for I feared her Highness, in the doorway, hesitating to pass the threshold. Beyond was a splendid chamber

full of light, in the centre of which upon a carven and golden chair, one of two that were set there, sat her

Highness magnificently apparelled, faultlessly beautiful and calm. She was engaged in studying a painted

roll, left no doubt by the last deputation, for others similar to it were laid neatly side by side upon a table.

The second chair was empty, for the Prince was walking restlessly up and down the chamber, his ceremonial

robe somewhat disarrayed and the uræus circlet of gold which he wore, tilted back upon his head, because of

his habit of running his fingers through his brown hair. As I still stood in the dark shadow, for Pambasa had

left me, and thus remained unseen, the talk went on.

"I am prepared, Husband. Pardon me, it is you who look otherwise. Why would you dismiss the scribes and

the household before the ceremony was ended?"

"Because they wearied me," said Seti, "with their continual bowing and praising and formalities."

"In which I saw nothing unusual. Now they must be recalled."

"Let whoever it is enter," he exclaimed.

Then I stepped forward into the light, prostrating myself.

"Why," he cried, "it is Ana returned from Memphis! Draw near, Ana, and a thousand welcomes to you. Do

you know I thought that you were another highpriest, or governor of some Nome of which I had never

heard."

"Ana! Who is Ana?" asked the Princess. "Oh! I remember that scribe . Well, it is plain that he has

returned from Memphis," and she eyed my dusty robe.

"Royal One," I murmured abashed, "do not blame me that I enter your presence thus. Pambasa led me here

against my will by the direct order of the Prince."

"Is it so? Say, Seti, does this man bring tidings of import from Memphis that you needed his presence in such

haste?"

"Yes, Userti, at least I think so. You have the writings safe, have you not, Ana?"

"Quite safe, your Highness," I answered, though I knew not of what writings he spoke, unless they were the

manuscripts of my stories.

"Then, my Lord, I will leave you to talk of the tidings from Memphis and these writings," said the Princess.

"Yes, yes. We must talk of them, Userti. Also of the journey to the land of Goshen on which Ana starts with


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 31



Top




Page No 34


me tomorrow."

"Tomorrow! Why this morning you told me it was fixed for three days hence."

"Did I, SisterI mean Wife? If so, it was because I was not sure whether Ana, who is to be my chariot

companion, would be back."

"A scribe your chariot companion! Surely it would be more fitting that your cousin Amenmeses"

"To Set with Amenmeses!" he exclaimed. "You know well, Userti, that the man is hateful to me with his

cunning yet empty talk."

"Indeed! I grieve to hear it, for when you hate you show it, and Amenmeses may be a bad enemy. Then if not

our cousin Amenmeses who is not hateful to me, there is Saptah."

"I thank you; I will not travel in a cage with a jackal."

"Jackal! I do not love Saptah, but one of the royal blood of Egypt a jackal! Then there is Nehesi the Vizier, or

the General of the escort whose name I forget."

"Do you think, Userti, that I wish to talk about state economies with that old moneysack, or to listen to

boastings of deeds he never did in war from a halfbred Nubian butcher?"

"I do not know, Husband. Yet of what will you talk with this Ana? Of poems, I suppose, and silliness. Or will

it be perchance of Merapi, Moon of Israel, whom I gather both of you think so beautiful. Well, have your

way. You tell me that I am not to accompany you upon this journey, I your newmade wife, and now I find

that it is because you wish my place to be filled by a writer of tales whom you picked up the other dayyour

'twin in Ra' forsooth! Fare you well, my Lord," and she rose from her seat, gathering up her robes with both

hands.

Then Seti grew angry.

"Userti," he said, stamping upon the floor, "you should not use such words. You know well that I do not take

you with me because there may be danger yonder among the Hebrews. Moreover, it is not Pharaoh's wish."

She turned and answered with cold courtesy:

"Then I crave your pardon and thank you for your kind thought for the safety of my person. I knew not this

mission was so dangerous. Be careful, Seti, that the scribe Ana comes to no harm."

So saying she bowed and vanished through the curtains.

"Ana," said Seti, "tell me, for I never was quick at figures, how many minutes is it from now till the fourth

hour tomorrow morning when I shall order my chariot to be ready? Also, do you know whether it is possible

to travel from Goshen across the marshes and to return by Syria? Or, failing that, to travel across the desert to

Thebes and sail down the Nile in the spring?"

"Oh! my Prince, my Prince," I said, "I pray you to dismiss me. Let me go anywhere out of the reach of her

Highness's tongue."

"It is strange how alike we think upon every matter, Ana, even of Merapi and the tongues of royal ladies.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 32



Top




Page No 35


Hearken to my command. You are not to go. If it is a question of going, there are others who will go first.

Moreover, you cannot go, but must stay and bear your burdens as I bear mine. Remember the broken cup,

Ana."

"I remember, my Prince, but sooner would I be scourged with rods than by such words as those to which I

must listen."

Yet that very night, when I had left the Prince, I was destined to hear more pleasant words from this same

changeful, or perchance politic, royal lady. She sent for me and I went, much afraid. I found her in a small

chamber alone, save for one old lady of honour who sat the end of the room and appeared to be deaf, which

perhaps was why she was chosen. Userti bade me be seated before her very courteously, and spoke to me

thus, whether because of some talk she had held with the Prince or not, I do not know.

"Scribe Ana, I ask your pardon if, being vexed and wearied, I said to you and of you today what I now wish

I had left unsaid. I know well that you, being of the gentle blood of Egypt, will make no report of what you

heard outside these walls."

"May my tongue be cut out first," I answered.

"It seems, Scribe Ana, that my lord the Prince has taken a great love of you. How or why this came about so

suddenly, you being a man, I do not understand, but I am sure that as it is so, it must be because there is much

in you to love, since never did I know the Prince to show deep regard for one who was not most honourable

and worthy. Now things being so, it is plain that you will become the favourite of his Highness, a man who

does not change his mind in such matters, and that he will tell you all his secret thoughts, perhaps some that

he hides from the Councillors of State, or even from me. In short you will grow into a power in the land and

perhaps one day be the greatest in it after Pharaohalthough you may still seem to be but a private scribe.

"I do not pretend to you that I should have wished this to be so, who would rather that my husband had but

one real councillormyself. Yet seeing that it is so, I bow my head, hoping that it may be decreed for the

best. If ever any jealousy should overcome me in this matter and I should speak sharply to you, as I did

today, I ask your pardon in advance for that which has not happened, as I have asked it for that which has

happened. I pray of you, Scribe Ana, that you will do your best to influence the mind of the Prince for good,

since he is easily led by any whom he loves. I pray you also being quick and thoughtful, as I see you are, that

you will make a study of statecraft, and of the policies of our royal House, coming to me, if it be needful, for

instruction therein, so that you may be able to guide the feet of the Prince aright, should he turn to you for

counsel."

"All of this I will do, your Highness, if by any chance it lies in my power, though who am I that I should hope

to make a path for the feet of kings? Moreover, I would add this, although he is so gentle natured, I think

that in the end the Prince is one who will always choose his own path."

"It may be so Ana. At the least I thank you. I pray you to be sure also that in me you will always have a friend

and not an enemy, although at times the quickness of my nature, which has never been controlled, may lead

you to think otherwise. Now I will say one more thing that shall be secret between us. I know that the Prince

loves me as a friend and relative rather than as a wife, and that he would not have sought this marriage of

himself, as is perhaps natural. I know, too, that other women will come into his life, though these may be

fewer than in the case of most kings, because he is more hard to please. Of such I cannot complain, as this is

according to the customs of our country. I fear only one thingnamely that some woman, ceasing to be his

toy, may take Seti's heart and make him altogether hers. In this matter, Scribe Ana, as in others I ask your

help, since I would be queen of Egypt in all ways, not in name only."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 33



Top




Page No 36


"Your Highness, how can I say to the Prince'So much shall you love this or that woman and no more?'

Moreover, why do you fear that which has not and may never come about?"

"I do not know how you can say such a thing, Scribe, still I ask you to say it if you can. As to why I fear, it is

because I seem to feel the near shadow of some woman lying cold upon me and building a wall of blackness

between his Highness and myself."

"It is but a dream, Princess."

"Mayhap. I hope so. Yet I think otherwise. Oh! Ana, cannot you, who study the hearts of men and women,

understand my case? I have married where I can never hope to be loved as other women are, I who am a wife,

yet not a wife. I read your thought; it iswhy then did you marry? Since I have told you so much I will tell

you that also. First, it is because the Prince is different to other men and in his own fashion above them, yes,

far above any with whom I could have wed as royal heiress of Egypt. Secondly, because being cut off from

love, what remains to me but ambition? At least I would be a great queen, as was Hatshepu in her day, and

lift my country out of the many troubles in which it is sunk and write my name large upon the books of

history, which I could only do by taking Pharaoh's heir to husband, as is my duty."

She brooded a while, then added, "Now I have shown you all my thought. Whether I have been wise to do so

the gods know alone and time will tell me."

"Princess," I said, "I thank you for trusting me and I will help you if I may. Yet I am troubled. I, a humble

man if of good blood, who a little while ago was but a scribe and a student, a dreamer who had known trouble

also, have suddenly by chance, or some divine decree, been lifted high in the favour of the heir of Egypt, and

it would seem have even won your trust. Now I wonder how I shall bear myself in this new place which in

truth I never sought."

"I do not know, who find the present and its troubles enough to carry. But, doubtless, the decree of which you

speak that set you there has also written down what will be the end of all. Meanwhile, I have a gift for you.

Say, Scribe, have you ever handled any weapon besides a pen?"

"Yes, your Highness, as a lad I was skilled in sword play. Moreover, though I do not love war and bloodshed,

some years ago I fought in the great battle between the Ninebow Barbarians, when Pharaoh called upon the

young men of Memphis to do their part. With my own hands I slew two in fair fight, though one nearly

brought me to my end," and I pointed to a scar which showed red through my grey hair where a spear had

bitten deep.

"It is well, or so I think, who love soldiers better than stainers of papyrus pith."

Then, going to a painted chest of reeds, she took from it a wonderful shirt of mail fashioned of bronze rings,

and a short sword also of bronze, having a golden hilt of which the end was shaped to the likeness of the head

of a lion, and with her own hands gave them to me, saying:

"These are spoils that my grandsire, the great Rameses, took in his youth from a prince of the Khitah, whom

he smote with his own hands in Syria in that battle whereof your grandfather made the poem. Wear the shirt,

which no spear will pierce, beneath your robe and gird the sword about you when you go down yonder

among the Israelites, whom I do not trust. I have given a like coat to the Prince. Let it be your duty to see that

it is upon his sacred person day and night. Let it be your duty also, if need arises, with this sword to defend

him to the death. Farewell."

"May all the gods reject me from the Fields of the Blessed if I fail in this trust," I answered, and departed


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 34



Top




Page No 37


wondering, to seek sleep which, as it chanced, I was not to find for a while.

For as I went down the corridor, led by one of the ladies of the household, whom should I find waiting at the

end of it but old Pambasa to inform me with many bows that the Prince needed my presence. I asked how that

could be seeing he had dismissed me for the night. He replied that he did not know, but he was commanded

to conduct me to the private chamber, the same room in which I had first seen his Highness. Thither I went

and found him warming himself at the fire, for the night was cold. Looking up he bade Pambasa admit those

who were waiting, then noting the shirt of mail and the sword I carried in my hand, said:

"You have been with the Princess, have you not, and she must have had much to say to you for your talk was

long? Well, I think I can guess its purport who from a child have known her mind. She told you to watch me

well, body and heart and all that comes from the heartoh! and much else. Also she gave you that Syrian

gear to wear among the Hebrews as she has given the like to me, being of a careful mind which foresees

everything. Now, hearken, Ana; I grieve to keep you from your rest, who must be weary both with talk and

travel. But old Bakenkhonsu, whom you know, waits without, and with him Ki the great magician, whom I

think you have not seen. He is a man of wonderful lore and in some ways not altogether human. At least he

does strange feats of magic, and at times both the past and the future seem to be open to his sight, though as

we know neither the one nor the other, who can tell whether he reads them truly. Doubtless he has, or thinks

he has, some message to me from the heavens, which I thought you might wish to hear."

"I wish it much, Prince, if I am worthy, and you will protect me from the anger of this magician whom I

fear."

"Anger sometimes turns to trust, Ana. Did you not find it so just now in the case of her Highness, as I told

you might very well happen? Hush! They come. Be seated and prepare your tablets to make record of what

they say."

The curtains were drawn and through them came the aged Bakenkhonsu leaning upon his staff, and with him

another man, Ki himself, clad in a white robe and having his head shaven, for he was an hereditary priest of

Amon of Thebes and an initiate of Isis, Mother of Mysteries. Also his office was that of Kherheb, or chief

magician of Egypt. At first sight there was nothing strange about this man. Indeed, he might well have been a

middleaged merchant by his looks; in body he was short and stout; in face fat and smiling. But in this jovial

countenance were set two very strange eyes, greyhued rather than black. While the rest of the face seemed

to smile these eyes looked straight into nothingness as do those of a statue. Indeed they were like to the eyes

or rather the eyeplaces of a stone statue, so deeply were they set into the head. For my part I can only say I

thought them awful, and by their look judged that whatever Ki might be he was no cheat.

This strange pair bowed to the Prince and seated themselves at a sign from him, Bakenkhonsu upon a stool

because he found it difficult to rise, and Ki, who was younger, scribe fashion on the ground.

"What did I tell you, Bakenkhonsu?" said Ki in a full, rich voice, ending the words with a curious chuckle.

"You told me, Magician, that we should find the Prince in this chamber of which you described every detail

to me as I see it now, although neither of us have entered it before. You said also that seated therein on the

ground would be the scribe Ana, whom I know but you do not, having in his hands waxen tablets and a stylus

and by him a coat of curious mail and a lionhilted sword."

"That is strange," interrupted the Prince, "but forgive me, Bakenkhonsu sees these things. If you, O Ki, would

tell us what is written upon Ana's tablets which neither of you can see, it would be stranger still, that is if

anything is written."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 35



Top




Page No 38


Ki smiled and stared upwards at the ceiling. Presently he said:

"The scribe Ana uses a shorthand of his own that is not easy to decipher. Yet I see written on the tablets the

price he obtained for some house in a city that is not namedit is so much. Also I see the sums he disbursed

for himself, a servant, and the food of an ass at two inns where he stopped upon a journey. They are so much

and so much. Also there is a list of papyrus rolls and the words, 'blue cloak,' and then an erasure."

"Is that right, Ana?" asked the Prince.

"Quite right," I answered with awe, "only the words 'blue cloak,' which it is true I wrote upon the tablet, have

also been erased."

Ki chuckled and turned his eyes from the ceiling to my face.

"Would your Highness wish me to tell you anything of what is written upon the tablets of this scribe's

memory as well as upon those of wax which he holds in his hand? They are easier to decipher than the others

and I see on them many things of interest. For instance, secret words that seem to have been said to him by

some Great One within an hour, matters of high policy, I think. For instance, a certain saying, I think of your

Highness's, as to shivering upon the edge of water on a cold day, which when entered produced heat, and the

answer thereto. For instance, words that were spoken in this palace when an alabaster cup was broke. By the

way, Scribe, that was a very good place you chose in which to hide one half of the cup in the false bottom of

a chest in your chamber, a chest that is fastened with a cord and sealed with a scarab of the time of the second

Rameses. I think that the other half of the cup is somewhat nearer at hand," and turning, he stared at the wall

where I could see nothing save slabs of alabaster.

Now I sat openmouthed, for how could this man know these things, and the Prince laughed outright, saying:

"Ana, I begin to think you keep your counsel ill. At least I should think so, were it not that you have had no

time to tell what the Princess yonder may have said to you, and can scarcely know the trick of the sliding

panel in that wall which I have never shown to you."

Ki chuckled again and a smile grew on old Bakenkhonsu's broad and wrinkled face.

"O Prince," I began, "I swear to you that never has one word passed my lips of aught"

"I know it, friend," broke in the Prince, "but it seems there are some who do not wait for words but can read

the Book of Thought. Therefore it is not well to meet them too often, since all have thoughts that should be

known only to them and God. Magician, what is your business with me? Speak on as though we were alone."

"This, Prince. You go upon a journey among the Hebrews, as all have heard. Now, Bakenkhonsu and I, also

two seers of my College, seeing that we all love you and that your welfare is much to Egypt, have separately

sought out the future as regards the issue of this journey. Although what we have learned differs in some

matters, on others it is the same. Therefore we thought it our duty to tell you what we have learned."

"Say on, Kherheb."

"First, then, that your Highness's life will be in danger."

"Life is always in danger, Ki. Shall I lose it? If so, do not fear to tell me."

"We do not know, but we think not, because of the rest that is revealed to us. We learn that it is not your body


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 36



Top




Page No 39


only that will be in danger. Upon this journey you will see a woman whom you will come to love. This

woman will, we think, bring you much sorrow and also much joy."

"Then perhaps the journey is worth making, Ki, since many travel far before they find aught they can love.

Tell me, have I met this woman?"

"There we are troubled, Prince, for it would seemunless we are deceivedthat you have met her often and

often; that you have known her for thousands of years, as you have known that man at your side for

thousands of years."

Seti's face grew very interested.

"What do you mean, Magician?" he asked, eyeing him keenly. "How can I who am still young have known a

woman and a man for thousands of years?"

Ki considered him with his strange eyes, and answered:

"You have many titles, Prince. Is not one of them 'Lord of Rebirths,' and if so, how did you get it and what

does it mean?"

"It is. What it means I do not know, but it was given to me because of some dream that my mother had the

night before I was born. Do you tell me what it means, since you seem to know so much."

"I cannot, Prince. The secret is not one that has been shown to me. Yet there was an aged man, a magician

like myself from whom I learned much in my youthBakenkhonsu knew him wellwho made a study of

this matter. He told me he was sure, because it had been revealed to him, that men do not live once only and

then depart hence for ever. He said that they live many times and in many shapes, though not always on this

world, and that between each life there is a wall of darkness."

"If so, of what use are lives which we do not remember after death has shut the door of each of them?"

"The doors may open again at last, Prince, and show us all the chambers through which our feet have

wandered from the beginning."

"Our religion teaches us, Ki, that after death we live eternally elsewhere in our own bodies, which we find

again on the day of resurrection. Now eternity, having no end, can have no beginning; it is a circle. Therefore

if the one be true, namely that we live on, it would seem that the other must be true, namely that we have

always lived."

"That is well reasoned, Prince. In the early days, before the priests froze the thought of man into blocks of

stone and built of them shrines to a thousand gods, many held that this reasoning was true, as then they held

that there was but one god."

"As do these Israelites whom I go to visit. What say you of their god, Ki?"

"That he is the same as our gods, Prince. To men's eyes God has many faces, and each swears that the one he

sees is the only true god. Yet they are wrong, for all are true."

"Or perchance false, Ki, unless even falsehood is a part of truth. Well, you have told me of two dangers, one

to my body and one to my heart. Has any other been revealed to your wisdom?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 37



Top




Page No 40


"Yes, Prince. The third is that this journey may in the end cost you your throne."

"If I die certainly it will cost me my throne."

"No, Prince, if you live."

"Even so, Ki, I think that I could endure life seated more humbly than on a throne, though whether her

Highness could endure it is another matter. Then you say that if I go upon this journey another will be

Pharaoh in my place."

"We do not say that, Prince. It is true that our arts have shown us another filling your place in a time of

wizardry and wonders and of the death of thousands. Yet when we look again we see not that other but you

once more filling your own place."

Here I, Ana, bethought me of my vision in Pharaoh's hall.

"The matter is even worse than I thought, Ki, since having once left the crown behind me, I think that I

should have no wish to wear it any more," said Seti. "Who shows you all these things, and how?"

"Our Kas, which are our secret selves, show them to us, Prince, and in many ways. Sometimes it is by dreams

or visions, sometimes by pictures on water, sometimes by writings in the desert sand. In all these fashions,

and by others, our Kas, drawing from the infinite well of wisdom that is hidden in the being of every man,

give us glimpses of the truth, as they give us who are instructed power to work marvels."

"Of the truth. Then these things you tell me are true?"

"We believe so, Prince."

"Then being true must happen. So what is the use of your warning me against what must happen? There

cannot be two truths. What would you have me do? Not go upon this journey? Why have you told me that I

must not go, since if I did not go the truth would become a lie, which it cannot? You say it is fated that I

should go and because I go such and such things will come about. And yet you tell me not to go, for that is

what you mean. Oh! Kherheb Ki and Bakenkhonsu, doubtless you are great magicians and strong in wisdom,

but there are greater than you who rule the world, and there is a wisdom to which yours is but as a drop of

water to the Nile. I thank you for your warnings, but tomorrow I go down to the land of Goshen to fulfil the

commands of Pharaoh. If I come back again we will talk more of these matters here upon the earth. If I do not

come back, perchance we will talk of them elsewhere. Farewell."

CHAPTER VI. THE LAND OF GOSHEN

The Prince Seti and all his train, a very great company, came in safety to the land of Goshen, I, Ana,

travelling with him in his chariot. It was then as now a rich land, quite flat after the last line of desert hills

through which we travelled by a narrow, tortuous path. Everywhere it was watered by canals, between which

lay the grain fields wherein the seed had just been sown. Also there were other fields of green fodder

whereon were tethered beasts by the hundred, and beyond these, upon the drier soil, grazed flocks of sheep.

The town Goshen, if so it could be called, was but a poor place, numbers of mud huts, no more, in the centre

of which stood a building, also of mud, with two brick pillars in front of it, that we were told was the temple

of this people, into the inner parts of which none might enter save their Highpriest. I laughed at the sight of


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 38



Top




Page No 41


it, but the Prince reproved me, saying that I should not judge the spirit by the body, or of the god by his

house.

We camped outside this town and soon learned that the people who dwelt in it or elsewhere in other towns

must be numbered by the ten thousand, for more of them than I could count wandered round the camp to look

at us. The men were fierceeyed and hooknosed; the young women wellshaped and pleasant to behold; the

older women for the most part stout and somewhat unwieldy, and the children very beautiful. All were

roughly clad in robes of looselywoven, darkcoloured cloth, beneath which the women wore garments of

white linen. Notwithstanding the wealth we saw about us in corn and cattle, their ornaments seemed to be

few, or perhaps these were hidden from our sight.

It was easy to see that they hated us Egyptians, and even dared to despise us. Hate shone in their glittering

eyes, and I heard them calling us the 'idolworshippers' one to the other, and asking where was our god, the

Bull, for being ignorant they thought that we worshipped Apis (as mayhap some of the common people do)

instead of looking upon the sacred beast as a symbol of the powers of Nature. Indeed they did more, for on

the first night after our coming they slaughtered a bull marked much as Apis is, and in the morning we found

it lying near the gate of the camp, and pinned to its hide with sharp thorns great numbers of the scarabæus

beetle still living. For again they did not know that among us Egyptians this beetle is no god but an emblem

of the Creator, because it rolls a ball of mud between its feet and sets therein its eggs to hatch, as the Creator

rolls the world that seems to be round, and causes it to produce life.

Now all were angry at these insults except the Prince, who laughed and said that he thought the jest coarse

but clever. But worse was to happen. It seems that a soldier with wine in him had done insult to a Hebrew

maiden who came alone to draw water at a canal. The news spread among the people and some thousands of

them rushed to the camp, shouting and demanding vengeance in so threatening a manner that it was necessary

to form up the regiments of guards.

The Prince being summoned commanded that the girl and her kin should be admitted and state their case. She

came, weeping and wailing and tearing her garments, throwing dust on her head also, though it appeared that

she had taken no great harm from the soldier from whom she ran away. The Prince bade her point out the

man if she could see him, and she showed us one of the bodyguard of the Count Amenmeses, whose face was

scratched as though by a woman's nails. On being questioned he said he could remember little of the matter,

but confessed that he had seen the maiden by the canal at moonrise and jested with her.

The kin of this girl clamoured that he should be killed, because he had offered insult to a highborn lady of

Israel. This Seti refused, saying that the offence was not one of death, but that he would order him to be

publicly beaten. Thereupon Amenmeses, who was fond of the soldier, a good man enough when not in his

cups, sprang up in a rage, saying that no servant of his should be touched because he had offered to caress

some light Israelitish woman who had no business to be wandering about alone at night. He added that if the

man were flogged he and all those under his command would leave the camp and march back to make report

to Pharaoh.

Now the Prince, having consulted with the councillors, told the woman and her kin that as Pharaoh had been

appealed to, he must judge of the matter, and commanded them to appear at his court within a month and

state their case against the soldier. They went away very ill satisfied, saying that Amenmeses had insulted

their daughter even more than his servant had done. The end of this matter was that on the following night

this soldier was discovered dead, pierced through and through with knife thrusts. The girl, her parents and

brethren could not be found, having fled away into the desert, nor was there any evidence to show by whom

the soldier had been murdered. Therefore nothing could be done in the business except bury the victim.

On the following morning the Inquiry began with due ceremony, the Prince Seti and the Count Amenmeses


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 39



Top




Page No 42


taking their seats at the head of a large pavilion with the councillors behind them and the scribes, among

whom I was, seated at their feet. Then we learned that the two prophets whom I had seen at Pharaoh's court

were not in the land of Goshen, having left before we arrived "to sacrifice to God in the wilderness," nor did

any know when they would return. Other elders and priests, however, appeared and began to set out their

case, which they did at great length and in a fierce and turbulent fashion, speaking often all of them at once,

thus making it difficult for the interpreters to render their words, since they pretended that they did not know

the Egyptian tongue.

Moreover they told their story from the very beginning, when they had entered Egypt hundreds of years

before and were succoured by the vizier of the Pharaoh of that day, one Yusuf, a powerful and clever man of

their race who stored corn in a time of famine and low Niles. This Pharaoh was of the Hyksos people, one of

the Shepherd kings whom we Egyptians hated and after many wars drove out of Khem. Under these

Shepherd kings, being joined by many of their own blood, the Israelites grew rich and powerful, so that the

Pharaohs who came after and who loved them not, began to fear them.

This was as far as the story was taken on the first day.

On the second day began the tale of their oppression, under which, however, they still multiplied like gnats

upon the Nile, and grew so strong and numerous that at length the great Rameses did a wicked thing, ordering

that their male children should be put to death. This order was never carried out, because his daughter, she

who found Moses among the reeds of the river, pleaded for them.

At this point the Prince, wearied with the noise and heat in that crowded place, broke off the sitting until the

morrow. Commanding me to accompany him, he ordered a chariot, not his own, to be made ready, and,

although I prayed him not to do so, set out unguarded save for myself and the charioteer, saying that he

would see how these people laboured with his own eyes.

Taking a Hebrew lad to run before the horses as our guide, we drove to the banks of a canal where the

Israelites made bricks of mud which, after drying in the sun, were laden into boats that waited for them on the

canal and taken away to other parts of Egypt to be used on Pharaoh's works. Thousands of men were engaged

upon this labour, toiling in gangs under the command of Egyptian overseers who kept count of the bricks,

cutting their number upon tally sticks, or sometimes writing them upon sherds. These overseers were brutal

fellows, for the most part of the low class, who used vile language to the slaves. Nor were they content with

words. Noting a crowd gathered at one place and hearing cries, we went to see what passed. Here we found a

lad stretched upon the ground being cruelly beaten with hide whips, so that the blood ran down him. At a sign

from the Prince I asked what he had done and was told roughly, for the overseers and their guards did not

know who we were, that during the past six days he had only made half of his allotted tale of bricks.

"Loose him," said the Prince quietly.

"Who are you that give me orders?" asked the head overseer, who was helping to hold the lad while the

guards flogged him. "Begone, lest I serve you as I serve this idle fellow."

Seti looked at him, and as he looked his lips turned white.

"Tell him," he said to me.

"You dog!" I gasped. "Do you know who it is to whom you dare to speak thus?"

"No, nor care. Lay on, guard."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 40



Top




Page No 43


The Prince, whose robes were hidden by a widesleeved cloak of common stuff and make, threw the cloak

open revealing beneath it the pectoral he had worn in the Court, a beautiful thing of gold whereon were

inscribed his royal names and titles in black and red enamel. Also he held up his right hand on which was a

signet of Pharaoh's that he wore as his commissioner. The men stared, then one of them who was more

learned than the rest cried:

"By the gods! this is his Highness the Prince of Egypt!" at which words all of them fell upon their faces.

"Rise," said Seti to the lad who looked at him, forgetting his pain in his wonderment, "and tell me why you

have not delivered your tale of bricks."

"Sir," sobbed the boy in bad Egyptian, 'for two reasons. First, because I am a cripple, see," and he held up his

left arm which was withered and thin as a mummy's, "and therefore cannot work quickly. Secondly, because

my mother, whose only child I am, is a widow and lies sick in bed, so that there are no women or children in

our home who can go out to gather straw for me, as Pharaoh has commanded that we should do. Therefore I

must spend many hours in searching for straw, since I have no means wherewith to pay others to do this for

me."

"Ana," said the Prince, "write down this youth's name with the place of his abode, and if his tale prove true,

see that his wants and those of his mother are relieved before we depart from Goshen. Write down also the

names of this overseer and his fellows and command them to report themselves at my camp tomorrow at

sunrise, when their case shall be considered. Say to the lad also that, being one afflicted by the gods, Pharaoh

frees him from the making of bricks and all other labour of the State."

Now while I did these things the overseer and his companions beat their heads upon the ground and prayed

for mercy, being cowards as the cruel always are. His Highness answered them never a word, but only looked

at them with cold eyes, and I noted that his face which was so kind had grown terrible. So those men thought

also, for that night they ran away to Syria, leaving their families and all their goods behind them, nor were

they ever seen again in Egypt.

When I had finished writing the Prince turned and, walking to where the chariot waited, bade the driver cross

the canal by a bridge there was here. We drove on a while in silence, following a track which ran between the

cultivated land and the desert. At length I pointed to the sinking sun and asked if it were not time to return.

"Why?" replied the Prince. "The sun dies, but there rises the full moon to give us light, and what have we to

fear with swords at our sides and her Highness Userti's mail beneath our robes? Oh! Ana, I am weary of men

with their cruelties and shouts and strugglings, and I find this wilderness a place of rest, for in it I seem to

draw nearer to my own soul and the Heaven whence it came, or so I hope."

"Your Highness is fortunate to have a soul to which he cares to draw near; it is not so with all of us"; I

answered laughing, for I sought to change the current of his thoughts by provoking argument of a sort that he

loved.

Just then, however, the horses, which were not of the best, came to a halt on a slope of heavy sand. Nor

would Seti allow the driver to flog them, but commanded him to let them rest a space. While they did so we

descended from the chariot and walked up the desert rise, he leaning on my arm. As we reached its crest we

heard sobs and a soft voice speaking on the further side. Who it was that spoke and sobbed we could not see,

because of a line of tamarisk shrubs which once had been a fence.

"More cruelty, or at least more sorrow," whispered Seti. "Let us look."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 41



Top




Page No 44


So we crept to the tamarisks, and peeping through their feathery tops, saw a very sweet sight in the pure rays

of that desert moon. There, not five paces away, stood a woman clad in white, young and shapely in form.

Her face we could not see because it was turned from us, also the long dark hair which streamed about her

shoulders hid it. She was praying aloud, speaking now in Hebrew, of which both of us knew something, and

now in Egyptian, as does one who is accustomed to think in either tongue, and stopping from time to time to

sob.

"O God of my people," she said, "send me succour and bring me safe home, that Thy child may not be left

alone in the wilderness to become the prey of wild beasts, or of men who are worse than beasts."

Then she sobbed, knelt down on a great bundle which I saw was stubble straw, and again began to pray. This

time it was in Egyptian, as though she feared lest the Hebrew should be overheard and understood.

"O God," she said, "O God of my fathers, help my poor heart, help my poor heart!"

We were about to withdraw, or rather to ask her what she ailed, when suddenly she turned her head, so that

the light fell full upon her face. So lovely was it that I caught my breath and the Prince at my side started.

Indeed it was more than lovely, for as a lamp shines through an alabaster vase or a shell of pearl so did the

spirit within this woman shine through her tearstained face, making it mysterious as the night. Then I

understood, perhaps for the first time, that it is the spirit which gives true beauty both to maid and man and

not the flesh. The white vase of alabaster, however shapely, is still a vase alone; it is the hidden lamp within

that graces it with the glory of a star. And those eyes, those large, dreaming eyes aswim with tears and hued

like richest lapislazuli, oh! what man could look on them and not be stirred?

"Merapi!" I whispered.

"Moon of Israel!" murmured Seti, "filled with the moon, lovely as the moon, mystic as the moon and

worshipping the moon, her mother."

"She is in trouble; let us help her," I said.

"Nay, wait a while, Ana, for never again shall you and I see such a sight as this."

Low as we spoke beneath our breath, I think the lady heard us. At least her face changed and grew frightened.

Hastily she rose, lifted the great bundle of straw upon which she had been kneeling and placed it on her head.

She ran a few steps, then stumbled and sank down with a little moan of pain. In an instant we were at her

side. She stared at us affrighted, for who we were she could not see because of the wide hoods of our

common cloaks that made us look like midnight thieves, or slavedealing Bedouin.

"Oh! Sirs," she babbled, "harm me not. I have nothing of value on me save this amulet."

"Who are you and what do you here?" asked the Prince disguising his voice.

"Sirs, I am Merapi, the daughter of Nathan the Levite, he whom the accursed Egyptian captain, Khuaka,

murdered at Tanis."

"How do you dare to call the Egyptians accursed?" asked Seti in tones made gruff to hide his laughter.

"Oh! Sirs, because they areI mean because I thought you were Arabs who hate them, as we do. At least

this Egyptian was accursed, for the high Prince Seti, Pharaoh's heir, caused him to be beheaded for that

crime."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 42



Top




Page No 45


"And do you hate the high Prince Seti, Pharaoh's heir, and call him accursed?"

She hesitated, then in a doubtful voice said:

"No, I do not hate him."

"Why not, seeing that you hate the Egyptians of whom he is one of the first and therefore twice worthy of

hatred, being the son of your oppressor, Pharaoh?"

"Because, although I have tried my best, I cannot. Also," she added with the joy of one who has found a good

reason, "he avenged my father."

"This is no cause, girl, seeing that he only did what the law forced him to do. They say that this dog of a

Pharaoh's son is here in Goshen upon some mission. Is it true, and have you seen him? Answer, for we of the

desert folk desire to know."

"I believe it is true, Sir, but I have not seen him."

"Why not, if he is here?"

"Because I do not wish to, Sir. Why should a daughter of Israel desire to look upon the face of a prince of

Egypt?"

"In truth I do not know," replied Seti forgetting his feigned voice. Then, seeing that she glanced at him

sharply, he added in gruff tones:

"Brother, either this woman lies or she is none other than the maid they call Moon of Israel who dwells with

old Jabez the Levite, her uncle. What think you?"

"I think, Brother, that she lies, and for three reasons," I answered, falling into the jest. "First, she is too fair to

be of the black Hebrew blood."

"Oh! Sir," moaned Merapi, "my mother was a Syrian lady of the mountains, with a skin as white as milk, and

eyes blue as the heavens."

"Secondly," I went on without heeding her, "if the great Prince Seti is really in Goshen and she dwells there,

it is unnatural that she should not have gone to look upon him. Being a woman only two things would have

kept her away, onethat she feared and hated him, which she denies, and the otherthat she liked him too

well, and, being prudent, thought it wisest not to look upon him more."

When she heard the first of these words, Merapi glanced up with her lips parted as though to answer. Instead,

she dropped her eyes and suddenly seemed to choke, while even in the moonlight I saw the red blood pour to

her brow and along her white arms.

"Sir," she gasped, "why should you affront me? I swear that never till this moment did I think such a thing.

Surely it would be treason."

"Without doubt," interrupted Seti, "yet one of a sort that kings might pardon."

"Thirdly," I went on as though I had heard neither of them, "if this girl were what she declares, she would not

be wandering alone in the desert at night, seeing that I have heard among the Arabs that Merapi, daughter of


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 43



Top




Page No 46


Nathan the Levite, is a lady of no mean blood among the Hebrews and that her family has wealth. Still,

however much she lies, we can see for ourselves that she is beautiful."

"Yes, Brother, in that we are fortunate, since without doubt she will sell for a high price among the slave

traders beyond the desert."

"Oh! Sir," cried Merapi seizing the hem of his robe, "surely you who I feel, I know not why, are no evil thief,

you who have a mother and, perchance, sisters, would not doom a maiden to such a fate. Misjudge me not

because I am alone. Pharaoh has commanded that we must find straw for the making of bricks. This morning

I came far to search for it on behalf of a neighbour whose wife is ill in childbed. But towards sundown I

slipped and cut myself upon the edge of a sharp stone. See," and holding up her foot she showed a wound

beneath the instep from which the blood still dropped, a sight that moved both of us not a little, "and now I

cannot walk and carry this heavy straw which I have been at such pains to gather."

"Perchance she speaks truth, Brother," said the Prince, "and if we took her home we might earn no small

reward from Jabez the Levite. But first tell me, Maiden, what was that prayer which you made to the moon,

that Hathor should help your heart?"

"Sir," she answered, "only the idolatrous Egyptians pray to Hathor, the Lady of Love."

"I thought that all the world prayed to the Lady of Love, Maiden. But what of the prayer? Is there some man

whom you desire?"

"None," she answered angrily.

"Then why does your heart need so much help that you ask it of the air? Is there perchance someone whom

you do not desire?"

She hung her head and made no answer.

"Come, Brother," said the Prince, "this lady is weary of us, and I think that if she were a true woman she

would answer our questions more readily. Let us go and leave her. As she cannot walk we can take her later if

we wish."

"Sirs," she said, "I am glad that you are going, since the hyenas will be safer company than two men who can

threaten to sell a helpless woman into slavery. Yet as we part to meet no more I will answer your question. In

the prayer to which you were not ashamed to listen I did not pray for any lover, I prayed to be rid of one."

"Now, Ana," said the Prince bursting into laughter and throwing back his dark cloak, "do you discover the

name of that unhappy man of whom the lady Merapi wishes to be rid, for I dare not."

She gazed into his face and uttered a little cry.

"Ah!" she said, "I thought I knew the voice again when once you forget your part. Prince Seti, does your

Highness think that this was a kind jest to practise upon one alone and in fear?"

"Lady Merapi," he answered smiling, "be not wroth, for at least it was a good one and you have told us

nothing that we did not know. You may remember that at Tanis you said that you were affianced and there

was that in your voice. Suffer me now to tend this wound of yours."

Then he knelt down, tore a strip from his ceremonial robe of fine linen, and began to bind up her foot, not


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 44



Top




Page No 47


unskilfully, being a man full of strange and unexpected knowledge. As he worked at the task, watching them,

I saw their eyes meet, saw too that rich flood of colour creep once more to Merapi's brow. Then I began to

think it unseemly that the Prince of Egypt should play the leech to a woman's hurts, and to wonder why he

had not left that humble task to me.

Presently the bandaging was done and made fast with a royal scarabæus mounted on a pin of gold, which the

Prince wore in his garments. On it was cut the uræus crown and beneath it were the signs which read "Lord of

the Lower and the Upper Land," being Pharaoh's style and title.

"See now, Lady," he said, "you have Egypt beneath your foot," and when she asked him what he meant, he

read her the writing upon the jewel, whereat for the third time she coloured to the eyes. Then he lifted her up,

instructing her to rest her weight upon his shoulder, saying he feared lest the scarab, which he valued, should

be broken.

Thus we started, I bearing the bundle of straw behind as he bade me, since, he said, having been gathered

with such toil, it must not be lost. On reaching the chariot, where we found the guide gone and the driver

asleep, he sat her in it upon his cloak, and wrapped her in mine which he borrowed, saying I should not need

it who must carry the straw. Then he mounted also and they drove away at a foot's pace. As I walked after the

chariot with the straw that fell about my ears, I heard nothing of their further talk, if indeed they talked at all

which, the driver being present, perhaps they did not. Nor in truth did I listen who was engaged in thought as

to the hard lot of these poor Hebrews, who must collect this dirty stuff and bear it so far, made heavy as it

was by the clay that clung about the roots.

Even now, as it chanced, we did not reach Goshen without further trouble. Just as we had crossed the bridge

over the canal I, toiling behind, saw in the clear moonlight a young man running towards us. He was a

Hebrew, tall, wellmade and very handsome in his fashion. His eyes were dark and fierce, his nose was

hooked, his teeth where regular and white, and his long, black hair hung down in a mass upon his shoulders.

He held a wooden staff in his hand and a naked knife was girded about his middle. Seeing the chariot he

halted and peered at it, then asked in Hebrew if those who travelled had seen aught of a young Israelitish lady

who was lost.

"If you seek me, Laban, I am here," replied Merapi, speaking from the shadow of the cloak.

"What do you there alone with an Egyptian, Merapi?" he said fiercely.

What followed I do not know for they spoke so quickly in their unfamiliar tongue that I could not understand

them. At length Merapi turned to the Prince, saying:

"Lord, this is Laban my affianced, who commands me to descend from the chariot and accompany him as

best I can."

"And I, Lady, command you to stay in it. Laban your affianced can accompany us."

Now at this Laban grew angry, as I could see he was prone to do, and stretched out his hand as though to

push Seti aside and seize Merapi.

"Have a care, man,' said the Prince, while I, throwing down the straw, drew my sword and sprang between

them, crying:

"Slave, would you lay hands upon the Prince of Egypt?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 45



Top




Page No 48


"Prince of Egypt!" he said, drawing back astonished, then added sullenly, "Well what does the Prince of

Egypt with my affianced?"

"He helps her who is hurt to her home, having found her helpless in the desert with this accursed straw," I

answered.

"Forward, driver," said the Prince, and Merapi added, "Peace, Laban, and bear the straw which his Highness's

companion has carried such a weary way."

He hesitated a moment, then snatched up the bundle and set it on his head.

As we walked side by side, his evil temper seemed to get the better of him. Without ceasing, he grumbled

because Merapi was alone in the chariot with an Egyptian. At length I could bear it no longer.

"Be silent, fellow," I said. "Least of all men should you complain of what his Highness does, seeing that

already he has avenged the killing of this lady's father, and now has saved her from lying out all night among

the wild beasts and men of the wilderness."

"Of the first I have heard more than enough," he answered, "and of the second doubtless I shall hear more

than enough also. Ever since my affianced met this prince, she has looked on me with different eyes and

spoken to me with another voice. Yes, and when I press for marriage, she says it cannot be for a long while

yet, because she is mourning for her father; her father forsooth, whom she never forgave because he betrothed

her to me according to the custom of our people."

"Perhaps she loves some other man?" I queried, wishing to learn all I could about this lady.

"She loves no man, or did not a while ago. She loves herself alone."

"One with so much beauty may look high in marriage."

"High!" he replied furiously. "How can she look higher than myself who am a lord of the line of Judah, and

therefore greater far than an upstart prince or any other Egyptian, were he Pharaoh himself?"

"Surely you must be trumpeter to your tribe," I mocked, for my temper was rising.

"Why?" he asked. "Are not the Hebrews greater than the Egyptians, as those oppressors soon shall learn, and

is not a lord of Israel more than any idolworshipper among your people?"

I looked at the man clad in mean garments and foul from his labour in the brickfield, marvelling at his

insolence. There was no doubt but that he believed what he said; I could see it in his proud eye and bearing.

He thought that his tribe was of more import in the world than our great and ancient nation, and that he, an

unknown youth, equalled or surpassed Pharaoh himself. Then, being enraged by these insults, I answered:

"You say so, but let us put it to the proof. I am but a scribe, yet I have seen war. Linger a little that we may

learn whether a lord of Israel is better than a scribe of Egypt."

"Gladly would I chastise you, Writer," he answered, "did I not see your plot. You wish to delay me here, and

perhaps to murder me by some foul means, while your master basks in the smiles of the Moon of Israel.

Therefore I will not stay, but another time it shall be as you wish, and perhaps ere long."

Now I think that I should have struck him in the face, though I am not one of those who love brawling. But at


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 46



Top




Page No 49


this moment there appeared a company of Egyptian horse led by none other than the Count Amenmeses.

Seeing the Prince in the Chariot, they halted and gave the salute. Amenmeses leapt to the ground.

"We are come out to search for your Highness," he said, "fearing lest some hurt had befallen you."

"I thank you, Cousin," answered the Prince, "but the hurt has befallen another, not me."

"That is well, your Highness," said the Count, studying Merapi with a smile. "Where is the lady wounded?

Not in the breast, I trust."

"No, Cousin, in the foot, which is why she travels with me in this chariot."

"Your Highness was ever kind to the unfortunate. I pray you let me take your place, or suffer me to set this

girl upon a horse."

"Drive on," said Seti.

So, escorted by the soldiers, whom I heard making jests to each other about the Prince and the lady, as I think

did the Hebrew Laban also, for he glared about him and ground his teeth, we came at last to the town. Here,

guided by Merapi, the chariot was halted at the house of Jabez her uncle, a whitebearded old Hebrew with a

cunning eye, who rushed from the door of his mudroofed dwelling crying he had done no harm that soldiers

should come to take him.

"It is not you whom the Egyptians wish to capture, it is your niece and my betrothed," shouted Laban,

whereat the soldiers laughed, as did some women who had gathered round. Meanwhile the Prince was

helping Merapi to descend out of the chariot, from which indeed he lifted her. The sight seemed to madden

Laban, who rushed forward to tear her from his arms, and in the attempt jostled his Highness. The captain of

the soldiershe was an officer of Pharaoh's bodyguardlifted his sword in a fury and struck Laban such a

blow upon the head with the flat of the blade that he fell upon his face and lay there groaning.

"Away with that Hebrew dog and scourge him!" cried the captain. "Is the royal blood of Egypt to be handled

by such as he?"

Soldiers sprang forward to do his bidding, but Seti said quietly:

"Let the fellow be, friends; he lacks manners, that is all. Is he hurt?"

As he spoke Laban leapt to his feet and, fearing worse things, fled away with a curse and a glare of hate at the

Prince.

"Farewell, Lady," said Seti. "I wish you a quick recovery."

"I thank your Highness," she answered, looking about her confusedly. "Be pleased to wait a little while that I

may return to you your jewel."

"Nay, keep it, Lady, and if ever you are in need or trouble of any sort, send it to me who know it well and you

shall not lack succour."

She glanced at him and burst into tears.

"Why do you weep?" he asked.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 47



Top




Page No 50


"Oh! your Highness, because I fear that trouble is near at hand. My affianced, Laban, has a revengeful heart.

Help me to the house, my uncle."

"Listen, Hebrew," said Seti, raising his voice; "if aught that is evil befalls this niece of yours, or if she is

forced to walk whither she would not go, sorrow shall be your portion and that of all with whom you have to

do. Do you hear?"

"O my Lord, I hear, I hear. Fear nothing. She shall be guarded carefully asas she will doubtless guard that

trinket on her foot."

"Ana," said the Prince to me that night, when I was talking with him before he went to rest, "I know not why,

but I fear that man Laban; he has an evil eye."

"I too think it would have been better if your Highness had left him to be dealt with by the soldiers, after

which there would have been nothing to fear from him in this world."

"Well, I did not, so there's an end. Ana, she is a fair woman and a sweet."

"The fairest and the sweetest that ever I saw, my Prince."

"Be careful, Ana. I pray you be careful, lest you should fall in love with one who is already affianced."

I only looked at him in answer, and as I looked I bethought me of the words of Ki the Magician. So, I think,

did the Prince; at least he laughed not unhappily and turned away.

For my part I rested ill that night, and when at last I slept, it was to dream of Merapi making her prayer in the

rays of the moon.

CHAPTER VII. THE AMBUSH

Eight full days went by before we left the land of Goshen. The story that the Israelites had to tell was long,

sad also. Moreover, they gave evidence as to many cruel things that they had suffered, and when this was

finished the testimony of the guards and others must be called, all of which it was necessary to write down.

Lastly, the Prince seemed to be in no hurry to be gone, as he said because he hoped that the two prophets

would return from the wilderness, which they never did. During all this time Seti saw no more of Merapi, nor

indeed did he speak of her, even when the Count Amenmeses jested him as to his chariot companion and

asked him if he had driven again in the desert by moonlight.

I, however, saw her once. When I was wandering in the town one day towards sunset, I met her walking with

her uncle Jabez upon one side and her lover, Laban, on the other, like a prisoner between two guards. I

thought she looked unhappy, but her foot seemed to be well again; at least she moved without limping.

I stopped to salute her, but Laban scowled and hurried her away. Jabez stayed behind and fell into talk with

me. He told me that she was recovered of her hurt, but that there had been trouble between her and Laban

because of all that happened on that evening when she came by it, ending in his encounter with the captain.

"This young man seems to be of a jealous nature," I said, "one who will make a harsh husband for any


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 48



Top




Page No 51


woman."

"Yes, learned scribe, jealousy has been his curse from youth as it is with so many of our people, and I thank

God that I am not the woman whom he is to marry."

"Why, then, do you suffer her to marry him, Jabez?"

"Because her father affianced her to this lion's whelp when she was scarce more than a child, and among us

that is a bond hard to break. For my own part," he added, dropping his voice, and glancing round with

shifting eyes, "I should like to see my niece in some different place to that of the wife of Laban. With her

great beauty and wit, she might become anythinganything if she had opportunity. But under our laws, even

if Laban died, as might happen to so violent a man, she could wed no one who is not a Hebrew."

"I thought she told us that her mother was a Syrian."

"That is so, Scribe Ana. She was a beautiful captive of war whom Nathan came to love and made his wife,

and the daughter takes after her. Still she is Hebrew and of the Hebrew faith and congregation. Had it not

been so, she might have shone like a star, nay, like the very moon after which she is named, perhaps in the

court of Pharaoh himself."

"As the great queen Taia did, she who changed the religion of Egypt to the worship of one god in a bygone

generation," I suggested.

"I have heard of her, Scribe Ana. She was a wondrous woman, beautiful too by her statues. Would that you

Egyptians could find such another to turn your hearts to a purer faith and to soften them towards us poor

aliens. When does his Highness leave the land of Goshen?"

"At sunrise on the third day from this."

"Provision will be needed for the journey, much provision for so large a train. I deal in sheep and other

foodstuffs, Scribe Ana."

"I will mention the matter to his Highness and to the Vizier, Jabez."

"I thank you, Scribe, and will in waiting at the camp tomorrow morning. See, Laban returns with Merapi.

One word, let his Highness beware of Laban. He is very revengeful and has not forgotten that swordblow on

the head."

"Let Laban be careful," I answered. "Had it not been for his Highness the soldiers would have killed him the

other night because he dared to offer affront to the royal blood. A second time he will not escape. Moreover,

Pharaoh would avenge aught he did upon the people of Israel."

"I understand. It would be sad if Laban were killed, very sad. But the people of Israel have One who can

protect them even against Pharaoh and all his hosts. Farewell, learned Scribe. If ever I come to Tanis, with

your leave we will talk more together."

That night I told the Prince all that had passed. He listened, and said:

"I grieve for the lady Merapi, for hers is like to be a hard fate. Yet," he added laughing, "perhaps it is as well

for you, friend, that you should see no more of her who is sure to bring trouble wherever she goes. That

woman has a face which haunts the mind, as the Ka haunts the tomb, and for my part I do not wish to look


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 49



Top




Page No 52


upon it again."

"I am glad to hear it, Prince, and for my part, I have done with women, however sweet. I will tell this Jabez

that the provisions for the journey will be bought elsewhere."

"Nay, buy them from him, and if Nehesi grumbles at the price, pay it on my account. The way to a Hebrew's

heart is through his treasure bags. If Jabez is well treated, it may make him kinder to his niece, of whom I

shall always have a pleasant memory, for which I am grateful among this sour folk who hate us, and with

reason."

So the sheep and all the foodstuffs for the journey were bought from Jabez at his own price, for which he

thanked me much, and on the third day we started. At the last moment the Prince, whose mood seemed to be

perverse that evening, refused to travel with the host upon the morrow because of the noise and dust. In vain

did the Count Amenmeses reason with him, and Nehesi and the great officers implore him almost on their

knees, saying that they must answer for his safety to Pharaoh and the Princess Userti. He bade them begone,

replying that he would join them at their camp on the following night. I also prayed him to listen, but he told

me sharply that what he said he had said, and that he and I would journey in his chariot alone, with two

armed runners and no more, adding that if I thought there was danger I could go forward with the troops.

Then I bit my lip and was silent, whereon, seeing that he had hurt me, he turned and craved my pardon

humbly enough as his kind heart taught him to do.

"I can bear no more of Amenmeses and those officers," he said, "and I love to be in the desert alone. Last

time we journeyed there we met with adventures that were pleasant, Ana, and at Tanis doubtless I shall find

others that are not pleasant. Admit that Hebrew priest who is waiting to instruct me in the mysteries of his

faith which I desire to understand."

So I bowed and left him to make report that I had failed to shake his will. Taking the risk of his wrath,

however, I did thisfor had I not sworn to the Princess that I would protect him? In place of the runners I

chose two of the best and bravest soldiers to play their part. Moreover, I instructed that captain who smote

down Laban to hide away with a score of picked men and enough chariots to carry them, and to follow after

the Prince, keeping just out of sight.

So on the morrow the troops, nobles, and officers went on at daybreak, together with the baggage carriers;

nor did we follow them till many hours had gone by. Some of this time the Prince spent in driving about the

town, taking note of the condition of the people. These, as I saw, looked on us sullenly enough, more so than

before, I thought, perhaps because we were unguarded. Indeed, turning round I caught sight of a man shaking

his fist and of an old hag spitting after us, and wished that we were out of the land of Goshen. But when I

reported it to the Prince he only laughed and took no heed.

"All can see that they hate us Egyptians," he said. "Well, let it be our task to try to turn their hate to love."

"That you will never do, Prince, it is too deeprooted in their hearts; for generations they have drunk it in

with their mother's milk. Moreover, this is a war of the gods of Egypt and of Israel, and men must go where

their gods drive them."

"Do you think so, Ana? Then are men nothing but dust blown by the winds of heaven, blown from the

darkness that is before the dawn to be gathered at last and for ever into the darkness of the grave of night?"

He brooded a while, then went on.

"Yet if I were Pharaoh I would let these people go, for without doubt their god has much power and I tell you


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 50



Top




Page No 53


that I fear them."

"Why will he not let them go?" I asked. "They are a weakness, not a strength to Egypt, as was shown at the

time of the invasion of the Barbarians with whom they sided. Moreover, the value of this rich land of theirs,

which they cannot take with them, is greater than that of all their labour."

"I do not know, friend. The matter is one upon which my father keeps his own counsel, even from the

Princess Userti. Perhaps it is because he will not change the policy of his father, Rameses; perhaps because

he is stiffnecked to those who cross his will. Or it may be that he is held in this path by a madness sent of

some god to bring loss and shame on Egypt."

"Then, Prince, all the priests and nobles are mad also, from Count Amenmeses down."

"Where Pharaoh leads priests and nobles follow. The question is, who leads Pharaoh? Here is the temple of

these Hebrews; let us enter."

So we descended from the chariot, where, for my part, I would have remained, and walked through the

gateway in the surrounding mud wall into the outer court of the temple, which on this the holy seventh day of

the Hebrews was full of praying women, who feigned not to see us yet watched us out of the corners of their

eyes. Passing through them we came to a doorway, by which we entered another court that was roofed over.

Here were many men who murmured as we appeared. They were engaged in listening to a preacher in a white

robe, who wore a strange shaped cap and some ornaments on his breast. I knew the man; he was the priest

Kohath who had instructed the Prince in so much of the mysteries of the Hebrew faith as he chose to reveal.

On seeing us he ceased suddenly in his discourse, uttered some hasty blessing and advanced to greet us.

I waited behind the Prince, thinking it well to watch his back among all those fierce men, and did not hear

what the priest said to him, as he whispered in that holy place. Kohath led him forward, to free him from the

throng, I thought, till they came to the head of the little temple that was marked by some steps, above which

hung a thick and heavy curtain. The Prince, walking on, did not see the lowest of these steps in the gloom,

which was deep. His foot caught on it; he fell forward, and to save himself grasped at the curtain where the

two halves of it met, and dragged it open, revealing a chamber plain and small beyond, in which was an altar.

That was all I had time to see, for next instant a roar of rage rent the air and knives flashed in the gloom.

"The Egyptian defiles the tabernacle!" shouted one. "Drag him out and kill him!" screamed another.

"Friends," said Seti, turning as they surged towards him, "if I have done aught wrong it was by chance"

He could add no more, seeing that they were on him, or rather on me who had leapt in front of him. Already

they had grasped my robes and my hand was on my swordhilt, when the priest Kohath cried out:

"Men of Israel, are you mad? Would you bring Pharaoh's vengeance on us?"

They halted a little and their spokesman shouted:

"We defy Pharaoh! Our God will protect us from Pharaoh. Drag him forth and kill him beyond the wall!"

Again they began to move, when a man, in whom I recognized Jabez, the uncle of Merapi, called aloud:

"Cease! If this Prince of Egypt has done insult to Jahveh by will and not by chance, it is certain that he will

avenge himself upon him. Shall men take the judgment of God into their own hands? Stand back and wait

awhile. If Jahveh is affronted, the Egyptian will fall dead. If he does not fall dead, let him pass hence


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 51



Top




Page No 54


unharmed, for such is Jahveh's will. Stand back, I say, while I count threescore."

They withdrew a space and slowly Jabez began to count.

Although at that time I knew nothing of the power of the god of Israel, I will say that I was filled with fear as

one by one he counted, pausing at each ten. The scene was very strange. There by the steps stood the Prince

against the background of the curtain, his arms folded and a little smile of wonder mixed with contempt upon

his face, but not a sign of fear. On one side of him was I, who knew well that I should share his fate whatever

it might be, and indeed desired no other; and on the other the priest Kohath, whose hands shook and whose

eyes started from his head. In front of us old Jabez counted, watching the fiercefaced congregation that in a

dead silence waited for the issue. The count went on. Thirty. Forty. Fiftyoh! it seemed an age.

At length sixty fell from his lips. He waited a while and all watched the Prince, not doubting but that he

would fall dead. But instead he turned to Kohath and asked quietly if this ordeal was now finished, as he

desired to make an offering to the temple, which he had been invited to visit, and begone.

"Our God has given his answer," said Jabez. "Accept it, men of Israel. What this Prince did he did by chance,

not of design."

They turned and went without a word, and after I had laid the offering, no mean one, in the appointed place,

we followed them.

"It would seem that yours is no gentle god," said the Prince to Kohath, when at length we were outside the

temple.

"At least he is just, your Highness. Had it been otherwise, you who had violated his sanctuary, although by

chance, would ere now be dead."

"Then you hold, Priest, that Jahveh has power to slay us when he is angry?"

"Without a doubt, your Highnessas, if our Prophets speak truth, I think that Egypt will learn ere all be

done," he added grimly.

Seti looked at him and answered:

"It may be so, but all gods, or their priests, claim the power to torment and slay those who worship other

gods. It is not only women who are jealous, Kohath, or so it seems. Yet I think that you do your god injustice,

seeing that even if this strength is his, he proved more merciful than his worshippers who knew well that I

only grasped the veil to save myself from falling. If ever I visit your temple again it shall be in the company

of those who can match might against might, whether of the spirit or the sword. Farewell."

So we reached the chariot, near to which stood Jabez, he who had saved us.

"Prince," he whispered, glancing at the crowd who lingered not far away, silent and glowering, "I pray you

leave this land swiftly for here your life is not safe. I know it was by chance, but you have defiled the

sanctuary and seen that upon which eyes may not look save those of the highest priests, an offence no

Israelite can forgive."

"And you, or your people, Jabez, would have defiled this sanctuary of my life, spilling my heart's blood and

not by chance. Surely you are a strange folk who seek to make an enemy of one who has tried to be your

friend."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 52



Top




Page No 55


"I do not seek it," exclaimed Jabez. "I would that we might have Pharaoh's mouth and ear who soon will

himself be Pharaoh upon our side. O Prince of Egypt, be not wroth with all the children of Israel because

their wrongs have made some few of them stubborn and hard hearted. Begone now, and of your goodness

remember my words."

"I will remember," said Seti, signing to the charioteer to drive on.

Yet still the Prince lingered in the town, saying that he feared nothing and would learn all he could of this

people and their ways that he might report the better of them to Pharaoh. For my part I believed that there

was one face which he wished to see again before he left, but of this I thought it wise to say nothing.

At length about midday we did depart, and drove eastwards on the track of Amenmeses and our company. All

the afternoon we drove thus, preceded by the two soldiers disguised as runners and followed, as a distant

cloud of dust told me, by the captain and his chariots, whom I had secretly commanded to keep us in sight.

Towards evening we came to the pass in the story hills which bounded the land of Goshen. Here Seti

descended from the chariot, and we climbed, accompanied by the two soldiers whom I signed to follow us, to

the crest of one of these hills that was strewn with huge boulders and lined with ridges of sandstone, between

which gullies had been cut by the winds of thousands of years.

Leaning against one of these ridges we looked back upon a wondrous sight. Far away across the fertile plain

appeared the town that we had left, and behind it the sun sank. It would seem as though some storm had

broken there, although the firmament above us was clear and blue. At least in front of the town two huge

pillars of cloud stretched from earth to heaven like the columns of some mighty gateway. One of these pillars

was as though it were made of black marble, and the other like to molten gold. Between them ran a road of

light ending in a glory, and in the midst of the glory the round ball of Ra, the Sun, burned like the eye of God.

The spectacle was as awesome as it was splendid.

"Have you ever seen such a sky in Egypt, Prince?" I asked.

"Never," he answered, and although he spoke low, in that great stillness his voice sounded loud to me.

For a while longer we watched, till suddenly the sun sank, and only the glory about it and above remained,

which took shapes like to the palaces and temples of a city in the heavens, a far city that no mortal could

reach except in dreams.

"I know not why, Ana," said Seti, "but for the first time since I was a man I feel afraid. It seems to me that

there are omens in the sky and I cannot read them. Would that Ki were here to tell us what is signified by the

pillar of blackness to the right and the pillar of fire to the left, and what god has his home in the city of glory

behind, and how man's feet may walk along the shining road which leads to its pylon gates. I tell you that I

am afraid; it is as though Death were very near to me and all his wonders open to my mortal sight."

"I too am afraid," I whispered. "Look! The pillars move. That of fire goes before; that of black cloud follows

after, and between them I seem to see a countless multitude marching in unending companies. See how the

light glitters on their spears! Surely the god of the Hebrews is afoot."

"He, or some other god, or no god at all, who knows? Come, Ana, let us be going if we would reach that

camp ere dark."

So we descended from the ridge, and reentering the chariot, drove on towards the neck of the pass. Now this

neck was very narrow, not more than four paces wide for a certain distance, and, on either side of the


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 53



Top




Page No 56


roadway were tumbled sandstone boulders, between which grew desert plants, and gullies that had been cut

by stormwater, while beyond these rose the sides of the mountain. Here the horses went at a walk towards a

turn in the path, at which point the land began to fall again.

When we were about half a spear's throw from this turn of a sudden I heard a sound and, glancing to the right,

perceived a woman leaping down the hillside towards us. The charioteer saw also and halted the horses, and

the two runner guards turned and drew their swords. In less than half a minute the woman had reached us,

coming out of the shadow so that the light fell upon her face.

"Merapi!" exclaimed the Prince and I, speaking as though with one breath.

Merapi it was indeed, but in evil case. Her long hair had broken loose and fell about her, the cloak she wore

was torn, and there were blood and foam upon her lips. She stood gasping, since speak she could not for

breathlessness, supporting herself with one hand upon the side of the chariot and with the other pointing to

the bend in the road. At last a word came, one only. It was:

"Murder!"

"She means that she is going to be murdered," said the Prince to me.

"No," she panted, "youyou! The Hebrews. Go back!"

"Turn the horses!" I cried to the charioteer.

He began to obey helped by the two guards, but because of the narrowness of the road and the steepness of

the banks this was not easy. Indeed they were but half round in such fashion that they blocked the pathway

from side to side, when a wild yell of 'Jahveh' broke upon our ears, and from round the bend, a few paces

away, rushed a horde of fierce, hooknosed men, brandishing knives and swords. Scarcely was there time for

us to leap behind the shelter of the chariot and make ready, when they were on us.

"Hearken," I said to the charioteer as they came, "run as you never ran before, and bring up the guard

behind!"

He sprang away like an arrow.

"Get back, Lady," cried Seti. "This is no woman's work, and see here comes Laban to seek you," and he

pointed with his sword at the leader of the murderers.

She obeyed, staggering a few paces to a stone at the roadside, behind which she crouched. Afterwards she

told me that she had no strength to go further, and indeed no will, since if we were killed, it were better that

she who had warned us should be killed also.

Now they had reached us, the whole flood of them, thirty or forty men. The first who came stabbed the

frightened horses, and down they went against the bank, struggling. On the chariot leapt the Hebrews,

seeking to come at us, and we met them as best we might, tearing off our cloaks and throwing them over our

left arms to serve as shields.

Oh! what a fight was that. In the open, or had we not been prepared, we must have been slain at once, but, as

it was, the place and the barrier of the chariot gave us some advantage. So narrow was the roadway, the walls

of which were here too steep to climb, that not more than four of the Hebrews could strike at us at once,

which four must first surmount the chariot or the still living horses.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 54



Top




Page No 57


But we also were four, and thanks to Userti, two of us were clad in mail beneath our robesfour strong men

fighting for their lives. Against us came four of the Hebrews. One leapt from the chariot straight at Seti, who

received him upon the point of his iron sword, whereof I heard the hilt ring against his breastbone, that same

famous iron sword which today lies buried with him in his grave.

Down he came dead, throwing the Prince to the ground by the weight of his body. The Hebrew who attacked

me caught his foot on the chariot pole and fell forward, so I killed him easily with a blow upon the head,

which gave me time to drag the Prince to his feet again before another followed. The two guards also, sturdy

fighters both of them, killed or mortally wounded their men. But others were pressing behind so thick and

fast that I could keep no count of all that happened afterwards.

Presently I saw one of the guards fall, slain by Laban. A stab on the breast sent me reeling backwards; had it

not been for that mail I was sped. The other guard killed him who would have killed me, and then himself

was killed by two who came on him at once.

Now only the Prince and I were left, fighting back to back. He closed with one man, a very great fellow, and

wounded him on the hand, so that he dropped his sword. This man gripped him round the middle and they

rolled together on the ground. Laban appeared and stabbed the Prince in the back, but the curved knife he was

using snapped on the Syrian mail. I struck at Laban and wounded him on the head, dazing him so that he

staggered back and seemed to fall over the chariot. Then others rushed at me, and but for Userti's armour

three times at least I must have died. Fighting madly, I staggered against the rock, and whilst waiting for a

new onset, saw that Seti, hurt by Laban's thrust, was now beneath the great Hebrew who had him by the

throat, and was choking the life out of him.

I saw something else alsoa woman holding a sword with both hands and stabbing downward, after which

the grip of the Hebrew loosened from Seti's throat.

"Traitress!" cried one, and struck at her, so that she reeled back hurt. Then when all seemed finished, and

beneath the rain of blows my senses were failing, I heard the thunder of horses' hoofs and the shout of

"Egypt! Egypt!" from the throats of soldiers. The flash of bronze caught my dazed eyes, and with the roar of

battle in my ears I seemed to fall asleep just as the light of day departed.

CHAPTER VIII. SETI COUNSELS PHARAOH

Dream upon dream. Dreams of voices, dreams of faces, dreams of sunlight and of moonlight and of myself

being borne forward, always forward; dreams of shouting crowds, and, above all, dreams of Merapi's eyes

looking down on me like two watching stars from heaven. Then at last the awakening, and with it throbs of

pain and qualms of sickness.

At first I thought that I was dead and lying in a tomb. Then by degrees I saw that I was in no tomb but in a

darkened room that was familiar to me, my own room in Seti's palace at Tanis. It must be so, for there, near

to the bed on which I lay, was my own chest filled with the manuscripts that I had brought from Memphis. I

tried to lift my left hand, but could not, and looking down saw that the arm was bandaged like to that of a

mummy, which made me think again that I must be dead, if the dead could suffer so much pain. I closed my

eyes and thought or slept a while.

As I lay thus I heard voices. One of them seemed to be that of a physician, who said, "Yes, he will live and

ere long recover. The blow upon the head which has made him senseless for so many days was the worst of


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 55



Top




Page No 58


his wounds, but the bone was but bruised, not shattered or driven in upon the brain. The flesh cuts on his

arms are healing well, and the mail he wore protected his vitals from being pierced."

"I am glad, physician," answered a voice that I knew to be that of Userti, "since without a doubt, had it not

been for Ana, his Highness would have perished. It is strange that one whom I thought to be nothing but a

dreaming scribe should have shown himself so brave a warrior. The Prince says that this Ana killed three of

those dogs with his own hands, and wounded others."

"It was well done, your Highness," answered the physician, "but still better was his forethought in providing a

rearguard and in despatching the charioteer to call it up. It seems to have been the Hebrew lady who really

saved the life of his Highness, when, forgetting her sex, she stabbed the murderer who had him by the throat."

"That is the Prince's tale, or so I understand," she answered coldly. "Yet it seems strange that a weak and

wornout girl could have pierced a giant through from back to breast."

"At least she warned him of the ambush, your Highness."

"So they say. Perhaps Ana here will soon tell us the truth about these matters. Tend him well, physician, and

you shall not lack for your reward."

Then they went away, still talking, and I lay quiet, filled with thankfulness and wonder, for now everything

came back to me.

A while later, as I lay with my eyes still shut, for even that low light seemed to hurt them, I became aware of

a woman's soft step stealing round my bed and of a fragrance such as comes from a woman's robes and hair. I

looked and saw Merapi's starlike eyes gazing down on me just as I had seen them in my dreams.

"Greeting, Moon of Israel," I said. "Of a truth we meet again in strange case."

"Oh!" she whispered, "are you awake at last? I thank God, Scribe Ana, who for three days thought that you

must die."

"As, had it not been for you, Lady, surely I should have doneI and another. Now it seems that all three of

us will live."

"Would that but two lived, the Prince and you, Ana. Would that I had died," she answered, sighing heavily.

"Why?"

"Cannot you guess? Because I am outcast who has betrayed my people. Because their blood flows between

me and them. For I killed that man, and he was my own kinsman, for the sake of an EgyptianI mean,

Egyptians. Therefore the curse of Jahveh is on me, and as my kinsman died doubtless I shall die in a day to

come, and afterwardswhat?"

"Afterwards peace and great reward, if there be justice in earth or heaven, O most noble among women."

"Would that I could think so! Hush, I hear steps. Drink this; I am the chief of your nurses, Scribe Ana, an

honourable post, since today all Egypt loves and praises you."

"Surely it is you, lady Merapi, whom all Egypt should love and praise," I answered.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 56



Top




Page No 59


Then the Prince Seti entered. I strove to salute him by lifting my less injured arm, but he caught my hand and

pressed it tenderly.

"Hail to you, beloved of Menthu, god of war," he said, with his pleasant laugh. "I thought I had hired a scribe,

and lo! in this scribe I find a soldier who might be an army's boast."

At this moment he caught sight of Merapi, who had moved back into the shadow.

"Hail to you also, Moon of Israel," he said bowing. "If I name Ana here a warrior of the best, what name can

both of us find for you to whom we owe our lives? Nay, look not down, but answer."

"Prince of Egypt," she replied confusedly, "I did but little. The plot came to my ears through Jabez my uncle,

and I fled away and, knowing the short paths from childhood, was just in time. Had I stayed to think

perchance I should not have dared."

"And what of the rest, Lady? What of the Hebrew who was choking me and of a certain sword thrust that

loosed his hands for ever?"

"Of that, your Highness, I can recall nothing, or very little," then, doubtless remembering what she had just

said to me, she made obeisance and passed from the chamber.

"She can tell falsehoods as sweetly as she does all else," said Seti, when he had watched her go. "Oh! what a

woman have we here, Ana. Perfect in beauty, perfect in courage, perfect in mind. Where are her faults, I

wonder? Let it be your part to search them out, since I find none."

"Ask them of Ki, O Prince. He is a very great magician, so great that perhaps his art may even avail to

discover what a woman seeks to hide. Also you may remember that he gave you certain warnings before we

journeyed to Goshen."

"Yeshe told me that my life would be in danger, as certainly it was. There he was right. He told me also

that I should see a woman whom I should come to love. There he was wrong. I have seen no such woman.

Oh! I know well what is passing in your mind. Because I hold the lady Merapi to be beautiful and brave, you

think that I love her. But it is not so. I love no woman, except, of course, her Highness. Ana, you judge me by

yourself."

"Ki said 'come to love,' Prince. There is yet time."

"Not so, Ana. If one loves, one loves at once. Soon I shall be old and she will be fat and ugly, and how can

one love then? Get well quickly, Ana, for I wish you to help me with my report to Pharaoh. I shall tell him

that I think these Israelites are much oppressed and that he should make them amends and let them go."

"What will Pharaoh say to that after they have just tried to kill his heir?"

"I think Pharaoh will be angry, and so will the people of Egypt, who do not reason well. He will not see that,

believing what they do, Laban and his band were right to try to kill me who, however unwittingly, desecrated

the sanctuary of their god. Had they done otherwise they would have been no good Hebrews, and for my part

I cannot bear them malice. Yet all Egypt is afire about this business and cries out that the Israelites should be

destroyed."

"It seems to me, Prince, that whatever may be the case with Ki's second prophecy, his third is in the way of

fulfilmentnamely that this journey to Goshen may cause you to risk your throne."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 57



Top




Page No 60


He shrugged his shoulders and answered:

"Not even for that, Ana, will I say to Pharaoh what is not in my mind. But let that matter be till you are

stronger."

"What chanced at the end of the fight, Prince, and how came I here?"

"The guard killed most of the Hebrews who remained alive. Some few fled and escaped in the darkness,

among them Laban their leader, although you had wounded him, and six were taken alive. They await their

trial. I was but little hurt and you, whom we thought dead, were but senseless, and senseless or wandering

you have remained till this hour. We carried you in a litter, and here you have been these three days."

"And the lady Merapi?"

"We set her in a chariot and brought her to the city, since had we left her she would certainly have been

murdered by her people. When Pharaoh heard what she had done, as I did not think it well that she should

dwell here, he gave her the small house in this garden that she might be guarded, and with it slave women to

attend upon her. So there she dwells, having the freedom of the palace, and all the while has filled the office

of your nurse."

At this moment I grew faint and shut my eyes. When I opened them again, the Prince had gone. Six more

days went by before I was allowed to leave my bed, and during this time I saw much of Merapi. She was very

sad and lived in fear of being killed by the Hebrews. Also she was troubled in her heart because she thought

she had betrayed her faith and people.

"At least you are rid of Laban," I said.

"Never shall I be rid of him while we both live," she answered. "I belong to him and he will not loose my

bond, because his heart is set on me."

"And is your heart set on him?" I asked.

Her beautiful eyes filled with tears.

"A woman may not have a heart. Oh! Ana, I am unhappy," she answered, and went away.

Also I saw others. The Princess came to visit me. She thanked me much because I had fulfilled my promise to

her and guarded the Prince. Moreover she brought me a gift of gold from Pharaoh, and other gifts of fine

raiment from herself. She questioned me closely about Merapi, of whom I could see she was already jealous,

and was glad when she learned that she was affianced to a Hebrew. Old Bakenkhonsu came too, and asked

me many things about the Prince, the Hebrews and Merapi, especially Merapi, of whose deeds, he said, all

Egypt was talking, questions that I answered as best I could.

"Here we have that woman of whom Ki told us," he said, "she who shall bring so much joy and so much

sorrow to the Prince of Egypt."

"Why so?" I asked. "He has not taken her into his house, nor do I think that he means to do so."

"Yet he will, Ana, whether he means it or not. For his sake she betrayed her people, which among the

Israelites is a deadly crime. Twice she saved his life, once by warning him of the ambush, and again by

stabbing with her own hands one of her kinsmen who was murdering him. Is it not so? Tell me; you were


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 58



Top




Page No 61


there."

"It is so, but what then?"

"This: that whatever she may say, she loves him; unless indeed, it is you whom she loves," and he looked at

me shrewdly.

"When a woman has a prince, and such a prince to her hand, would she trouble herself to set snares to catch a

scribe?" I asked, with some bitterness.

"Oho!" he said, with one of his great laughs, "so things stand thus, do they? Well, I thought it, but, friend

Ana, be warned in time. Do not try to conjure down the Moon to be your household lamp lest she should set,

and the Sun, her lord, should grow wroth and burn you up. Well, she loves him, and therefore soon or late she

will make him love her, being what she is."

"How, Bakenkhonsu?"

"With most men, Ana, it would be simple. A sigh, some halfhidden tears at the right moment, and the thing

is done, as I have known it done a thousand times. But this prince being what he is, it may be otherwise. She

may show him that her name is gone from him; that because of him she is hated by her people, and rejected

by her god, and thus stir his pity, which is Love's own sister. Or mayhap, being also, as I am told, wise, she

will give him counsel as to all these matters of the Israelites, and thus creep into his heart under the guise of

friendship, and then her sweetness and her beauty will do the rest in Nature's way. At least by this road or by

that, upstream or downstream, thither she will come."

"If so, what of it? It is the custom of the kings of Egypt to have more wives than one."

"This, Ana; Seti, I think, is a man who in truth will have but one, and that one will be this Hebrew. Yes, a

Hebrew woman will rule Egypt, and turn him to the worship of her god, for never will she worship ours.

Indeed, when they see that she is lost to them, her people will use her thus. Or perchance her god himself will

use her to fulfil his purpose, as already he may have used her."

"And afterwards, Bakenkhonsu?"

"Afterwardswho knows? I am not a magician, at least not one of any account, ask it of Ki. But I am very,

very old and I have watched the world, and I tell you that these things will happen, unless" and he

paused.

"Unless what?"

He dropped his voice.

"Unless Userti is bolder than I think, and kills her first or, better still, procures some Hebrew to kill hersay,

that castoff lover of hers. If you would be a friend to Pharaoh and to Egypt, you might whisper it in her ear,

Ana."

"Never!" I answered angrily.

"I did not think you would, Ana, who also struggle in this net of moonbeams that is stronger and more real

than any twisted out of palm or flax. Well, nor will I, who in my age love to watch such human sport and,

being so near to them, fear to thwart the schemes of gods. Let this scroll unroll itself as it will, and when it is


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 59



Top




Page No 62


open, read it, Ana, and remember what I said to you this day. It will be a pretty tale, written at the end with

blood for ink. Oho! Ohoho!" and, laughing, he hobbled from the room, leaving me frightened.

Moreover the Prince visited me every day, and even before I left my bed began to dictate to me his report to

Pharaoh, since he would employ no other scribe. The substance of it was what he had foreshadowed, namely

that the people of Israel, having suffered much for generations at the hands of the Egyptians, should now be

allowed to depart as their prophets demanded, and go whither they would unharmed. Of the attack upon us in

the pass he made light, saying it was the evil work of a few zealots wrought on by fancied insult to their god,

a deed for which the whole people should not be called upon to suffer. The last words of the report were:

"Remember, O Pharaoh, I pray thee, that Amon, god of the Egyptians, and Jahveh, the god of the Israelites,

cannot rule together in the same land. If both abide in Egypt there will be a war of the gods wherein mortals

may be ground to dust. Therefore, I pray thee, let Israel go."

After I had risen and was recovered, I copied out this report in my fairest writing, refusing to tell any of its

purport, although all asked, among them the Vizier Nehesi, who offered me a bribe to disclose its secret. This

came to the ears of Seti, I know not how, and he was much pleased with me about the matter, saying he

rejoiced to find that there was one scribe in Egypt who could not be bought. Userti also questioned me, and

when I refused to answer, strange to say, was not angry, because, she declared, I only did my duty.

At last the roll was finished and sealed, and the Prince with his own hand, but without speaking, laid it on the

knees of Pharaoh at a public Court, for this he would trust no one else to do. Amenmeses also brought up his

report, as did Nehesi the Vizier, and the Captain of the guard which saved us from death. Eight days later the

Prince was summoned to a great Council of State, as were all others of the royal House, together with the

high officers. I too received a summons, as one who had been concerned in these matters.

The Prince, accompanied by the Princess, drove to the palace in Pharaoh's golden chariot, drawn by two

milkwhite horses of the blood of those famous steeds that had saved the life of the great Rameses in the

Syrian war. All down the streets, that were filled with thousands of the people, they were received with

shouts of welcome.

"See," said the old councillor Bakenkhonsu, who was my companion in a second chariot, "Egypt is proud and

glad. It thought that its Prince was but a dreamer of dreams. But now it has heard the tale of the ambush in the

pass and learned that he is a man of war, a warrior who can fight with the best. Therefore it loves him and

rejoices."

"Then, by the same rule, Bakenkhonsu, a butcher should be more great than the wisest of scribes."

"So he is, Ana, especially if the butcher be one of men. The writer creates, but the slayer kills, and in a world

ruled of death he who kills has more honour than he who creates. Hearken, now they are shouting out your

name. Is that because you are the author of certain writings? I tell you, No. It is because you killed three men

yonder in the pass. If you would become famous and beloved, Ana, cease from the writing of books and take

to the cutting of throats."

"Yet the writer still lives when he is dead."

"Oho!" laughed Bakenkhonsu, "you are even more foolish than I thought. How is a man advantaged by what

happens when he is dead? Why, today that blind beggar whining on the temple steps means more to Egypt

than all the mummies of all the Pharaohs, unless they can be robbed. Take what life can give you, Ana, and

do not trouble about the offerings which are laid in the tombs for time to crumble."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 60



Top




Page No 63


"That is a mean faith, Bakenkhonsu."

"Very mean, Ana, like all else that we can taste and handle. A mean faith suited to mean hearts, among whom

should be reckoned all save one in every thousand. Yet, if you would prosper, follow it, and when you are

dead I will come and laugh upon your grave, and say, 'Here lies one of whom I had hoped higher things, as I

hope them of your master.'"

"And not in vain, Bakenkhonsu, whatever may happen to the servant."

"That we shall learn, and ere long, I think. I wonder who will ride at his side before the next Nile flood. By

then, perchance, he will have changed Pharaoh's golden chariot for an oxcart, and you will goad the oxen

and talk to him of the starsor, mayhap of the moon. Well, you might both be happier thus, and she of the

moon is a jealous goddess who loves worship. Ohoho! Here are the palace steps. Help me to descend, Priest

of the Lady of the Moon."

We entered the palace and were led through the great hall to a smaller chamber where Pharaoh, who did not

wear his robes of state, awaited us, seated in a cedar chair. Glancing at him I saw that his face was stern and

troubled; also it seemed to me that he had grown older. The Prince and Princess made obeisance to him, as

did we lesser folk, but he took no heed. When all were present and the doors had been shut, Pharaoh said:

"I have read your report, Son Seti, concerning your visit to the Israelites, and all that chanced to you; and also

the reports of you, nephew Amenmeses, and of you, Officers, who accompanied the Prince of Egypt. Before I

speak of them, let the Scribe Ana, who was the chariot companion of his Highness when the Hebrews

attacked him, stand forward and tell me all that passed."

So I advanced, and with bowed head repeated that tale, only leaving out so far as was possible any mention of

myself. When I had finished, Pharaoh said:

"He who speaks but half the truth is sometimes more mischievous than a liar. Did you then sit in the chariot,

Scribe, doing nothing while the Prince battled for his life? Or did you run away? Speak, Seti, and say what

part this man played for good or ill."

Then the Prince told of my share in the fight, with words that brought the blood to my brow. He told also how

that it was I who, taking the risk of his wrath, had ordered the guard of twenty men to follow us unseen, had

disguised two seasoned soldiers as chariot runners, and had thought to send back the driver to summon help

at the commencement of the fray; how I had been hurt also, and was but lately recovered. When he had

finished, Pharaoh said:

"That this story is true I know from others. Scribe, you have done well. But for you today his Highness

would lie upon the table of the embalmers, as indeed for his folly he deserves to do, and Egypt would mourn

from Thebes to the mouths of Nile. Come hither."

I came with trembling steps, and knelt before his Majesty. Around his neck hung a beauteous chain of

wrought gold. He took it, and cast it over my head, saying:

"Because you have shown yourself both brave and wise, with this gold I give you the title of Councillor and

King's Companion, and the right to inscribe the same upon your funeral stele. Let it be noted. Retire, Scribe

Ana, Councillor and King's Companion."

So I withdrew confused, and as I passed Seti, he whispered in my ear:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 61



Top




Page No 64


"I pray you, my lord, do not cease to be Prince's Companion, because you have become that of the King."

Then Pharaoh ordered that the Captain of the guard should be advanced in rank, and that gifts should be

given to each of the soldiers, and provision be made for the children of those who had been killed, with

double allowance to the families of the two men whom I had disguised as runners.

This done, once more Pharaoh spoke, slowly and with much meaning, having first ordered that all attendants

and guards should leave the chamber. I was about to go also, but old Bakenkhonsu caught me by the robe,

saying that in my new rank of Councillor I had the right to remain.

"Prince Seti," he said, "after all that I have heard, I find this report of yours strange reading. Moreover, the

tenor of it is different indeed to that of those of the Count Amenmeses and the officers. You counsel me to let

these Israelites go where they will, because of certain hardships that they have suffered in the past, which

hardships, however, have left them many and rich. That counsel I am not minded to take. Rather am I minded

to send an army to the land of Goshen with orders to despatch this people, who conspired to murder the

Prince of Egypt, through the Gateway of the West, there to worship their god in heaven or in hell. Aye, to

slay them all from the greybeard down to the suckling at the breast."

"I hear Pharaoh," said Seti, quietly.

"Such is my will," went on Meneptah, "and those who accompanied you upon your business, and all my

councillors think as I do, for truly Egypt cannot bear so hideous a treason. Yet, according to our law and

custom it is needful, before such great acts of war and policy are undertaken, that he who stands next to the

throne, and is destined to fill it, should give consent thereto. Do you consent, Prince of Egypt?"

"I do not consent, Pharaoh. I think it would be a wicked deed that tens of thousands should be massacred for

the reason that a few fools waylaid a man who chanced to be of royal blood, because by inadvertence, he had

desecrated their sanctuary."

Now I saw that this answer made Pharaoh wroth, for never before had his will been crossed in such a fashion.

Still he controlled himself, and asked:

"Do you then consent, Prince, to a gentler sentence, namely that the Hebrew people should be broken up; that

the more dangerous of them should be sent to labour in the desert mines and quarries, and the rest distributed

throughout Egypt, there to live as slaves?"

"I do not consent, Pharaoh. My poor counsel is written in yonder roll and cannot be changed."

Meneptah's eyes flashed, but again he controlled himself, and asked:

"If you should come to fill this place of mine, Prince Seti, tell us, here assembled, what policy will you

pursue towards these Hebrews?"

"That policy, O Pharaoh, which I have counselled in the roll. If ever I fill the throne, I shall let them go

whither they will, taking their goods with them."

Now all those present stared at him and murmured. But Pharaoh rose, shaking with wrath. Seizing his robe

where it was fastened at the breast, he rent it, and cried in a terrible voice:

"Hear him, ye gods of Egypt! Hear this son of mine who defies me to my face and would set your necks

beneath the heel of a stranger god. Prince Seti, in the presence of these royal ones, and these my councillors,


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 62



Top




Page No 65


I"

He said no more, for the Princess Userti, who till now had remained silent, ran to him, and throwing her arms

about him, began to whisper in his ear. He hearkened to her, then sat himself down, and spoke again:

"The Princess brings it to my mind that this is a great matter, one not to be dealt with hastily. It may happen

that when the Prince has taken counsel with her, and with his own heart, and perchance has sought the

wisdom of the gods, he will change the words which have passed his lips. I command you, Prince, to wait

upon me here at this same hour on the third day from this. Meanwhile, I command all present, upon pain of

death, to say nothing of what has passed within these walls."

"I hear Pharaoh," said the Prince, bowing.

Meneptah rose to show that the Council was discharged, when the Vizier Nehesi approached him, and asked:

"What of the Hebrew prisoners, O Pharaoh, those murderers who were captured in the pass?"

"Their guilt is proved. Let them be beaten with rods till they die, and if they have wives or children, let them

be seized and sold as slaves."

"Pharaoh's will be done!" said the Vizier.

CHAPTER IX. THE SMITING OF AMON

That evening I sat ill at ease in my workchamber in Seti's palace, making pretence to write, I who felt that

great evils threatened my lord the Prince, and knew not what to do to turn them from him. The door opened,

and old Pambasa the chamberlain appeared and addressed me by my new titles, saying that the Hebrew lady

Merapi, who had been my nurse in sickness, wished to speak with me. Presently she came and stood before

me.

"Scribe Ana," she said, "I have but just seen my uncle Jabez, who has come, or been sent, with a message to

me," and she hesitated.

"Why was he sent, Lady? To bring you news of Laban?"

"Not so. Laban has fled away and none know where he is, and Jabez has only escaped much trouble as the

uncle of a traitress by undertaking this mission."

"What is the mission?"

"To pray me, if I would save myself from death and the vengeance of God, to work upon the heart of his

Highness, which I know not how to do"

"Yet I think you might find means, Merapi."

"save through you, his friend and counsellor," she went on, turning away her face. "Jabez has learned

that it is in the mind of Pharaoh utterly to destroy the people of Israel."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 63



Top




Page No 66


"How does he know that, Merapi?"

"I cannot say, but I think all the Hebrews know. I knew it myself though none had told me. He has learned

also that this cannot be done under the law of Egypt unless the Prince who is heir to the throne and of full age

consents. Now I am come to pray you to pray the Prince not to consent."

"Why not pray to the Prince yourself, Merapi" I began, when from the shadows behind me I heard the

voice of Seti, who had entered by the private door bearing some writings in his hand, saying:

"And what prayer has the lady Merapi to make to me? Nay, rise and speak, Moon of Israel."

"O Prince," she pleaded, "my prayer is that you will save the Hebrews from death by the sword, as you alone

have the power to do."

At this moment the doors opened and in swept the royal Userti.

"What does this woman here?" she asked.

"I think that she came to see Ana, wife, as I did, and as doubtless you do. Also being here she prays me to

save her people from the sword."

"And I pray you, husband, to give her people to the sword, which they have earned, who would have

murdered you."

"And been paid, everyone of them, Userti, unless some still linger beneath the rods," he added with a

shudder. "The rest are innocent why should they die?"

"Because your throne hangs upon it, Seti. I say that if you continue to thwart the will of Pharaoh, as by the

law of Egypt you can do, he will disinherit you and set your cousin Amenmeses in your place, as by the law

of Egypt he can do."

"I thought it, Userti. Yet why should I turn my back upon the right over a matter of my private fortunes? The

question isis it the right?"

She stared at him in amazement, she who never understood Seti and could not dream that he would throw

away the greatest throne in all the world to save a subject people, merely because he thought that they should

not die. Still, warned by some instinct, she left the first question unanswered, dealing only with the second.

"It is the right," she said, "for many reasons whereof I need give but one, for in it lie all the others. The gods

of Egypt are the true gods whom we must serve and obey, or perish here and hereafter. The god of the

Israelites is a false god and those who worship him are heretics and by their heresy under sentence of death.

Therefore it is most right that those whom the true gods have condemned should die by the swords of their

servants."

"That is well argued, Userti, and if it be so, mayhap my mind will become as yours in this matter, so that I

shall no longer stand between Pharaoh and his desire. But is it so? There's the problem. I will not ask you

why you say that the gods of the Egyptians are the true gods, because I know what you would answer, or

rather that you could give no answer. But I will ask this lady whether her god is a false god, and if she replies

that he is not, I will ask her to prove this to me if she can. If she is able to prove it, then I think that what I

said to Pharaoh today I shall repeat three days hence. If she is not able to prove it, then I shall consider very

earnestly of the matter. Answer now, Moon of Israel, remembering that many thousands of lives may hang on


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 64



Top




Page No 67


what you say."

"O your Highness," began Merapi. Then she paused, clasped her hands and looked upwards. I think that she

was praying, for her lips moved. As she stood thus I saw, and I think Seti saw also, a very wonderful light

grow on her face and gather in her eyes, a kind of divine fire of inspiration and resolve.

"How can I, a poor Hebrew maiden, prove to your Highness that my God is the true God and that the gods of

Egypt are false gods? I know not, and yet, is there any one god among all the many whom you worship,

whom you are prepared to set up against him?"

"Of a surety, Israelite," answered Userti. "There is AmonRa, Father of the gods, of whom all other gods

have their being, and from whom they draw their strength. Yonder his statue sits in the sanctuary of his

ancient temple. Let your god stir him from his place! But what will you bring forward against the majesty of

AmonRa?"

"My God has no statues, Princess, and his place is in the hearts of men, or so I have been taught by his

prophets. I have nothing to bring forward in this war save that which must be offered in all warsmy life."

"What do you mean?" asked Seti, astounded.

"I mean that I, unfriended and alone, will enter the presence of Amon Ra in his chosen sanctuary, and in the

name of my God will challenge him to kill me, if he can."

We stared at her, and Userti exclaimed:

"If he can! Hearken now to this blasphemer, and do you, Seti, accept her challenge as hereditary highpriest

of the god Amon? Let her life pay forfeit for her sacrilege."

"And if the great god Amon cannot, or does not deign to kill you, Lady, how will that prove that your god is

greater than he?" asked the Prince. "Perhaps he might smile and in his pity, let the insult pass, as your god did

by me."

"Thus it shall be proved, your Highness. If naught happens to me, or if I am protected from anything that

does happen, then I will dare to call upon my god to work a sign and a wonder, and to humble AmonRa

before your eyes."

"And if your god should also smile and let the matter pass, Lady, as he did by me the other day when his

priests called upon him, what shall we have learned as to his strength, or as to that of AmonRa?"

"O Prince, you will have learned nothing. Yet if I escape from the wrath of Amon and my God is deaf to my

prayer, then I am ready to be delivered over into the hands of the priests of Amon that they may avenge my

sacrilege upon me."

"There speaks a great heart," said Seti; "yet I am not minded that this lady should set her life upon such an

issue. I do not believe that either the highgod of Egypt or the god of the Israelites will stir, but I am quite

sure that the priests of Amon will avenge the sacrilege, and that cruelly enough. The dice are loaded against

you, Lady. You shall not prove your faith with blood."

"Why not?" asked Userti. "What is this girl to you, Seti, that you should stand between her and the fruit of her

wickedness, you who at least in name are the highpriest of the god whom she blasphemes and who wear his

robes at temple feasts? She believes in her god, leave it to her god to help her as she has dared to say he will."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 65



Top




Page No 68


"You believe in Amon, Userti. Are you prepared to stake your life against hers in this contest?"

"I am not so mad and vain, Seti, as to believe that the god of all the world will descend from heaven to save

me at my prayer, as this impious girl pretends that she believes."

"You refuse. Then, Ana, what say you, who are a loyal worshipper of Amon?"

"I say, O Prince, that it would be presumptuous of me to take precedence of his highpriest in such a matter."

Seti smiled and answered:

"And the highpriest says that it would be presumptuous of him to push so far the prerogative of a high office

which he never sought."

"Your Highness," broke in Merapi in her honeyed, pleading voice, "I pray you to be gracious to me, and to

suffer me to make this trial, which I have sought, I know not why. Words such as I have spoken cannot be

recalled. Already they are registered in the books of Eternity, and soon or late, in this way or in that, must be

fulfilled. My life is staked, and I desire to learn at once if it be forfeit."

Now even Userti looked on her with admiration, but answered only:

"Of a truth, Israelite, I trust that this courage will not forsake you when you are handed over to the mercies of

Ki, the Sacrificer of Amon, and the priests, in the vaults of the temple you would profane."

"I also trust that it will not, your Highness, if such should be my fate. Your word, Prince of Egypt."

Seti looked at her standing before him so calmly with bowed head, and hands crossed upon her breast. Then

he looked at Userti, who wore a mocking smile upon her face. She read the meaning of that smile as I did. It

was that she did not believe that he would allow this beautiful woman, who had saved his life, to risk her life

for the sake of any or all the powers of heaven or hell. For a little while he walked to and fro about the

chamber, then he stopped and said suddenly addressing, not Merapi, but Userti:

"Have your will, remembering that if this brave woman fails and dies, her blood is on your hands, and that if

she triumphs and lives, I shall hold her to be one of the noblest of her sex, and shall make study of all this

matter of religion. Moon of Israel, as titular high priest of AmonRa, I accept your challenge on behalf of

the god, though whether he will take note of it I do not know. The trial shall be made tomorrow night in the

sanctuary of the temple, at an hour that will be communicated to you. I shall be present to make sure that you

meet with justice, as will some others. Register my commands, Scribe Ana, and let the headpriest of Amon,

Roi, and the sacrificer to Amon, Ki the Magician, be summoned, that I may speak with them. Farewell,

Lady."

She went, but at the door turned and said:

"I thank you, Prince, on my own behalf, and on that of my people. Whatever chances, I beseech you do not

forget the prayer that I have made to you to save them, being innocent, from the sword. Now I ask that I may

be left quite alone till I am summoned to the temple, who must make such preparation as I can to meet my

fate, whatever it may be."

Userti departed also without a word.

"Oh! friend, what have I done?" said Seti. "Are there any gods? Tell me, are there any gods?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 66



Top




Page No 69


"Perhaps we shall learn tomorrow night, Prince," I answered. "At least Merapi thinks that there is a god, and

doubtless has been commanded to put her faith to proof. This, as I believe, was the real message that Jabez

her uncle has brought to her."

It was the hour before the dawn, just when the night is darkest. We stood in the sanctuary of the ancient

temple of AmonRa, that was lit with many lamps. It was an awful place. On either side the great columns

towered to the massive roof. At the head of the sanctuary sat the statue of AmonRa, thrice the size of a man.

On his brow, rising from the crown, were two tall feathers of stone, and in his hands he held the Scourge of

Rule and the symbols of Power and Everlastingness. The lamplight flickered upon his stern and terrible face

staring towards the east. To his right was the statue of Mut, the Mother of all things. On her head was the

double crown of Egypt and the uræus crest, and in her hand the looped cross, the sign of Life eternal. To his

left sat Khonsu, the hawkheaded god of the moon. On his head was the crescent of the young moon carrying

the disc of the full moon; in his right hand he also held the looped cross, the sign of Life eternal, and in his

left the Staff of Strength. Such was this mighty triad, but of these the greatest was AmonRa, to whom the

shrine was dedicated. Fearful they stood towering above us against the background of blackness.

Gathered there were Seti the Prince, clothed in a priest's white robe, and wearing a linen headdress, but no

ornaments, and Userti the Princess, highpriestess of Hathor, Lady of the West, Goddess of Love and Nature.

She wore Hathor's vulture headdress, and on it the disc of the moon fashioned of silver. Also were present

Roi the headpriest, clad in his sacerdotal robes, an old and wizened man with a strong, fierce face, Ki the

Sacrificer and Magician, Bakenkhonsu the ancient, myself, and a company of the priests of AmonRa, Mut,

and Khonsu. From behind the statues came the sound of solemn singing, though who sang we could not see.

Presently from out of the darkness that lay beyond the lamps appeared a woman, led by two priestesses and

wrapped in a long cloak. They brought her to an open place in front of the statue of Amon, took from her the

cloak and departed, glancing back at her with eyes of hate and fear. There before us stood Merapi, clad in

white, with a simple wimple about her head made fast beneath her chin with that scarabæus clasp which Seti

had given to her in the city of Goshen, one spot of brightest blue amid a cloud of white. She looked neither to

right nor left of her. Once only she glanced at the towering statue of the god that frowned above, then with a

little shiver, fixed her eyes upon the pattern of the floor.

"What does she look like?" whispered Bakenkhonsu to me.

"A corpse made ready for the embalmers," I answered.

He shook his great head.

"Then a bride made ready for her husband."

Again he shook his head.

"Then a priestess about to read from the roll of Mysteries."

"Now you have it, Ana, and to understand what she reads, which few priestesses ever do. Also all three

answers were right, for in this woman I seem to see doom that is Death, life that is Love, and spirit that is

Power. She has a soul which both Heaven and Earth have kissed."

"Aye, but which of them will claim her in the end?"

"That we may learn before the dawn, Ana. Hush! the fight begins."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 67



Top




Page No 70


The headpriest, Roi, advanced and, standing before the god, sprinkled his feet with water and with perfume.

Then he stretched out his hands, whereon all present prostrated themselves, save Merapi only, who stood

alone in that great place like the survivor of a battle.

"Hail to thee, AmonRa," he began, "Lord of Heaven, Establisher of all things, Maker of the gods, who

unrolled the skies and built the foundations of the Earth. O god of gods, appears before thee this woman

Merapi, daughter of Nathan, a child of the Hebrew race that owns thee not. This woman blasphemes thy

might; this woman defies thee; this woman sets up her god above thee. Is it not so, woman?"

"It is so," answered Merapi in a low voice.

"Thus does she defy thee, thou Only One of many Forms, saying 'if the god Amon of the Egyptians be a

greater god than my god, let him snatch me out of the arms of my god and here in this the shrine of Amon

take the breath from out my lips and leave me a thing of clay.' Are these thy words, O woman?"

"They are my words," she said in the same low voice, and oh! I shivered as I heard.

The priest went on.

"O Lord of Time, Lord of Life, Lord of Spirits and the Divinities of Heaven, Lord of Terror, come forth now

in thy majesty and smite this blasphemer to the dust."

Roi withdrew and Seti stood forward.

"Know, O god Amon," he said, addressing the statue as though he wee speaking to a living man, "from the

lips of me, thy highpriest, by birth the Prince and Heir of Egypt, that great things hang upon this matter here

in the Land of Egypt, mayhap even who shall sit upon the throne that thou givest to its kings. This woman of

Israel dares thee to thy face, saying that there is a greater god than thou art and that thou canst not harm her

through the buckler of his strength. She says, moreover, that she will call upon her god to work a sign and a

wonder upon thee. Lastly, she says that if thou dost not harm her and if her god works no sign upon thee, then

she is ready to be handed over to thy priests and die the death of a blasphemer. Thy honour is set against her

life, O great God of Egypt, and we, thy worshippers, watch to see the balance turn."

"Well and justly put," muttered Bakenkhonsu to me. "Now if Amon fails us, what will you think of Amon,

Ana?"

"I shall learn the highpriest's mind and think what the highpriest thinks," I answered darkly, though in my

heart I was terribly afraid for Merapi, and, to speak truth, for myself also, because of the doubts which arose

in me and would not be quenched.

Seti withdrew, taking his stand by Userti, and Ki stood forward and said:

"O Amon, I thy Sacrificer, I thy Magician, to whom thou givest power, I the priest and servant of Isis, Mother

of Mysteries, Queen of the company of the gods, call upon thee. She who stands before thee is but a Hebrew

woman. Yet, as thou knowest well, O Father, in this house she is more than woman, inasmuch as she is the

Voice and Sword of thine enemy, Jahveh, god of the Israelites. She thinks, mayhap, that she has come here of

her own will, but thou knowest, Father Amon, as I know, that she is sent by the great prophets of her people,

those magicians who guide her soul with spells to work thee evil and to set thee, Amon, beneath the heel of

Jahveh. The stake seems small, the life of this one maid, no more; yet it is very great. This is the stake, O

Father: Shall Amon rule the world, or Jahveh. If thou fallest tonight, thou fallest for ever; if thou dost

triumph tonight, thou dost triumph for ever. In yonder shape of stone hides thy spirit; in yonder shape of


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 68



Top




Page No 71


woman's flesh hides the spirit of thy foe. Smite her, O Amon, smite her to small dust; let not the strength that

is in her prevail against thy strength, lest thy name should be defiled and sorrows and loss should come upon

the land which is thy throne; lest, too, the wizards of the Israelites should overcome us thy servants. Thus

prayeth Ki thy magician, on whose soul it has pleased thee to pour strength and wisdom."

Then followed a great silence.

Watching the statue of the god, presently I thought that it moved, and as I could see by the stir among them,

so did the others. I thought that its stone eyes rolled, I thought that it lifted the Scourge of Power in its granite

hand, though whether these things were done by some spirit or by some priest, or by the magic of Ki, I do not

know. At the least, a great wind began to blow about the temple, stirring our robes and causing the lamps to

flicker. Only the robes of Merapi did not stir. Yet she saw what I could not see, for suddenly her eyes grew

frightened.

"The god is awake," whispered Bakenkhonsu. "Now goodbye to your fair Israelite. See, the Prince trembles,

Ki smiles, and the face of Userti glows with triumph."

As he spoke the blue scarabæus was snatched from Merapi's breast as though by a hand. It fell to the floor as

did her wimple, so that now she appeared with her rich hair flowing down her robe. Then the eyes of the

statue seemed to cease to roll, the wind ceased to blow, and again there was silence.

Merapi stooped, lifted the wimple, replaced it on her head, found the scarabæus clasp, and very quietly, as a

woman who was tiring herself might do, made it fast in its place again, a sight at which I heard Userti gasp.

For a long while we waited. Watching the faces of the congregation, I saw amazement and doubt on those of

the priests, rage on that of Ki, and on Seti's the flicker of a little smile. Merapi's eyes were closed as though

she were asleep. At length she opened them, and turning her head towards the Prince said:

"O highpriest of AmonRa, has your god worked his will on me, or must I wait longer before I call upon

my God?"

"Do what you will or can, woman, and make an end, for almost it is the moment of dawn when the temple

worship opens."

Then Merapi clasped her hands, and looking upwards, prayed aloud very sweetly and simply, saying:

"O God of my fathers, trusting in Thee, I, a poor maid of Thy people Israel, have set the life Thou gavest me

in Thy Hand. If, as I believe, Thou art the God of gods, I pray Thee show a sign and a wonder upon this god

of the Egyptians, and thereby declare Thine Honour and keep my breath within my breast. If it pleases Thee

not, then let me die, as doubtless for my many sins I deserve to do. O God of my fathers, I have made my

prayer. Hear it or reject it according to Thy Will."

So she ended, and listening to her, I felt the tears rising in my eyes, because she was so much alone, and I

feared that this god of hers would never come to save her from the torments of the priests. Seti also turned his

head away, and stared down the sanctuary at the sky over the open court where the lights of dawn were

gathering.

Once more there was silence. Then again that wind blew, very strongly, extinguishing the lamps, and, as it

seemed to me, whirling away Merapi from where she was, so that now she stood to one side of the statue.

The sanctuary was filled with gloom, till presently the first rays of the rising sun struck upon the roof. They

fell down, down, as minute followed minute, till at length they rested like a sword of flame upon the statue of


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 69



Top




Page No 72


AmonRa. Once more that statue seemed to move. I thought that it lifted its stone arms to protect its head.

Then in a moment with a rending noise, its mighty mass burst asunder, and fell in small dust about the throne,

almost hiding it from sight.

"Behold my God has answered me, the most humble of His servants," said Merapi in the same sweet and

gentle voice. "Behold the sign and the wonder!"

"Witch!" screamed the headpriest Roi, and fled away, followed by his fellows.

"Sorceress!" hissed Userti, and fled also, as did all the others, save the Prince, Bakenkhonsu, I Ana, and Ki

the Magician.

We stood amazed, and while we did so, Ki turned to Merapi and spoke. His face was terrible with fear and

fury, and his eyes shone like lamps. Although he did but whisper, I who was nearest to them heard all that

was said, which the others could not do.

"Your magic is good, Israelite," he muttered, "so good that it has overcome mine here in the temple where I

serve."

"I have no magic," she answered very low. "I obeyed a command, no more."

He laughed bitterly, and asked:

"Should two of a trade waste time on foolishness? Listen now. Teach me your secrets, and I will teach you

mine, and together we will drive Egypt like a chariot."

"I have no secrets, I have only faith," said Merapi again.

"Woman," he went on, "woman or devil, will you take me for friend or foe? Here I have been shamed, since

it was to me and not to their gods that the priests trusted to destroy you. Yet I can still forgive. Choose now,

knowing that as my friendship will lead you to rule, to life and splendour, so my hate will drive you to shame

and death."

"You are beside yourself, and know not what you say. I tell you that I have no magic to give or to withhold,"

she answered, as one who did not understand or was indifferent, and turned away from him.

Thereon he muttered some curse which I could not catch, bowed to the heap of dust that had been the statue

of the god, and vanished away among the pillars of the sanctuary.

"Ohoho!" laughed Bakenkhonsu. "Not in vain have I lived to be so very old, for now it seems we have a

new god in Egypt, and there stands his prophetess."

Merapi came to the prince.

"O highpriest of Amon," she said, "does it please you to let me go, for I am very weary?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 70



Top




Page No 73


CHAPTER X. THE DEATH OF PHARAOH

It was the appointed day and hour. By command of the Prince I drove with him to the palace of Pharaoh,

whither her Highness the Princess refused to be his companion, and for the first time we talked together of

that which had passed in the temple.

"Have you seen the lady Merapi?" he asked of me.

I answered No, as I was told that she was sick within her house and lay abed suffering from weariness, or I

knew not what.

"She does well to keep there," said Seti, "I think that if she came out those priests would murder her if they

could. Also there are others," and he glanced back at the chariot that bore Userti in state. "Say, Ana, can you

interpret all this matter?"

"Not I, Prince. I thought that perhaps your Highness, the highpriest of Anon, could give me light."

"The highpriest of Amon wanders in thick darkness. Ki and the rest swear that this Israelite is a sorceress

who has outmatched their magic, but to me it seems more simple to believe that what she says is true; that her

god is greater than Amon."

"And if this be true, Prince, what are we to do who are sworn to the gods of Egypt?"

"Bow our heads and fall with them, I suppose, Ana, since honour will not suffer us to desert them."

"Even if they be false, Prince?"

"I do not think that they are false, Ana, though mayhap they be less true. At least they are the gods of the

Egyptians and we are Egyptians." He paused and glanced at the crowded streets, then added, "See, when I

passed this way three days ago I was received with shouts of welcome by the people. Now they are silent,

every one."

"Perhaps they have heard of what passed in the temple."

"Doubtless, but it is not that which troubles them who think that the gods can guard themselves. They have

heard also that I would befriend the Hebrews whom they hate, and therefore they begin to hate me. Why

should I complain when Pharaoh shows them the way?"

"Prince," I whispered, "what will you say to Pharaoh?"

"That depends on what Pharaoh says to me. Ana, if I will not desert our gods because they seem to be the

weaker, though it should prove to my advantage, do you think that I would desert these Hebrews because

they seem to be weaker, even to gain a throne?"

"There greatness speaks," I murmured, and as we descended from the chariot he thanked me with a look.

We passed through the great hall to that same chamber where Pharaoh had given me the chain of gold.

Already he was there seated at the head of the chamber and wearing on his head the double crown. About him

were gathered all those of royal blood and the great officers of state. We made our obeisances, but of these he

seemed to take no note. His eyes were almost closed, and to me he looked like a man who is very ill. The

Princess Userti entered after us and to her he spoke some words of welcome, giving her his hand to kiss.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 71



Top




Page No 74


Then he ordered the doors to be closed. As he did so, an officer of the household entered and said that a

messenger had come from the Hebrews who desired speech with Pharaoh.

"Let him enter," said Meneptah, and presently he appeared.

He was a wildeyed man of middle age, with long hair that fell over his sheepskin robe. To me he looked like

a soothsayer. He stood before Pharaoh, making no salutation.

"Deliver your message and be gone," said Nehesi the Vizier.

"These are the words of the Fathers of Israel, spoken by my lips," cried the man in a voice that rang all round

the vaulted chamber. "It has come to our ears, O Pharaoh, that the woman Merapi, daughter of Nathan, who

has refuged in your city, she who is named Moon of Israel, has shown herself to be a prophetess of power,

one to whom our God has given strength, in that, standing alone amidst the priests and magicians of Amon of

the Egyptians, she took no harm from their sorceries and was able with the sword of prayer to smite the idol

of Amon to the dust. We demand that this prophetess be restored to us, making oath on our part that she shall

be given over safely to her betrothed husband and that no harm shall come to her for any crimes or treasons

she may have committed against her people."

"As to this matter," replied Pharaoh quietly, "make your prayer to the Prince of Egypt, in whose household I

understand the woman dwells. If it pleases him to surrender her who, I take it, is a witch or a cunning worker

of tricks, to her betrothed and her kindred, let him do so. It is not for Pharaoh to judge of the fate of private

slaves."

The man wheeled round and addressed Seti, saying:

"You have heard, Son of the King. Will you deliver up this woman?"

"Neither do I promise to deliver her up nor not to deliver her up," answered Seti, "since the lady Merapi is no

member of my household, nor have I any authority over her. She who saved my life dwells within my walls

for safety's sake. If it pleases her to go, she can go; if it pleases her to remain, she can remain. When this

Court is finished I give you safeconduct to appear and in my presence learn her pleasure from her lips."

"You have your answer; now be gone," said Nehesi.

"Nay," cried the man, "I have more words to speak. Thus say the Fathers of Israel: We know the black

counsel of your heart, O Pharaoh. It has been revealed to us that it is in your mind to put the Hebrews to the

sword, as it is in the mind of the Prince of Egypt to save them from the sword. Change that mind of yours, O

Pharaoh, and swiftly, lest death fall upon you from heaven above."

"Cease!" thundered Meneptah in a voice that stilled the murmurs of the court. "Dog of a Hebrew, do you dare

to threaten Pharaoh on his own throne? I tell you that were you not a messenger, and therefore according to

our ancient law safe till the sun sets, you should be hewn limb from limb. Away with him, and if he is found

in this city after nightfall let him be slain!"

Then certain of the councillors sprang upon the man and thrust him forth roughly. At the door he wrenched

himself free and shouted:

"Think upon my words, Pharaoh, before this sun has set. And you, great ones of Egypt, think on them also

before it appears again."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 72



Top




Page No 75


They drove him out with blows and the doors were shut. Once more Meneptah began to speak, saying:

"Now that this brawler is gone, what have you to say to me, Prince of Egypt? Do you still give me the

counsel that you wrote in the roll? Do you still refuse, as heir of the Throne, to assent to my decree that these

accursed Hebrews be destroyed with the sword of my justice?"

Now all turned their eyes on Seti, who thought a while, and answered:

"Let Pharaoh pardon me, but the counsel that I gave I still give; the assent that I refused I still refuse, because

my heart tells me that so it is right to do, and so I think will Egypt be saved from many troubles."

When the scribes had finished writing down these words Pharaoh asked again:

"Prince of Egypt, if in a day to come you should fill my place, is it still your intent to let this people of the

Hebrews go unharmed, taking with them the wealth that they have gathered here?"

"Let Pharaoh pardon me, that is still my intent."

Now at these fateful words there arose a sigh of astonishment from all that heard them. Before it had died

away Pharaoh had turned to Userti and was asking:

"Are these your counsel, your will, and your intent also, O Princess of Egypt?"

"Let Pharaoh hear me," answered Userti in a cold, clear voice, "they are not. In this great matter my lord the

Prince walks one road and I walk another. My counsel, will, and intent are those of Pharaoh."

"Seti my son," said Meneptah, more kindly than I had ever heard him speak before, "for the last time, not as

your king but as your father, I pray you to consider. Remembering that as it lies in your power, being of full

age and having been joined with me in many matters of government, to refuse your assent to a great act of

state, so it lies in my power with the assent of the highpriests and of my ministers to remove you from my

path. Seti, I can disinherit you and set another in your place, and if you persist, that and no less I shall do.

Consider, therefore, my son."

In the midst of an intense silence Seti answered:

"I have considered, O my Father, and whatever be the cost to me I cannot go back upon my words."

Then Pharaoh rose and cried:

"Take note all you assembled here, and let it be proclaimed to the people of Egypt without the gates, that they

take note also, that I depose Seti my son from his place as Prince of Egypt and declare that he is removed

from the succession to the double Crown. Take note that my daughter Userti, Princess of Egypt, wife of the

Prince Seti, I do not depose. Whatever rights and heritages are hers as heiress of Egypt let those rights and

heritages remain to her, and if a child be born of her and Prince Seti, who lives, let that child be heir to the

Throne of Egypt. Take note that, if no such child is born or until it is born, I name my nephew, the count

Amenmeses, son of by brother Khaemuas, now gathered to Osiris, to fill the Throne of Egypt when I am no

more. Come hither, Count Amenmeses."

He advanced and stood before him. Then Pharaoh lifted from his head the double crown he wore and for a

moment set it on the brow of Amenmeses, saying as he replaced it on his own head:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 73



Top




Page No 76


"By this act and token do I name and constitute you, Amenmeses, to be Royal Prince of Egypt in place of my

son, Prince Seti, deposed. Withdraw, Royal Prince of Egypt. I have spoken."

"Life! Blood! Strength!" cried all the company bowing before Pharaoh, all save the Prince Seti who neither

bowed nor stirred. Only he cried:

"And I have heard. Will Pharaoh be pleased to declare whether with my royal heritage he takes my life? If so,

let it be here and now. My cousin Amenmeses wears a sword."

"Nay, Son," answered Meneptah sadly, "your life is left to you and with it all your private rank and your

possessions whatsoever and wherever they may be."

"Let Pharaoh's will be done," replied Seti indifferently, "in this as in all things. Pharaoh spares my life until

such time as Amenmeses his successor shall fill his place, when it shall be taken."

Meneptah started; this thought was new to him.

"Stand forth, Amenmeses," he cried, "and swear now the threefold oath that may not be broken. Swear by

Amon, by Ptah, and by Osiris, god of death, that never will you attempt to harm the Prince Seti, your cousin,

either in body or in such state and prerogative as remain to him. Let Roi, the headpriest of Amon, administer

the oath now before us all."

So Roi spoke the oath in the ancient form, which was terrible even to hear, and Amenmeses, unwillingly

enough as I thought, repeated it after him, adding however these words at the end, "All these things I swear

and all these penalties in this world and the world to be I invoke upon my head, provided only that when the

time comes the Prince Seti leaves me in peace upon the throne to which it has pleased Pharaoh to decree to

me."

Now some there murmured that this was not enough, since in their hearts there were few who did not love

Seti and grieve to see him thus stripped of his royal heritage because his judgment differed from that of

Pharaoh over a matter of State policy. But Seti only laughed and said scornfully:

"Let be, for of what value are such oaths? Pharaoh on the throne is above all oaths who must make answer to

the gods only and from the hearts of some the gods are far away. Let Amenmeses not fear that I shall quarrel

with him over this matter of a crown, I who in truth have never longed for the pomp and cares of royalty and

who, deprived of these, still possess all that I can desire. I go my way henceforward as one of many, a noble

of Egyptno more, and if in a day to come it pleases the Pharaoh to be to shorten my wanderings, I am not

sure that even then I shall grieve so very much, who am content to accept the judgment of the gods, as in the

end he must do also. Yet, Pharaoh my father, before we part I ask leave to speak the thoughts that rise in me."

"Say on," muttered Meneptah.

"Pharaoh, having your leave, I tell you that I think you have done a very evil work this day, one that is

unpleasing to those Powers which rule the world, whoever and whatsoever they may be, one too that will

bring upon Egypt sorrows countless as the sand. I believe that these Hebrews whom you unjustly seek to slay

worship a god as great or greater than our own, and that they and he will triumph over Egypt. I believe also

that the mighty heritage which you have taken from me will bring neither joy nor honour to him by whom it

has been received."

Here Amenmeses started forward, but Meneptah held up his hand, and he was silent.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 74



Top




Page No 77


"I believe, Pharaohalas! that I must say itthat your days on earth are few and that for the last time we

look on each other living. Farewell, Pharaoh my father, whom still I love mayhap more in this hour of parting

than ever I did before. Farewell, Amenmeses, Prince of Egypt. Take from me this ornament which henceforth

should be worn by you only," and lifting from his headdress that royal circlet which marks the heir to the

throne, he held it to Amenmeses, who took it and, with a smile of triumph, set it on his brow.

"Farewell, Lords and Councillors; it is my hope that in yonder prince you will find a master more to your

liking that ever I could have been. Come, Ana, my friend, if it still pleases you to cling to me for a little

while, now that I have nothing left to give."

For a few moments he stood still looking very earnestly at his father, who looked back at him with tears in his

deepset, faded eyes.

Then, though whether this was by chance I cannot say, taking no note of the Princess Userti, who gazed at

him perplexed and wrathful, Seti drew himself up and cried in the ancient form:

"Life! Blood! Strength! Pharaoh! Pharaoh! Pharaoh!" and bowed almost to the ground.

Meneptah heard. Muttering beneath his breath, "Oh! Seti, my son, my most beloved son!" he stretched out his

arms as though to call him back or perhaps to clasp him. As he did so I saw his face change. Next instant he

fell forward to the ground and lay there still. All the company stood struck with horror, only the royal

physician ran to him, while Roi and others who were priests began to mutter prayers.

"Has the good god been gathered to Osiris?" asked Amenmeses presently in a hoarse voice, "because if it be

so, I am Pharaoh."

"Nay, Amenmeses," exclaimed Userti, "the decrees have not yet been sealed or promulgated. They have

neither strength nor weight."

Before he could answer the physician cried:

"Peace! Pharaoh still lives, his heart beats. This is but a fit which may pass. Begone, every one, he must have

quiet."

So we went, but first Seti knelt down and kissed his father on the brow.

An hour later the Princess Userti broke into the room of his palace where the Prince and I were talking.

"Seti," she said, "Pharaoh still lives, but the physicians say he will be dead by dawn. There is yet time. Here I

have a writing, sealed with his signet and witnessed, wherein he recalls all that he decreed in the Court

today, and declares you, his son, to be the true and only heir of the throne of Egypt."

"Is it so, wife? Tell me now how did a dying man in a swoon command and seal this writing?" and he

touched the scroll she held in her hand.

"He recovered for a little while; Nehesi will tell you how," she replied, looking him in the face with cold

eyes. Then before he could speak, she added, "Waste no more breath in questions, but act and at once. The

General of the guards waits below; he is your faithful servant. Through him I have promised a gift to every

soldier on the day that you are crowned. Nehesi and most of the officers are on our side. Only the priests are

against us because of that Hebrew witch whom you shelter, and of her tribe whom you befriend; but they


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 75



Top




Page No 78


have not had time to stir up the people nor will they attempt revolt. Act, Seti, act, for none will move without

your express command. Moreover, no question will be raised afterwards, since from Thebes to the sea and

throughout the world you are known to be the heir of Egypt."

"What would you have me do, wife?" asked Seti, when she paused for lack of breath.

"Cannot you guess? Must I put statecraft into your head as well as a sword into your hand? Why that scribe

of yours, who follows your heels like a favoured dog, would be more apt a pupil. Hearken then. Amenmeses

has sent out to gather strength, but as yet there are not fifty men about him whom he can trust." She leant

forward and whispered fiercely, "Kill the traitor, Amenmesesall will hold it a righteous act, and the

General waits your word. Shall I summon him?"

"I think not," answered Seti. "Because Pharaoh, as he has a right to do, is pleased to name a certain man of

royal blood to succeed him, how does this make that man a traitor to Pharaoh who still lives? But, traitor or

none, I will not murder my cousin Amenmeses."

"Then he will murder you."

"Maybe. That is a matter between him and the gods which I leave them to settle. The oath he swore today is

not one to be lightly broken. But whether he breaks it or not, I also swore an oath, at least in my heart, namely

that I would not attempt to dispute the will of Pharaoh whom, after all, I love as my father and honour as my

king, Pharaoh who still lives and may, as I hope, recover. What should I say to him if he recovered or, at the

worst, when at last we meet elsewhere?"

"Pharaoh never will recover; I have spoken to the physician and he told me so. Already they pierce his skull

to let out the evil spirit of sickness, after which none of our family have lived for very long."

"Because, as I hold, thereby, whatever priests and physicians may say, they let in the good spirit of death.

Ana, I pray you if I"

"Man," she broke in, striking her hand upon the table by which she stood, "do you understand that while you

muse and moralise your crown is passing from you?"

"It has already passed, Lady. Did you not see me give it to Amenmeses?"

"Do you understand that you who should be the greatest king in all the world, in some few hours if indeed

you are allowed to live, will be nothing but a private citizen of Egypt, one at whom the very beggars may spit

and take no harm?"

"Surely, Wife. Moreover, there is little virtue in what I do, since on the whole I prefer that prospect and am

willing to take the risk of being hurried from an evil world. Hearken," he added, with a change of tone and

gesture. "You think me a fool and a weakling; a dreamer also, you, the cleareyed, hardbrained

stateswoman who look to the glittering gain of the moment for which you are ready to pay in blood, and

guess nothing of what lies beyond. I am none of these things, except, perchance, the last. I am only a man

who strives to be just and to do right, as right seems to me, and if I dream, it is of good, not evil, as I

understand good and evil. You are sure that this dreaming of mine will lead me to worldly loss and shame.

Even of that I am not sure. The thought comes to me that it may lead me to those very baubles on which you

set your heart, but by a path strewn with spices and with flowers, not by one paved with the bones of men and

reeking with their gore. Crowns that are bought with the promise of blood and held with cruelty are apt to be

lost in blood, Userti."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 76



Top




Page No 79


She waved her hand. "I pray you keep the rest, Seti, till I have more time to listen. Moreover if I need

prophecies, I think it better to turn to Ki and those who make them their lifestudy. For me this is a day of

deeds, not dreams, and since you refuse my help, and behave as a sick girl lost in fancies, I must see to

myself. As while you live I cannot reign alone or wage war in my own name only, I go to make terms with

Amenmeses, who will pay me high for peace."

"You goand do you return, Userti?"

She drew herself to her full height, looking very royal, and answered slowly:

"I do not return. I, the Princess of Egypt, cannot live as the wife of a common man who falls from a throne to

set himself upon the earth, and smears his own brow with mud for a uræus crown. When your prophecies

come true, Seti, and you crawl from your dust, then perhaps we may speak again."

"Aye, Userti, but the question is, what shall we say?"

"Meanwhile," she added, as she turned, "I leave you to your chosen counsellorsyonder scribe, whom

foolishness, not wisdom, has whitened before his time, and perchance the Hebrew sorceress, who can give

you moonbeams to drink from those false lips of hers. Farewell, Seti, once a prince and my husband."

"Farewell, Userti, who, I fear, must still remain my sister."

Then he watched her go, and turning to me, said:

"Today, Ana, I have lost both a crown and a wife, yet strange to tell I do not know which of these calamities

grieves me least. Yet it is time that fortune turned. Or mayhap all the evils are not done. Would you not go

also, Ana? Although she gibes at you in her anger, the Princess thinks well of you, and would keep you in her

service. Remember, whoever falls in Egypt, she will be great till the last."

"Oh! Prince," I answered, "have I not borne enough today that you must add insult to my load, you with

whom I broke the cup and swore the oath?"

"What!" he laughed. "Is there one in Egypt who remembers oaths to his own loss? I thank you, Ana," and

taking my hand he pressed it.

At that moment the door opened, and old Pambasa entered, saying:

"The Hebrew woman, Merapi, would see you; also two Hebrew men."

"Admit them," said Seti. "Note, Ana, how yonder old timeserver turns his face from the setting sun. This

morning even it would have been 'to see your Highness,' uttered with bows so low that his beard swept the

floor. Now it is 'to see you' and not so much as an inclination of the head in common courtesy. This,

moreover, from one who has robbed me year by year and grown fat on bribes. It is the first of many bitter

lessons, or rather the secondthat of her Highness was the first; I pray that I may learn them with humility."

While he mused thus and, having no comfort to offer, I listened sad at heart, Merapi entered, and a moment

after her the wideeyed messenger whom we had seen in Pharaoh's Court, and her uncle Jabez the cunning

merchant. She bowed low to Seti, and smiled at me. Then the other two appeared, and with small salutation

the messenger began to speak.

"You know my demand, Prince," he said. "It is that this woman should be returned to her people. Jabez, her


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 77



Top




Page No 80


uncle, will lead her away."

"And you know my answer, Israelite," answered Seti. "It is that I have no power over the coming or the going

of the lady Merapi, or at least wish to claim none. Address yourself to her."

"What is it you wish with me, Priest?" asked Merapi quickly.

"That you should return to the town of Goshen, daughter of Nathan. Have you no ears to hear?"

"I hear, but if I return, what will you of me?"

"That you who have proved yourself a prophetess by your deeds in yonder temple should dedicate your

powers to the service of your people, receiving in return full forgiveness for the evils you have wrought

against them, which we swear to you in the name of God."

"I am no prophetess, and I have wrought no evils against my people, Priest. I have only saved them from the

evil of murdering one who has shown himself their friend, even as I hear to the laying down of his crown for

their sake."

"That is for the Fathers of Israel and not for you to judge, woman. Your answer?"

"It is neither for them nor for me, but for God only." She paused, then added, "Is this all you ask of me?"

"It is all the Fathers ask, but Laban asks his affianced wife."

"And am I to be given in marriage tothis assassin?"

"Without doubt you are to be given to this brave soldier, being already his."

"And if I refuse?"

"Then, Daughter of Nathan, it is my part to curse you in the name of God, and to declare you cut off and

outcast from the people of God. It is my part to announce to you further that your life is forfeit, and that any

Hebrew may kill you when and how he can, and take no blame."

Merapi paled a little, then turning to Jabez, asked:

"You have heard, my uncle. What say you?"

Jabez looked round shiftily, and said in his unctuous voice:

"My niece, surely you must obey the commands of the Elders of Israel who speak the will of Heaven, as you

obeyed them when you matched yourself against the might of Amon."

"You gave me a different counsel yesterday, my uncle. Then you said I had better bide where I was."

The messenger turned and glared at him.

"There is a great difference between yesterday and today," went on Jabez hurriedly. "Yesterday you were

protected by one who would soon be Pharaoh, and might have been able to move his mind in favour of your

folk. Today his greatness is stripped from him, and his will has no more weight in Egypt. A dead lion is not


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 78



Top




Page No 81


to be feared, my niece."

Seti smiled at this insult, but Merapi's face, like my own, grew red, as though with anger.

"Sleeping lions have been taken for dead ere now, my uncle, as those who would spurn them have discovered

to their cost. Prince Seti, have you no word to help me in this strait?"

"What is the strait, Lady? If you wish to go to your people andto Laban, who, I understand, is recovered

from his hurts, there is naught between you and me save my gratitude to you which gives me the right to say

you shall not go. If, however, you wish to stay, then perhaps I am still not so powerless to shield or smite as

this worthy Jabez thinks, who still remain the greatest lord in Egypt and one with those that love him.

Therefore should you desire to remain, I think that you may do so unmolested of any, and least of all by that

friend in whose shadow it pleases you to sojourn."

"Those are very gentle words," murmured Merapi, "words that few would speak to a maid from whom naught

is asked and who has naught to give."

"A truce to this talk," snarled the messenger. "Do you obey or do you rebel? Your answer."

She turned and looked him full in the face, saying:

"I do not return to Goshen and to Laban, of whose sword I have seen enough."

"Mayhap you will see more of it before all is done. For the last time, think ere the curse of your God and your

people falls upon you, and after it, death. For fall I say it shall, I, who, as Pharaoh knows today, am no false

prophet, and as that Prince knows also."

"I do not think that my God, who sees the hearts of those that he has made, will avenge himself upon a

woman because she refuses to be wedded to a murderer whom of her own will she never chose, which, Priest,

is the fate you offer me. Therefore I am content to leave judgment in the hands of the great Judge of all. For

the rest I defy you and your commands. If I must be slaughtered, let me die, but at least let me die mistress of

myself and free, who am no man's love, or wife, or slave."

"Well spoken!" whispered Seti to me.

Then this priest became terrible. Waving his arms and rolling his wild eyes, he poured out some hideous

curse upon the head of this poor maid, much of which, as it was spoken rapidly in an ancient form of Hebrew,

we did not understand. He cursed her living, dying, and after death. He cursed her in her love and hate,

wedded or alone. He cursed her in childbearing or in barrenness, and he cursed her children after her to all

generations. Lastly, he declared her cut off from and rejected by the god she worshipped, and sentenced her

to death at the hands of any who could slay her. So horrible was that curse that she shrank away from him,

while Jabez crouched about the ground hiding his eyes with his hands, and even I felt my blood turn cold.

At length he paused, foaming at the lips. Then, suddenly, shouting, "After judgment, doom!" he drew a knife

from his robe and sprang at her.

She fled behind us. He followed, but Seti, crying, "Ah, I thought it," leapt between them, as he did so drawing

the iron sword which he wore with his ceremonial dress. At him he sprang and the next thing I saw was the

red point of the sword standing out beyond the priest's shoulders.

Down he fell, babbling:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 79



Top




Page No 82


"Is this how you show your love for Israel, Prince?"

"It is how I show my hate of murderers," answered Seti.

Then the man died.

"Oh!" cried Merapi wringing her hands, "once more I have caused Hebrew blood to flow and now all this

curse will fall on me."

"Nay, on me, Lady, if there is anything in curses, which I doubt, for this deed was mine, and at the worst

yonder mad brute's knife did not fall on you."

"Yes, life is left if only for a little while. Had it not been for you, Prince, by now, I" and she shuddered.

"And had it not been for you, Moon of Israel, by now I" and he smiled, adding, "Surely Fate weaves a

strange web round you and me. First you save me from the sword; then I save you. I think, Lady, that in the

end we ought to die together and give Ana here stuff for the best of all his stories. Friend Jabez," he went on

to the Israelite who was still crouching in the corner with the eyes starting from his head, "get you back to

your gentlehearted people and make it clear to them why the lady Merapi cannot companion you, taking

with you that carrion to prove your tale. Tell them that if they send more men to molest your niece a like fate

awaits them, but that now as before I do not turn my back upon them because of the deeds of a few madmen

or evildoers, as I have given them proof today. Ana, make ready, since soon I leave for Memphis. See that

the Lady Merapi, who will travel alone, has fit escort for her journey, that is if it pleases her to depart from

Tanis."

CHAPTER XI. THE CROWNING OF AMENMESES

Now, notwithstanding all the woes that fell on Egypt and a certain secret sorrow of my own, began the

happiest of the days which the gods have given me. We went to Mennefer or Memphis, the whitewalled city

where I was born, the city that I loved. Now no longer did I dwell in a little house near to the enclosure of the

temple of Ptah, which is vaster and more splendid than all those of Thebes or Tanis. My home was in the

beautiful palace of Seti, which he had inherited from his mother, the Great Royal Wife. It stood, and indeed

still stands, on a piledup mound without the walls near to the temple of the goddess Neit, who always has

her habitation to the north of the wall, why I do not know, because even her priests cannot tell me. In front of

this palace, facing to the north, is a great portico, whereof the roof is borne upon palmheaded, painted

columns whence may be seen the most lovely prospect in Egypt. First the gardens, then the palmgroves,

then the cultivated land, then the broad and gentle Nile and, far away, the desert.

Here, then, we dwelt, keeping small state and almost unguarded, but in wealth and comfort, spending our

time in the library of the palace, or in those of the temples, and when we wearied of work, in the lovely

gardens or, perchance, sailing upon the bosom of the Nile. The lady Merapi dwelt there also, but in a separate

wing of the palace, with certain slaves and servants whom Seti had given to her. Sometimes we met her in the

gardens, where it pleased her to walk at the same hours that we did, namely before the sun grew hot, or in the

cool of the evening, and now and again when the moon shone at night. Then the three of us would talk

together, for Seti never sought her company alone or within walls.

Those talks were very pleasant. Moreover they grew more frequent as time went on, since Merapi had a thirst

for learning, and the Prince would bring her rolls to read in a little summerhouse there was. Here we would


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 80



Top




Page No 83


sit, or if the heat was great, outside beneath the shadow of two spreading trees that stretched above the roof of

the little pleasurehouse, while Seti discoursed of the contents of the rolls and instructed her in the secrets of

our writing. Sometimes, too, I read them stories of my making, to which it pleased them both to listen, or so

they said, and I, in my vanity, believed. Also we would talk of the mystery and the wonder of the world and

of the Hebrews and their fate, or of what passed in Egypt and the neighbouring lands.

Nor was Merapi altogether lonesome, seeing that there dwelt in Memphis certain ladies who had Hebrew

blood in their veins, or were born of the Israelites and had married Egyptians against their law. Among these

she made friends, and together they worshipped in their own fashion with none to say them nay, since here no

priests were allowed to trouble them.

For our part we held intercourse with as many as we pleased, since few forgot that Seti was by blood the

Prince of Egypt, that is, a man almost half divine, and all were eager to visit him. Also he was much beloved

for his own sake and more particularly by the poor, whose wants it was his delight to relieve to the full limit

of his wealth. Thus it came about that whenever he went abroad, although against his will, he was received

with honours and homage that were almost royal, for though Pharaoh could rob him of the Crown he could

not empty his veins of the blood of kings.

It was on this account that I feared for his safety, since I was sure that through his spies Amenmeses knew all

and would grow jealous of a dethroned prince who was still so much adored by those over whom of right he

should have ruled. I told Seti of my doubts and that when he travelled the streets he should be guarded by

armed men. But he only laughed and answered that, as the Hebrews had failed to kill him, he did not think

that any others would succeed. Moreover he believed there were no Egyptians in the land who would lift a

sword against him, or put poison in his drink, whoever bade them. Also he added these words:

"The best way to escape death is to have no fear of death, for then Osiris shuns us."

Now I must tell of the happenings at Tanis. Pharaoh Meneptah lingered but a few hours and never found his

mind again before his spirit flew to Heaven. Then there was great mourning in the land, for, if he was not

loved, Meneptah was honoured and feared. Only among the Israelites there was open rejoicing, because he

had been their enemy and their prophets had foretold that death was near to him. They gave it out that he had

been smitten of their God, which caused the Egyptians to hate them more than ever. There was doubt, too,

and bewilderment in Egypt, for though his proclamation disinheriting the Prince Seti had been published

abroad, the people, and especially those who dwelt in the south, could not understand why this should have

been done over a matter of the shepherd slaves who dwelt in Goshen. Indeed, had the Prince but held up his

hand, tens of thousands would have rallied to his standard. Yet this he refused to do, which astonished all the

world, who thought it marvellous that any man should refuse a throne which would have lifted him almost to

the level of the gods. Indeed, to avoid their importunities he had set out at once for Memphis, and there

remained hidden away during the period of mourning for his father. So it came about that Amenmeses

succeeded with none to say him nay, since without her husband Userti could not or would not act.

After the days of embalmment were accomplished the body of Pharaoh Meneptah was carried up the Nile to

be laid in his eternal house, the splendid tomb that he had made ready for himself in the Valley of Dead

Kings at Thebes. To this great ceremony the Prince Seti was not bidden, lest, as Bakenkhonsu told me

afterwards, his presence should cause some rising in his favour, with or without his will. For this reason also

the dead god, as he was named, was not suffered to rest at Memphis on his last journey up the Nile. Disguised

as a man of the people the Prince watched his father's body pass in the funeral barge guarded by shaven,

whiterobed priests, the centre of a splendid procession. In front went other barges filled with soldiers and

officers of state, behind came the new Pharaoh and all the great ones of Egypt, while the sounds of

lamentation floated far over the face of the waters. They appeared, they passed, they disappeared, and when


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 81



Top




Page No 84


they had vanished Seti wept a little, for in his own fashion he loved his father.

"Of what use is it to be a king and named halfdivine, Ana," he said to me, "seeing that the end of such gods

as these is the same as that of the beggar at the gate?"

"This, Prince," I answered, "that a king can do more good than a beggar while the breath is in his nostrils, and

leave behind him a great example to others."

"Or more harm, Ana. Also the beggar can leave a great example, that of patience in affliction. Still, if I were

sure that I should do nothing but good, then perhaps I would be a king. But I have noted that those who desire

to do the most good often work the greatest harm."

"Which, if followed out, would be an argument for wishing to do evil, Prince."

"Not so," he answered, "because good triumphs at the last. For good is truth and truth rules earth and

heaven."

"Then it is clear, Prince, that you should seek to be a king."

"I will remember the argument, Ana, if ever time brings me an opportunity unstained by blood," he answered.

When the obsequies of Pharaoh were finished, Amenmeses returned to Tanis, and there was crowned as

Pharaoh. I attended this great ceremony, bearing coronation gifts of certain royal ornaments which the Prince

sent to Pharaoh, saying it was not fit that he, as a private person, should wear them any longer. These I

presented to Pharaoh, who took them doubtfully, declaring that he did not understand the Prince Seti's mind

and actions.

"They hide no snare, O Pharaoh," I said. "As you rejoice in the glory that the gods have sent you, so the

Prince my master rejoices in the rest and peace which the gods have given him, asking no more."

"It may be so, Scribe, but I find this so strange a thing, that sometimes I fear lest the rich flowers of this glory

of mine should hide some deadly snake, whereof the Prince knows, if he did not set it there."

"I cannot say, O Pharaoh, but without doubt, although he could work no guile, the Prince is not as are other

men. His mind is both wide and deep."

"Too deep for me," muttered Amenmeses. "Nevertheless, say to my royal cousin that I thank him for his gifts,

especially as some of them were worn, when he was heir to Egypt, by my father Khaemuas, who I would had

left me his wisdom as well as his blood. Say to him also that while he refrains from working me harm upon

the throne, as I know he has done up to the present, he may be sure that I will work him none in the station

which he has chosen."

Also I saw the Princess Userti who questioned me closely concerning her lord. I told her everything, keeping

naught back. She listened and asked:

"What of that Hebrew woman, Moon of Israel? Without doubt she fills my place."

"Not so, Princess," I answered. "The Prince lives alone. Neither she nor any other woman fills your place.

She is a friend to him, no more."

"A friend! Well, at least we know the end of such friendships. Oh! surely the Prince must be stricken with


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 82



Top




Page No 85


madness from the gods!"

"It may be so, your Highness, but I think that if the gods smote more men with such madness, the world

would be better than it is."

"The world is the world, and the business of those who are born to greatness is to rule it as it is, not to hide

away amongst books and flowers, and to talk folly with a beautiful outland woman, and a scribe however

learned," she answered bitterly, adding, "Oh! if the Prince is not mad, certainly he drives others to madness,

and me, his spouse, among them. That throne is his, his; yet he suffers a cross grained dolt to take his place,

and sends him gifts and blessings."

"I think your Highness should wait till the end of the story before you judge of it."

She looked at me sharply, and asked:

"Why do you say that? Is the Prince no fool after all? Do he and you, who both seem to be so simple,

perchance play a great and hidden game, as I have known men feign folly in order to do with safety? Or has

that witch of an Israelite some secret knowledge in which she instructs you, such as a woman who can shatter

the statue of Amon to fine dust might well possess? You make believe not to know, which means that you

will not answer. Oh! Scribe Ana, if only it were safe, I think I could find a way to wring the truth out of you,

although you do pretend to be but a babe for innocence."

"It pleases your Highness to threaten and without cause."

"No," she answered, changing her voice and manner, "I do not threaten; it is only the madness that I have

caught from Seti. Would you not be mad if you knew that another woman was to be crowned tomorrow in

your place, becausebecause" and she began to weep, which frightened me more than all her rough

words.

Presently she dried her tears, and said:

"Say to my lord that I rejoice to hear that he is well and send him greetings, but that never of my own wish

will I look upon his living face again unless indeed he takes another counsel, and sets himself to win that

which is his own. Say to him that though he has so little care for me, and pays no heed to my desires, still I

watch over his welfare and his safety, as best I may."

"His safety, Princess! Pharaoh assured me not an hour ago that he had naught to fear, as indeed he fears

naught."

"Oh! which of you is the more foolish," she exclaimed stamping her foot, "the man or his master? You

believe that the Prince has naught to fear because that usurper tells you so, and he believes itwell, because

he fears naught. For a little while he may sleep in peace. But let him wait until troubles of this sort or of that

arise in Egypt and, understanding that the gods send them on account of the great wickedness that my father

wrought when death had him by the throat and his mind was clouded, the people begin to turn their eyes

towards their lawful king. Then the usurper will grow jealous, and if he has his way, the Prince will sleep in

peacefor ever. If his throat remains uncut, it will be for one reason only, that I hold back the murderer's

hand. Farewell, I can talk no more, for I say to you that my brain is afireand tomorrow he should have

been crowned, and I with him," and she swept away, royal as ever, leaving me wondering what she meant

when she spoke of troubles arising in Egypt, or if the words were but uttered at hazard.

Afterwards Bakenkhonsu and I supped together at the college of the temple of Ptah, of which because of his


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 83



Top




Page No 86


age he was called the father, when I heard more of this matter.

"Ana," he said, "I tell you that such gloom hangs over Egypt as I have never known even when it was thought

that the Ninebow Barbarians would conquer and enslave the land. Amenmeses will be the fifth Pharaoh

whom I have seen crowned, the first of them when I was but a little child hanging to my mother's robe, and

not once have I known such joylessness."

"That may be because the crown passes to one who should not wear it, Bakenkhonsu."

He shook his head. "Not altogether. I think this darkness comes from the heavens as light does. Men are

afraid they know not of what."

"The Israelites," I suggested.

"Now you are near to it, Ana, for doubtless they have much to do with the matter. Had it not been for them

Seti and not Amenmeses would be crowned tomorrow. Also the tale of the marvel which the beautiful

Hebrew woman wrought in the temple yonder has got abroad and is taken as an omen. Did I tell you that six

days gone a fine new statue of the god was consecrated there and on the following morning was found lying

on its side, or rather with its head resting on the breast of Mut?"

"If so, Merapi is blameless, because she has gone away from this city."

"Of course she has gone away, for has not Seti gone also? But I think she left something behind her. However

that may be, even our new divine lord is afraid. He dreams ill, Ana," he added, dropping his voice, "so ill that

he has called in Ki, the Kherheb,[*] to interpret his visions."

[*] "Kherheb" was the title of the chief official magician in ancient Egypt.

"And what said Ki?"

"Ki could say nothing or, rather, that the only answer vouchsafed to him and his company, when they made

inquiry of their Kas, was that this god's reign would be very short and that it and his life would end together."

"Which perhaps did not please the god Amenmeses, Bakenkhonsu?"

"Which did not please the god at all. He threatened Ki. It is a foolish thing to threaten a great magician, Ana,

as the Kherheb Ki, himself indeed told him, looking him in the eyes. Then he prayed his pardon and asked

who would succeed him on the throne, but Ki said he did not know, as a Kherheb who had been threatened

could never remember anything, which indeed he never canexcept to pay back the threatener."

"And did he know, Bakenkhonsu?"

By way of answer the old Councillor crumbled some bread fine upon the table, then with his finger traced

among the crumbs the rough likeness of a jackalheaded god and of two feathers, after which with a swift

movement he swept the crumbs onto the floor.

"Seti!" I whispered, reading the hieroglyphs of the Prince's name, and he nodded and laughed in his great

fashion.

"Men come to their own sometimes, Ana, especially if they do not seek their own," he said. "But if so, much

must happen first that is terrible. The new Pharaoh is not the only man who dreams, Ana. Of late years my


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 84



Top




Page No 87


sleep has been light and sometimes I dream, though I have no magic like to that of Ki."

"What did you dream?"

"I dreamed of a great multitude marching like locusts over Egypt. Before them went a column of fire in

which were two hands. One of these held Amon by the throat and one held the new Pharaoh by the throat.

After them came a column of cloud, and in it a shape like to that of an unwrapped mummy, a shape of death

standing upon water that was full of countless dead."

Now I bethought me of the picture that the Prince and I had seen in the skies yonder in the land of Goshen,

but of it I said nothing. Yet I think that Bakenkhonsu saw into my mind, for he asked:

"Do you never dream, Friend? You see visions that come true Amenmeses on the throne, for instance. Do

you not also dream at times? No? Well, then, the Prince? You look like men who might, and the time is ripe

and pregnant. Oh! I remember. You are both of you dreaming, not of the pictures that pass across the terrible

eyes of Ki, but of those that the moon reflects upon the waters of Memphis, the Moon of Israel. Ana, be

advised by me, put away the flesh and increase the spirit, for in it alone is happiness, whereof woman and all

our joys are but earthly symbols, shadows thrown by that mortal cloud which lies between us and the Light

Above. I see that you understand, because some of that light has struggled to your heart. Do you remember

that you saw it shining in the hour when your little daughter died? Ah! I thought so. It was the gift she left

you, a gift that will grow and grow in such a breast as yours, if only you will put away the flesh and make

room for it, Ana. Man, do not weeplaugh as I do, Oho ho! Give me my staff, and goodnight. Forget not

that we sit together at the crowning tomorrow, for you are a King's Companion and that rank once conferred

is one which no new Pharaoh can take away. It is like the gift of the spirit, Ana, which is hard to win, but

once won more eternal than the stars. Oh! why do I live so long who would bathe in it, as when a child I used

to bathe in Nile?"

On the following day at the appointed hour I went to the great hall of the palace, that in which I had first seen

Meneptah, and took my stand in the place allotted to me. It was somewhat far back, perhaps because it was

not wished that I, who was known to be the private scribe of Seti, should remind Egypt of him by appearing

where all could see me.

Great as was the hall the crowd filled it to its furthest corners. Moreover no common man was present there,

but rather every noble and headpriest in Egypt, and with them their wives and daughters, so that all the dim

courts shone with gold and precious gems set upon festal garments. While I was waiting old Bakenkhonsu

hobbled towards me, the crowd making way for him, and I could see that there was laughter in his sunken

eyes.

"We are illplaced, Ana," he said. "Still if any of the many gods there are in Egypt should chance to rain fires

on Pharaoh, we shall be the safer. Talking of gods," he went on in a whisper, "have you heard what happened

an hour ago in the temple of Ptah of Tanis whence I have just come? Pharaoh and all the Bloodroyalsave

onewalked according to custom before the statue of the god which, as you know, should bow its head to

show that he chooses and accepts the king. In front of Amenmeses went the Princess Userti, and as she

passed the head of the god bowed, for I saw it, though all pretended that they did not see. Then came Pharaoh

and stood waiting, but it would not bow, though the priests called in the old formula, 'The god greets the

king.'

"At length he went on, looking as black as night, and others of the blood of Rameses followed in their order.

Last of all limped Saptah and, behold! the god bowed again."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 85



Top




Page No 88


"How and why does it do these things?" I asked, "and at the wrong time?"

"Ask the priests, Ana, or Userti, or Saptah. Perhaps the divine neck has not been oiled of late, or too much

oiled, or too little oiled, or prayersor stringsmay have gone wrong. Or Pharaoh may have been niggard

in his gifts to that college of the great god of his House. Who am I that I should know the ways of gods? That

in the temple where I served at Thebes fifty years ago did not pretend to bow or to trouble himself as to

which of the royal race sat upon the throne. Hush! Here comes Pharaoh."

Then in a splendid procession, surrounded by princes, councillors, ladies, priests, and guards, Amenmeses

and the Royal Wife, Urnure, a large woman who walked awkwardly, entered the hall, a glittering band. The

highpriest, Roi, and the chancellor, Nehesi, received Pharaoh and led him to his throne. The multitude

prostrated itself, trumpets blew and thrice the old salute of "Life! Blood! Strength! Pharaoh! Pharaoh!

Pharaoh!" was cried aloud.

Amenmeses rose and bowed, and I saw that his heavy face was troubled and looked older. Then he swore

some oath to gods and men which Roi dictated to him, and before all the company put on the double crown

and the other emblems, and took in his hands the scourge and golden sickle. Next homage was paid. The

Princess Userti came first and kissed Pharaoh's hand, but bent no knee. Indeed first she spoke with him a

while. We could not hear what was said, but afterwards learned that she demanded that he should publicly

repeat all the promises which her father Meneptah had made to her before him, confirming her in her place

and rights. This in the end he did, though it seemed to me unwillingly enough.

So with many forms and ancient celebrations the ceremony went on, till all grew weary waiting for that time

when Pharaoh should make his speech to the people. That speech, however, was never made, for presently,

thrusting past us, I saw those two prophets of the Israelites who had visited Meneptah in this same hall. Men

shrank from them, so that they walked straight up to the throne, nor did even the guards strive to bar their

way. What they said there I could not hear, but I believe that they demanded that their people should be

allowed to go to worship their god in their own fashion, and that Amenmeses refused as Meneptah had done.

Then one of them cast down a rod and it turned to a snake which hissed at Pharaoh, whereon the Kherheb Ki

and his company also cast down rods that turned to snakes, though I could only hear the hissing. After this a

great gloom fell upon the hall, so that men could not see each other's faces and everyone began to call aloud

till the company broke up in confusion. Bakenkhonsu and I were borne together to the doorway by the

pressure of the people, whence we were glad enough to see the sky again.

Thus ended the crowning of Amenmeses.

CHAPTER XII. THE MESSAGE OF JABEZ

That night there were none who rejoiced in the streets of the city, and save in the palace and houses of those

of the Court, none who feasted. I walked abroad in the marketplace and noted the people going to and fro

gloomily, or talking together in whispers. Presently a man whose face was hidden in a hood began to speak

with me, saying that he had a message for my master, the Prince Seti. I answered that I took no messages

from veiled strangers, whereon he threw back his hood, and I saw that it was Jabez, the uncle of Merapi. I

asked him whether he had obeyed the Prince, and borne the body of that prophet back to Goshen and told the

elders of the manner of the man's death.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 86



Top




Page No 89


"Yes," he answered, "nor were the Elders angry with the Prince over this matter. They said that their

messenger had exceeded his authority, since they had never told him to curse Merapi, and much less attempt

to kill her, and that the Prince did right to slay one who would have done murder before his royal eyes. Still

they added that the curse, having once been spoken by this priest, would surely fall upon Merapi in this way

or in that."

"What then should she do, Jabez?"

"I do not know, Scribe. If she returns to her people, perchance she will be absolved, but then she must surely

marry Laban. It is for her to judge."

"And what would you do if you were in her place, Jabez?"

"I think that I should stay where I was, and make myself very dear to Seti, taking the chance that the curse

may pass her by, since it was not lawfully decreed upon her. Whichever way she looks, trouble waits, and at

the worst, a woman might wish to satisfy her heart before it falls, especially if that heart should happen to

turn to one who will be Pharaoh."

"Why do you say 'who will be Pharaoh,' Jabez?" I asked, for we were standing in an empty place alone.

"That I may not tell you," he replied cunningly, "yet it will come about as I say. He who sits upon the throne

is mad as Meneptah was mad, and will fight against a strength that is greater than his until it overwhelms

him. In the Prince's heart alone does the light of wisdom shine. That which you saw today is only the first of

many miracles, Scribe Ana. I can say no more."

"What then is your message, Jabez?"

"This: Because the Prince has striven to deal well with the people of Israel and for their sake has cast aside a

crown, whatever may chance to others, let him fear nothing. No harm shall come to him, or to those about

him, such as yourself, Scribe Ana, who also would deal justly by us. Yet it may happen that through my niece

Merapi, on whose head the evil word has fallen, a great sorrow may come to both him and her. Therefore,

perhaps, although setting this against that, she may be wise to stay in the house of Seti, he, on the balance,

may be wise to turn her from his doors."

"What sorrow?" I asked, who grew bewildered with his dark talk, but there was no answer, for he had gone.

Near to my lodging another man met me, and the moonlight shining on his face showed me the terrible eyes

of Ki.

"Scribe Ana," he said, "you leave for Memphis tomorrow at the dawn, and not two days hence as you

purposed."

"How do you know that, Magician Ki?" I answered, for I had told my change of plan to none, not even to

Bakenkhonsu, having indeed only determined upon it since Jabez left me.

"I know nothing, Ana, save that a faithful servant who has learned all you have learned today will hurry to

make report of it to his master, especially if there is some other to whom he would also wish to make report,

as Bakenkhonsu thinks."

"Bakenkhonsu talks too much, whatever he may think," I exclaimed testily.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 87



Top




Page No 90


"The aged grow garrulous. You were at the crowning today, were you not?"

"Yes, and if I saw aright from far away, those Hebrew prophets seemed to worst you at your own trade there,

Kherheb, which must grieve you, as you were grieved in the temple when Amon fell."

"It does not grieve me, Ana. If I have powers, there may be others who have greater powers, as I learned in

the temple of Amon. Why therefore should I feel ashamed?"

"Powers!" I replied with a laugh, for the strings of my mind seemed torn that night, "would not craft be a

better word? How do you turn a stick into a snake, a thing which is impossible to man?"

"Craft might be a better word, since craft means knowledge as well as trickery. 'Impossible to man!' After

what you saw a while ago in the temple of Amon, do you hold that there is anything impossible to man or

woman? Perhaps you could do as much yourself."

"Why do you mock me, Ki? I study books, not snakecharming."

He looked at me in his calm fashion, as though he were reading, not my face, but the thoughts behind it. Then

he looked at the cedar wand in his hand and gave it to me, saying:

"Study this, Ana, and tell me, what is it."

"Am I a child," I answered angrily, "that I should not know a priest's rod when I see one?"

"I think that you are something of a child, Ana," he murmured, all the while keeping those eyes of his fixed

upon my face.

Then a horror came about. For the rod began to twist in my hand and when I stared at it, lo! it was a long,

yellow snake which I held by the tail. I threw the reptile down with a scream, for it was turning its head as

though to strike me, and there in the dust it twisted and writhed away from me and towards Ki. Yet an instant

later it was only a stick of yellow cedarwood, though between me and Ki there was a snake's track in the

sand.

"It is somewhat shameless of you, Ana," said Ki, as he lifted the wand, "to reproach me with trickery while

you yourself try to confound a poor juggler with such arts as these."

Then I know not what I said to him, save the end of it was that I supposed he would tell me next that I could

fill a hall with darkness at noonday and cover a multitude with terror.

"Let us have done with jests," he said, "though these are well enough in their place. Will you take this rod

again and point it to the moon? You refuse and you do well, for neither you nor I can cover up her face. Ana,

because you are wise in your way and consort with one who is wiser, and were present in the temple when

the statue of Amon was shattered by a certain witch who matched her strength against mine and conquered

me, I, the great magician, have come to ask youwhence came that darkness in the hall today?"

"From God, I think," I answered in an awed whisper.

"So I think also, Ana. But tell me, or ask Merapi, Moon of Israel, to tell mefrom what god? Oh! I say to

you that a terrible power is afoot in this land and that the Prince Seti did well to refuse the throne of Egypt

and to fly to Memphis. Repeat it to him, Ana."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 88



Top




Page No 91


Then he too was gone.

Now I returned in safety to Memphis and told all these tidings to the Prince, who listened to them eagerly.

Once only was he greatly stirred; it was when I repeated to him the words of Userti, that never would she

look upon his face again unless it pleased him to turn it towards the throne. On hearing this tears came into

his eyes, and rising, he walked up and down the chamber.

"The fallen must not look for gentleness," he said, "and doubtless, Ana, you think it folly that I should grieve

because I am thus deserted."

"Nay, Prince, for I too have been abandoned by a wife and the pain is unforgotten."

"It is not of the wife I think, Ana, since in truth her Highness is no wife to me. For whatever may be the

ancient laws of Egypt, how could it happen otherwise, at any rate in my case and hers? It is of the sister. For

though my mother was not hers, she and I were brought up together and in our way loved each other, though

always it was her pleasure to lord it over me, as it was mine to submit and pay her back in jests. That is why

she is so angry because now of a sudden I have thrown off her rule to follow my own will whereby she has

lost the throne."

"It has always been the duty of the royal heiress of Egypt to marry the Pharaoh of Egypt, Prince, and having

wed one who would be Pharaoh according to that duty, the blow cuts deep."

"Then she had best thrust aside that foolish wife of his and wed him who is Pharaoh. But that she will never

do; Amenmeses she has always hated, so much that she loathed to be in the same place with him. Nor indeed

would he wed her, who wishes to rule for himself, not through a woman whose title to the crown is better

than his own. Well, she has put me away and there's an end. Henceforth I must go lonely, unless

unless Continue your story, friend. It is kind of her in her greatness to promise to protect one so humble.

I should remember that, although it is true that fallen heads sometimes rise again," he added bitterly.

"So at least Jabez thinks, Prince," and I told him how the Israelites were sure that he would be Pharaoh,

whereat he laughed and said:

"Perhaps, for they are good prophets. For my part I neither know or care. Or maybe Jabez sees advantage in

talking thus, for as you know he is a clever trader."

"I do not think so," I answered and stopped.

"Had Jabez more to say of any other matter, Ana? Of the lady Merapi, for instance?"

Now feeling it to be my duty, I told him every word that had passed between Jabez and myself, though

somewhat shamefacedly.

"This Hebrew takes much for granted, Ana, even as to whom the Moon of Israel would wish to shine upon.

Why, friend, it might be you whom she desires to touch with her light, or some youth in Goshennot

Laban or no one."

"Me, Prince, me!" I exclaimed.

"Well, Ana, I am sure you would have it so. Be advised by me and ask her mind upon the matter. Look not so

confused, man, for one who has been married you are too modest. Come tell me of this Crowning."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 89



Top




Page No 92


So glad enough to escape from the matter of Merapi, I spoke at length of all that had happened when Pharaoh

Amenmeses took his seat upon the throne. When I described how the rod of the Hebrew prophet had been

turned to a snake and how Ki and his company had done likewise, the Prince laughed and said that these were

mere jugglers' tricks. But when I told of the darkness that had seemed to gather in the hall and of the gloom

that filled the hearts of all men and of the awesome dream of Bakenkhonsu, also of the words of Ki after he

had clouded my mind and played his jest upon me, he listened with much earnestness and answered:

"My mind is as Ki's in this matter. I too think that a terrible power is afoot in Egypt, one that has its home in

the land of Goshen, and that I did well to refuse the throne. But from what god these fortunes come I do not

know. Perhaps time will tell us. Meanwhile if there is aught in the prophesies of these Hebrews, as interpreted

by Jabez, at least you and I may sleep in peace, which is more than will chance to Pharaoh on the throne that

Userti covets. If so, this play will be worth the watching. You have done your mission well, Ana. Go rest you

while I think over all that you have said."

It was evening and as the palace was very hot I went into the garden and making my way to that little

pleasurehouse where Seti and I were wont to study, I sat myself down there and, being weary, fell asleep.

When I awoke from a dream about some woman who was weeping, night had fallen and the full moon shone

in the sky, so that its rays fell on the garden before me.

Now in front of this little house, as I have said, grew trees that at this season of the year were covered with

white and cuplike blossoms, and between these trees was a seat built up of sundried bricks. On this seat sat

a woman whom I knew from her shape to be Merapi. Also she was sad, for although her head was bowed and

her long hair hid her face I could hear her gentle sighs.

The sight of her moved me very much and I remembered what the Prince had said to me, telling me that I

should do well to ask this lady whether she had any mind my way. Therefore if I did so, surely I could not be

blamed. Yet I was certain that it was not to me that her heart turned, though to speak the truth, much I wished

it otherwise. Who would look at the ibis in the swamp when the widewinged eagle floated in heaven above?

An evil thought came into my mind, sent by Set. Suppose that this watcher's eyes were fixed upon the eagle,

lord of the air. Suppose that she worshipped this eagle; that she loved it because its home was heaven,

because to her it was the king of all the birds. And suppose one told her that if she lured it down to earth from

the glorious safety of the skies, she would bring it to captivity or death at the hand of the snarer. Then would

not that loving watcher say: "Let it go free and happy, however much I long to look upon it," and when it had

sailed from sight, perhaps turn her eyes to the humble ibis in the mud?

Jabez had told me that if this woman and the Prince grew dear to each other she would bring great sorrow on

his head. If I repeated his words to her, she who had faith in the prophecies of her people would certainly

believe them. Moreover, whatever her heart might prompt, being so highnatured, never would she consent

to do what might bring trouble on Seti's head, even if to refuse him should sink her soul in sorrow. Nor would

she return to the Hebrews there to fall into the hands of one she hated. Then perhaps I. Should I tell her?

If Jabez had not meant that the matter must be brought to her ears, would he have spoken of it at all? In short

was it not my duty to her, and perhaps also to the Prince who thereby might be saved from miseries to come,

that is if this talk of future troubles were anything more than an idle story.

Such was the evil reasoning with which Set assailed my spirit. How I beat it down I do not know. Not by my

own goodness, I am sure, since at the moment I was aflame with love for the sweet and beautiful lady who sat

before me and in my foolishness would, I think, have given my life to kiss her hand. Not altogether for her

sake either, since passion is very selfish. No, I believe it was because the love that I bore the Prince was more

deep and real than that which I could feel for any woman, and I knew well that were she not in my sight no


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 90



Top




Page No 93


such treachery would have overcome my heart. For I was sure, although he had never said so to me, that Seti

loved Merapi and above all earthly things desired her as his companion, while if once I spoke those words,

whatever my own gain or loss and whatever her secret wish, that she would never be.

So I conquered, though the victory left me trembling like a child, and wishing that I had not been born to

know the pangs of love denied. My reward was very swift, for just then Merapi unfastened a gem from the

breast of her white robe and held it towards the moon, as though to study it. In an instant I knew it again. It

was that royal scarab of lapislazuli with which in Goshen the Prince had made fast the bandage on her

wounded food, which also had been snatched from her breast by some power on that night when the statue of

Amon was shattered in the temple.

Long and earnestly she looked at it, then having glanced round to make sure she was alone, she pressed it to

her lips and kissed it thrice with passion, muttering I know not what between the kisses. Now the scales fell

from my eyes and I knew that she loved Seti, and oh! how I thanked my guardian god who had saved me

from such useless shame.

I wiped the cold damp from my brow and was about to flee away, discovering myself with as few words as

might be, when, looking up, I saw standing behind Merapi the figure of a man, who was watching her replace

the ornament in her robe. While I hesitated a moment the man spoke and I knew the voice for that of Seti.

Then again I thought of flight, but being somewhat timid by nature, feared to show myself until it was too

late, thinking that afterward the Prince would make me the target of his wit. So I sat close and still, hearing

and seeing all despite myself.

"What gem is that, Lady, which you admire and cherish so tenderly?" asked Seti in his slow voice that so

often hid a hint of laughter.

She uttered a little scream and springing up, saw him.

"Oh! my lord," she exclaimed, "pardon your servant. I was sitting here in the cool, as you gave me leave to

do, and the moon was so bright thatI wished to be see if by it I could read the writing on this scarab."

Never before, thought I to myself, did I know one who read with her lips, though it is true that first she used

her eyes.

"And could you, Lady? Will you suffer me to try?"

Very slowly and colouring, so that even the moonlight showed her blushes, she withdrew the ornament again

and held it towards him.

"Surely this is familiar to me? Have I not seen it before?" he asked.

"Perhaps. I wore it that night in the temple, your Highness."

"You must not name me Highness, Lady. I have no longer any rank in Egypt."

"I knowbecause ofmy people. Oh! it was noble."

"But about the scarabæus" he broke in, with a wave of his hand. "Surely it is the same with which the

bandage was made fast upon your hurtoh! years ago?"

"Yes, it is the same," she answered, looking down.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 91



Top




Page No 94


"I thought it. And when I gave it to you, I said some words that seemed to me well spoken at the time. What

were they? I cannot remember. Have you also forgotten?"

"YesI meanno. You said that now I had all Egypt beneath my foot, speaking of the royal cartouche upon

the scarab."

"Ah! I recall. How true, and yet how false the jest, or prophecy."

"How can anything be both true and false, Prince?"

"That I could prove to you very easily, but it would take an hour or more, so it shall be for another time. This

scarab is a poor thing, give it back to me and you shall have a better. Or would you choose this signet? As I

am no longer Prince of Egypt it is useless to me."

"Keep the scarab, Prince. It is your own. But I will not take the ring because it is"

"useless to me, and you would not have that which is without value to the giver. Oh! I string words ill,

but they were not what I meant."

"No, Prince, because your royal ring is too large for one so small."

"How can you tell until you have tried? Also that is a fault which might perhaps be mended."

Then he laughed, and she laughed also, but as yet she did not take the ring.

"Have you seen Ana?" he went on. "I believe he set out to search for you, in such a hurry indeed that he could

scarcely finish his report to me."

"Did he say that?"

"No, he only looked it. So much so that I suggested he should seek you at once. He answered that he was

going to rest after his long journey, or perhaps I said that he ought to do so. I forget, as often one does, on so

beauteous a night when other thoughts seem nearer."

"Why did Ana wish to see me, Prince?"

"How can I tell? Why does a man who is still youngwant to see a sweet and beautiful lady? Oh! I

remember. He had met your uncle at Tanis who inquired as to your health. Perhaps that is why he wanted to

see you."

"I do not wish to hear about my uncle at Tanis. He reminds me of too many things that give pain, and there

are nights when one wishes to escape pain, which is sure to be found again on the morrow."

"Are you still of the same mind about returning to your people?" he asked, more earnestly.

"Surely. Oh! do not say that you will send me hence to"

"Laban, Lady?"

"Laban amongst others. Remember, Prince, that I am one under a curse. If I return to Goshen, in this way or

in that, soon I shall die."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 92



Top




Page No 95


"Ana says that your uncle Jabez declares that the mad fellow who tried to murder you had no authority to

curse and much less to kill you. You must ask him to tell you all."

"Yet the curse will cling and crush me at the last. How can I, one lonely woman, stand against the might of

the people of Israel and their priests?"

"Are you then lonely?"

"How can it be otherwise with an outcast, Prince?"

"No, it cannot be otherwise. I know it who am also an outcast."

"At least there is her Highness your wife, who doubtless will come to comfort you," she said, looking down.

"Her Highness will not come. If you had seen Ana, he would perhaps have told you that she has sworn not to

look upon my face again, unless above it shines a crown."

"Oh! how can a woman be so cruel? Surely, Prince, such a stab must cut you to the heart," she exclaimed,

with a little cry of pity.

"Her Highness is not only a woman; she is a Princess of Egypt which is different. For the rest it does cut me

to the heart that my royal sister should have deserted me, for that which she loves betterpower and pomp.

But so it is, unless Ana dreams. It seems therefore that we are in the same case, both outcasts, you and I, is it

not so?"

She made no answer but continued to look upon the ground, and he went on very slowly:

"A thought comes into my mind on which I would ask your judgment. If two who are forlorn came together

they would be less forlorn by half, would they not?"

"It would seem so, Princethat is if they remained forlorn at all. But I do not understand the riddle."

"Yet you have answered it. If you are lonely and I am lonely apart, we should, you say, be less lonely

together."

"Prince," she murmured, shrinking away from him, "I spoke no such words."

"No, I spoke them for you. Hearken to me, Merapi. They think me a strange man in Egypt because I have

held no woman dear, never having seen one whom I could hold dear." Here she looked at him searchingly,

and he went on, "A while ago, before I visited your land of Goshen Ana can tell you about the matter, for I

think he wrote it downKi and old Bakenkhonsu came to see me. Now, as you know, Ki is without doubt a

great magician, though it would seem not so great as some of your prophets. He told me that he and others

had been searching out my future and that in Goshen I should find a woman whom it was fated I must love.

He added that this woman would bring me much joy." Here Seti paused, doubtless remembering this was not

all that Ki had said, or Jabez either. "Ki told me also," he went on slowly, "that I had already known this

woman for thousands of years."

She started and a strange look came into her face.

"How can that be, Prince?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 93



Top




Page No 96


"That is what I asked him and got no good answer. Still he said it, not only of the woman but of my friend

Ana as well, which indeed would explain much, and it would appear that the other magicians said it also.

Then I went to the land of Goshen and there I saw a woman"

"For the first time, Prince?"

"No, for the third time."

Here she sank upon the bench and covered her eyes with her hands.

"and loved her, and felt as though I had loved her for 'thousands of years.'"

"It is not true. You mock me, it is not true!" she whispered.

"It is true for if I did not know it then, I knew it afterwards, though never perhaps completely until today,

when I learned that Userti had deserted me indeed. Moon of Israel, you are that woman. I will not tell you,"

he went on passionately, "that you are fairer than all other women, or sweeter, or more wise, though these

things you seem to me. I will only tell you that I love you, yes, love you, whatever you may be. I cannot offer

you the Throne of Egypt, even if the law would suffer it, but I can offer you the throne of this heart of mine.

Now, Lady Merapi, what have you to say? Before you speak, remember that although you seem to be my

prisoner here at Memphis, you have naught to fear from me. Whatever you may answer, such shelter and

such friendship as I can give will be yours while I live, and never shall I attempt to force myself upon you,

however much it may pain me to pass you by. I know not the future. It may happen that I shall give you great

place and power, it may happen that I shall give you nothing but poverty and exile, or even perhaps a share in

my own death, but with either will go the worship of my body and my spirit. Now, speak."

She dropped her hands from her face, looking up at him, and there were tears shining in her beautiful eyes.

"It cannot be, Prince," she murmured.

"You mean you do not wish it to be?"

"I said that it cannot be. Such ties between an Egyptian and an Israelite are not lawful."

"Some in this city and elsewhere seem to find them so."

"And I am married, I mean perhaps I am marriedat least in name."

"And I too am married, I mean"

"That is different. Also there is another reason, the greatest of all, I am under a curse, and should bring you,

not joy as Ki said, but sorrow, or, at the least, sorrow with the joy."

He looked at her searchingly.

"Has Ana" he began, then continued, "if so what lives have you known that are not compounded of

mingled joy and sorrow?"

"None. But the woe I should bring would outweigh the joyto you. The curse of my God rests upon me and

I cannot learn to worship yours. The curse of my people rests upon me, the law of my people divides me from

you as with a sword, and should I draw close to you these will be increased upon my head, which matters not,


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 94



Top




Page No 97


but also upon yours," and she began to sob.

"Tell me," he said, taking her by the hand, "but one thing, and if the answer is No, I will trouble you no more.

Is your heart mine?"

"It is," she sighed, "and has been ever since my eyes fell upon you yonder in the streets of Tanis. Oh! then a

change came into me and I hated Laban, whom before I had only misliked. Moreover, I too felt that of which

Ki spoke, as though I had known you for thousands of years. My heart is yours, my love is yours; all that

makes me woman is yours, and never, never can turn from you to any other man. But still we must stay apart,

for your sake, my Prince, for your sake."

"Then, were it not for me, you would be ready to run these hazards?"

"Surely! Am I not a woman who loves?"

"If that be so," he said with a little laugh, "being of full age and of an understanding which some have

thought good, by your leave I think I will run them also. Oh! foolish woman, do you not understand that there

is but one good thing in the world, one thing in which self and its miseries can be forgot, and that thing is

love? Mayhap troubles will come. Well, let them come, for what do they matter if only the love or its

memory remains, if once we have picked that beauteous flower and for an hour worn it on our breasts. You

talk of the difference between the gods we worship and maybe it exists, but all gods send their gifts of love

upon the earth, without which it would cease to be. Moreover, my faith teaches me more clearly perhaps than

yours, that life does not end with death and therefore that love, being life's soul, must endure while it endures.

Last of all, I think, as you think, that in some dim way there is truth in what the magicians said, and that long

ago in the past we have been what once more we are about to be, and that the strength of this invisible tie has

drawn us together out of the whole world and will bind us together long after the world is dead. It is not a

matter of what we wish to do, Merapi, it is a matter of what Fate has decreed we shall do. Now, answer

again."

But she made no answer, and when I looked up after a little moment she was in his arms and her lips were

upon his lips.

Thus did Prince Seti of England and Merapi, Moon of Israel, come together at Memphis in Egypt.

CHAPTER XIII. THE RED NILE

On the morrow of this night I found the Prince alone for a little while, and put him in mind of certain ancient

manuscripts that he wished to read, which could only be consulted at Thebes where I might copy them; also

of others that were said to be for sale there. He answered that they could wait, but I replied that the latter

might find some other purchaser if I did not go at once.

"You are over fond of long journeys upon my business, Ana," he said. Then he considered me curiously for a

while, and since he could read my mind, as indeed I could his, saw that I knew all, and added in a gentle

voice:

"You should have done as I told you, and spoken first. If so, who knows"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 95



Top




Page No 98


"You do, Prince," I answered, "you and another."

"Go, and the gods be with you, friend, but stay not too long copying those rolls, which any scribe can do. I

think there is trouble at hand in Egypt, and I shall need you at my side. Another who holds you dear will need

you also."

"I thank my lord and that other," I said, bowing, and went.

Moreover, while I was making some humble provision for my journey, I found that this was needless, since a

slave came to tell me that the Prince's barge was waiting to sail with the wind. So in that barge I travelled to

Thebes like a great noble, or a royal mummy being borne to burial. Only instead of wailing priests, until I

sent them back to Memphis, musicians sat upon the prow, and when I willed, dancing girls came to amuse

my leisure and, veiled in golden nets, to serve at my table.

So I journeyed as though I were the Prince himself, and as one who was known to have his ear was made

much of by the governors of the Nomes, the chief men of the towns, and the high priests of the temples at

every city where we moored. For, as I have said, although Amenmeses sat upon the throne, Seti still ruled in

the hearts of the folk of Egypt. Moreover, as I sailed further up the Nile to districts where little was known of

the Israelites, and the troubles they were bringing on the land, I found this to be so more and more. Why is it,

the Great Ones would whisper in my ear, that his Highness the Prince Seti does not hold his father's place?

Then I would tell them of the Hebrews, and they would laugh and say:

"Let the Prince unfurl his royal banner here, and we will show him what we think of the question of these

Israelitish slaves. May not the Heir of Egypt form his own judgment on such a matter as to whether they

should abide there in the north, or go away into that wilderness which they desire?"

To all of which, and much like it, I would only answer that their words should be reported. More I did not,

and indeed did not dare to say, since everywhere I found that I was being followed and watched by the spies

of Pharaoh.

At length I came to Thebes and took up my abode in a fine house that was the property of the Prince, which I

found that a messenger had commanded should be made ready for me. It stood near by the entrance to the

Avenue of Sphinxes, which leads to the greatest of all the Theban temples, where is that mighty columned

hall built by the first Seti and his son, Rameses II, the Prince's grandfather.

Here, having entrance to the place, I would often wander at night, and in my spirit draw as near to heaven as

ever it has been my lot to travel. Also, crossing the Nile to the western bank, I visited that desolate valley

where the rulers of Egypt lie at rest. The tomb of Pharaoh Meneptah was still unsealed, and accompanied by a

single priest with torches, I crept down its painted halls and looked upon the sarcophagus of him whom so

lately I had seen seated in glory upon the throne, wondering, as I looked, how much or how little he knew of

all that passed in Egypt today.

Moreover, I copied the papyri that I had come to seek, in which there was nothing worth preserving, and

some of real value that I discovered in the ancient libraries of the temples, and purchased others. One of these

indeed told a very strange tale that has given me much cause for thought, especially of late years now when

all my friends are dead.

Thus I spent two months, and should have stayed longer had not messengers reached me from the Prince

saying that he desired my return. Of these, one followed within three days of the other, and his words were:

"Think you, Scribe Ana, that because I am no more Prince of Egypt I am no longer to be obeyed? If so, bear


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 96



Top




Page No 99


in mind that the gods may decree that one day I shall grow taller than ever I was before, and then be sure that

I will remember your disobedience, and make you shorter by a head. Come swiftly, my friend, for I grow

lonely, and need a man to talk with."

To which I replied, that I returned as fast as the barge would carry me, being so heavily laden with the

manuscripts that I had copied and purchased.

So I started, being, to tell truth, glad to get away, for this reason. Two nights before, when I was walking

alone from the great temple of the house, a woman dressed in many colours appeared and accosted me as

such lost ones do. I tried to shake her off, but she clung to me, and I saw that she had drunk more than enough

of wine. Presently she asked, in a voice that I thought familiar, if I knew who was the officer that had come to

Thebes on the business of some Royal One and abode in the dwelling that was known as House of the Prince.

I answered that his name was Ana.

"Once I knew an Ana very well," she said, "but I left him."

"Why?" I asked, turning cold in my limbs, for although I could not see her face because of a hood she wore,

now I began to be afraid.

"Because he was a poor fool," she answered, "no man at all, but one who was always thinking about writings

and making them, and another came my way whom I liked better until he deserted me."

"And what happened to this Ana?" I asked.

"I do not know. I suppose he went on dreaming, or perhaps he took another wife; if so, I am sorry for her.

Only, if by chance it is the same that has come to Thebes, he must be wealthy now, and I shall go and claim

him and make him keep me well."

"Had you any children?" I asked.

"Only one, thank the gods, and that diedthank the gods again, for otherwise it might have lived to be such

as I am," and she sobbed once in a hard fashion and then fell to her vile endearments.

As she did so, the hood slipped from her head and I saw that the face was that of my wife, still beauteous in a

bold fashion, but grown dreadful with drink and sin. I trembled from head to foot, then said in the disguised

voice that I had used to her.

"Woman, I know this Ana. He is dead and you were his ruin. Still, because I was his friend, take this and go

reform your ways," and I drew from my robe and gave to her a bag containing no mean weight of gold.

She snatched it as a hawk snatches, and seeing its contents by the starlight, thanked me, saying:

"Surely Ana dead is worth more than Ana alive. Also it is well that he is dead, for he is gone where the child

went, which he loved more than life, neglecting me for its sake and thereby making me what I am. Had he

lived, too, being as I have said a fool, he would have had more illluck with women, whom he never

understood. Farewell, friend of Ana, who have given me that which will enable me to find another husband,"

and laughing wildly she reeled off behind a sphinx and vanished into the darkness.

For this reason, then, I was glad to escape from Thebes. Moreover, that miserable one had hurt me sorely,

making me sure of what I had only guessed, namely, that with women I was but a fool, so great a fool that

then and there I swore by my guardian god that never would I look with love on one of them again, an oath


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 97



Top




Page No 100


which I have kept well whatever others I may have broken. Again she stabbed me through with the talk of our

dead child, for it is true that when that sweet one took flight to Osiris my heart broke and in a fashion has

never mended itself again. Lastly, I feared lest it might also be true that I had neglected the mother for the

sake of this child which was the jewel of my worship, yes, and is, and thereby helped her on to shame. So

much did this thought torment me that through an agent whom I trusted, who believed that I was but

providing for one whom I had wronged, I caused enough to be paid to her to keep her in comfort.

She did marry again, a merchant about whom she had cast her toils, and in due course spent his wealth and

brought him to ruin, after which he ran away from her. As for her, she died of her evil habits in the third year

of the reign of Seti II. But, the gods be thanked she never knew that the private scribe of Pharaoh's chamber

was that Ana who had been her husband. Here I will end her story.

Now as I was passing down the Nile with a heart more heavy than the great stone that served as anchor on the

barge, we moored at dusk on the third night by the side of a vessel that was sailing up Nile with a strong

northerly wind. On board this boat was an officer whom I had known at the Court of Pharaoh Meneptah,

travelling to Thebes on duty. This man seemed so much afraid that I asked him if anything weighed upon his

mind. Then he took me aside into a palm grove upon the bank, and seating himself on the pole whereby oxen

turned a waterwheel, told me that strange things were passing at Tanis.

It seemed that the Hebrew prophets had once more appeared before Pharaoh, who since his accession had left

the Israelites in peace, not attacking them with the sword as Meneptah had wished to do, it was thought

through fear lest if he did so he should die as Meneptah died. As before, they had put up their prayer that the

people of the Hebrews should be suffered to go to worship in the wilderness, and Pharaoh had refused them.

Then when he went down to sail upon the river early in the morning of another day, they had met him and

one of them struck the water with his rod, and it had turned to blood. Whereon Ki and Kherheb and his

company also struck the water with their rods, and it turned to blood. That was six days ago, and now this

officer swore to me that the blood was creeping up the Nile, a tale at which I laughed.

"Come then and see," he said, and led me back to his boat, where all the crew seemed as fearful as he was

himself.

He took me forward to a great water jar that stood upon the prow and, behold! it seemed to be full of blood,

and in it was a fish dead, and stinking.

"This water," said he, "I drew from the Nile with my own hands, not five hours sail to the north. But now we

have outsped the blood, which follows after us," and taking a lamp he held it over the prow of the boat and I

saw that all its planks were splashed as though with blood.

"Be advised by me, learned scribe," he added, "and fill every jar and skin that you can gather with sweet

water, lest tomorrow you and your company should go thirsty," and he laughed a very dreary laugh.

Then we parted without more words, for neither of us knew what to say, and about midnight he sailed on with

the wind, taking his chance of grounding on the sandbanks in the darkness.

For my part I did as he bade me, though my rowers who had not spoken with his men, thought that I was mad

to load up the barge with so much water.

At the first break of day I gave the order to start. Looking over the side of the barge it seemed to me as

though the lights of dawn had fallen from the sky into the Nile whereof the water had become pink hued.

Moreover, this hue, which grew ever deeper, was travelling up stream, not down, against the course of nature,

and could not therefore have been caused by red soil washed from the southern lands. The bargemen stared


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 98



Top




Page No 101


and muttered together. Then one of them, leaning over the side, scooped up water in the hollow of his hand

and drew some into his mouth, only to spit it out again with a cry of fear.

"'Tis blood," he cried. "Blood! Osiris has been slain afresh, and his holy blood fills the banks of Nile."

So much were they afraid, indeed, that had I not forced them to hold to their course they would have turned

and rowed up stream, or beached the boat and fled into the desert. But I cried to them to steer on northwards,

for thus perhaps we should sooner be done with this horror, and they obeyed me. Ever as we went the hue of

the water grew more red, almost to blackness, till at last it seemed as though we were travelling through a sea

of gore in which dead fish floated by the thousand, or struggled dying on the surface. Also the stench was so

dreadful that we must bind linen about our nostrils to strain the fetid air.

We came abreast of a town, and from its streets one great wail of terror rose to heaven. Men stood staring as

though they were drunken, looking at their red arms which they had dipped in the stream, and women ran to

and fro upon the bank, tearing their hair and robes, and crying out such words as

"Wizard's work! Bewitched! Accursed! The gods have slain each other, and men too must die!" and so forth.

Also we saw peasants digging holes at a distance from the shore to see perchance if they might come to water

that was sweet and wholesome. All day long we travelled thus through this horrible flood, while the spray

driven by the strong north wind spotted our flesh and garments, till we were like butchers reeking from the

shambles. Nor could we eat any food because of the stench from this spray, which made it to taste salt as does

fresh blood, only we drank of the water which I had provided, and the rowers who had held me to be mad

now named me the wisest of men; one who knew what would befall in the future.

At length towards evening we noted that the water was growing much less red with every hour that passed,

which was another marvel, seeing that above us, upstream, it was the colour of jasper, whereon we paused

from our rowing and, all defiled as we were, sang a hymn and gave thanks to Hapi, god of Nile, the Great, the

Secret, the Hidden. Before sunset, indeed, the river was clean again, save that on the bank where we made

fast for the night the stones and rushes were all stained, and the dead fish lay in thousands polluting the air.

To escape the stench we climbed a cliff that here rose quite close to Nile, in which we saw the mouths of

ancient tombs that long ago had been robbed and left empty, purposing to sleep in one of them.

A path worn by the feet of men ran to the largest of these tombs, whence, as we drew near, we heard the

sound of wailing. Looking in, I saw a woman and some children crouched upon the floor of the tomb, their

heads covered with dust who, when they perceived us, cried more loudly than before, though with harsh dry

voices, thinking no doubt that we were robbers or perhaps ghosts because of our bloodstained garments. Also

there was another child, a little one, that did not cry, because it was dead. I asked the woman what passed, but

even when she understood that we were only men who meant her no harm, she could not speak or do more

than gasp "Water! Water!" We gave her and the children to drink from the jars which we had brought with us,

which they did greedily, after which I drew her story from her.

She was the wife of a fisherman who made his home in this cave, and said that seven days before the Nile had

turned to blood, so that they could not drink of it, and had no water save a little in a pot. Nor could they dig to

find it, since here the ground was all rock. Nor could they escape, since when he saw the marvel, her husband

in his fear had leapt from his boat and waded to land and the boat had floated away.

I asked where was her husband, and she pointed behind her. I went to look, and there found a man hanging by

his neck from a rope that was fixed to the capital of a pillar in the tomb, quite dead and cold. Returning sick

at heart, I inquired of her how this had come about. She answered that when he saw that all the fish had

perished, taking away his living, and that thirst had killed his youngest child, he went mad, and creeping to


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 99



Top




Page No 102


the back of the tomb, without her knowledge hung himself with a net rope. It was a dreadful story.

Having given the widow of our food, we went to sleep in another tomb, not liking the company of those dead

ones. Next morning at the dawn we took the woman and her children on board the barge, and rowed them

three hours' journey to a town where she had a sister, whom she found. The dead man and the child we left

there in the tomb, since my men would not defile themselves by touching them.

So, seeing much terror and misery on our journey, at last we came safe to Memphis. Leaving the boatmen to

draw up the barge, I went to the palace, speaking with none, and was led at once to the Prince. I found him in

a shaded chamber seated side by side with the lady Merapi, and holding her hand in such a fashion that they

remind me of the life sized Ka statues of a man and his wife, such as I have seen in the ancient tombs, cut

when the sculptors knew how to fashion the perfect likenesses of men and women. This they no longer do

today, I think because the priests have taught them that it is not lawful. He was talking to her in a low voice,

while she listened, smiling sweetly as she ever did, but with eyes, fixed straight before her that were, as it

seemed to me, filled with fear. I thought that she looked very beautiful with her hair outspread over her white

robe, and held back from her temples by a little fillet of god. But as I looked, I rejoiced to find that my heart

no longer yearned for her as it had upon that night when I had seen her seated beneath the trees without the

pleasurehouse. Now she was its friend, no more, and so she remained until all was finished, as both the

Prince and she knew well enough.

When he saw me Seti sprang from his seat and came to greet me, as a man does the friend whom he loves. I

kissed his hand, and going to Merapi, kissed hers also noting that on it now shone that ring which once she

had rejected as too large.

"Tell me, Ana, all that has befallen you," he said in his pleasant, eager voice.

"Many things, Prince; one of them very strange and terrible," I answered.

"Strange and terrible things have happened here also," broke in Merapi, "and, alas! this is but the beginning

of woes."

So saying, she rose, as though she could trust herself to speak no more, bowed first to her lord and then to

me, and left the chamber.

I looked at the Prince and he answered the question in my eyes.

"Jabez has been here," he said, "and filled her heart with forebodings. If Pharaoh will not let the Israelites go,

by Amon I wish he would let Jabez go to some place whence he never could return. But tell me, have you

also met blood travelling against the stream of Nile? It would seem so," and he glanced at the rusty stains that

no washing would remove from my garments.

I nodded and we talked together long and earnestly, but in the end were no wiser for all our talking. For

neither of us knew how it came about that men by striking water with a rod could turn it into what seemed to

be blood, as the Hebrew prophet and Ki both had done, or how that blood could travel up the Nile against the

stream and everywhere endure for a space of seven days; yes, and spread too to all the canals in Egypt, so that

men must dig holes for water and dig them fresh each day because the blood crept in and poisoned them. But

both of us thought that this was the work of the gods, and most of all of that god whom the Hebrews worship.

"You remember, Ana," said the Prince, "the message which you brought to me from Jabez, namely that no

harm should come to me because of these Israelites and their curses. Well, no harm as come as yet, except the

harm of Jabez, for he came. On the day before the news of this blood plague reached us, Jabez appeared


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 100



Top




Page No 103


disguised as a merchant of Syrian stuffs, all of which he sold to me at three times their value. He obtained

admission to the chambers of Merapi, where she is accustomed to see whom she wills, and under pretence of

showing her his stuffs, spoke with her and, as I fear, told her what you and I were so careful to hide, that she

would bring trouble on me. At the least she has never been quite the same since, and I have thought it wise to

make her swear by an oath, which I know she will never break, that now we are one she will not attempt to

separate herself from me while we both have life."

"Did he wish her to go away with him, Prince?"

"I do not know. She never told me so. Still I am sure that had he come with his evil talk before that day when

you returned from Tanis, she would have gone. Now I hope that there are reasons that will keep her where

she is."

"What then did he say, Prince?"

"Little beyond what he had already said to you, that great troubles were about to fall on Egypt. He added that

he was sent to save me and mine from these troubles because I had been a friend to the Hebrews in so far as

that was possible. Then he walked through this house and all round its gardens, as he went reciting something

that was written on a roll, of which I could not understand the meaning, and now and again prostrating

himself to pray to his god. Thus, where the canal enters the garden and where it leaves the garden he stayed to

pray, as he did at the well whence drinking water is drawn. Moreover, led by Merapi, he visited all my

cornlands and those where my cattle are herded, reciting and praying until the servants thought that he was

mad. After this he returned with her and, as it chanced, I overheard their parting. She said to him:

"'The house you have blessed and it is safe; the fields you have blessed and they are safe; will you not bless

me also, O my Uncle, and any that are born of me?'

"He answered, shaking his head, 'I have no command, my Niece, either to bless or to curse you, as did that

fool whom the Prince slew. You have chosen your own path apart from your people. It may be well, or it may

be ill, or perhaps both, and henceforth you must walk it alone to wherever it may lead. Farewell, for perhaps

we shall meet no more.'

"Thus speaking they passed out of earshot, but I could see that still she pleaded and still he shook his head. In

the end, however, she gave him an offering, of all that she had I think, though whether this went to the temple

of the Hebrews or into his own pouch I know not. At least it seemed to soften him, for he kissed her on the

brow tenderly enough and departed with the air of a happy merchant who has sold his wares. But of all that

passed between them Merapi would tell me nothing. Nor did I tell her of what I had overheard."

"And then?"

"And then, Ana, came the story of the Hebrew prophet who made the water into blood, and of Ki and his

disciples who did likewise. The latter I did not believe, because I said it would be more reasonable had Ki

turned the blood back into water, instead of making more blood of which there was enough already."

"I think that magicians have no reason."

"Or can do mischief only, Ana. At any rate after the story came the blood itself and stayed with us seven

whole days, leaving much sickness behind it because of the stench of the rotting fish. Now for the

marvelhere about my house there was no blood, though above and below the canal was full of it. The

water remained as it has always been and the fish swam in it as they have always done; also that of the well

kept sweet and pure. When this came to be known thousands crowded to the place, clamouring for water; that


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 101



Top




Page No 104


is until they found that outside the gates it grew red in their vessels, after which, although some still came,

they drank the water where they stood, which they must do quickly."

"And what tale do they tell of this in Memphis, Prince?" I asked astonished.

"Certain of them say that not Ki but I am the greatest magician in Egyptnever, Ana, was fame more lightly

earned. And certain say that Merapi, of whose doings in the temple at Tanis some tale has reached them, is

the real magician, she being an Israelite of the tribe of the Hebrew prophets. Hush! She returns."

CHAPTER XIV. KI COMES TO MEMPHIS

Now of all the terrors of which this turning of the water into blood was the beginning in Egypt, I, Ana, the

scribe, will not write, for if I did so, never in my lifedays should I, who am old, find time to finish the story

of them. Over a period of many, many moons they came, one by one, till the land grew mad with want and

woe. Always the tale was the same. The Hebrew prophets would visit Pharaoh at Tanis and demand that he

should led their people go, threatening him with vengeance if he refused. Yet he did refuse, for some madness

had hold of him, or perhaps the god of the Israelites laid an enchantment on him, why I know not.

Thus but a little while after the terror of blood came a plague of frogs that filled Egypt from north to south,

and when these were taken away made the air to stink. This miracle Ki and his company worked also,

sending the frogs into Goshen, where they plagued the Israelites. But however it came about, at Seti's palace

at Memphis and on the land that he owned around it there were no frogs, or at least but few of them, although

at night from the fields about the sound of their croaking went up like the sound of beaten drums.

Next came a plague of lice, and these Ki and his companions would have also called down upon the Hebrews,

but they failed, and afterwards struggled no more against the magic of the Israelites. Then followed a plague

of flies, so that the air was black with them and no food could be kept sweet. Only in Seti's palace there were

no flies, and in the garden but a few. After this a terrible pest began among the cattle, whereof thousands

died. But of Seti's great herd not one was even sick, nor, as we learned, was there a hoof the less in the land

of Goshen.

This plague struck Egypt but a little while after Merapi had given birth to a son, a very beautiful child with

his mother's eyes, that was named Seti after his father. Now the marvel of the escape of the Prince and his

household and all that was his from these curses spread abroad and made much talk, so that many sent to

inquire of it.

Among the first came old Bakenkhonsu with a message from Pharaoh, and a private one to myself from the

Princess Userti, whose pride would not suffer her to ask aught of Seti. We could tell him nothing except what

I have written, which at first he did not believe. Having satisfied himself, however, that the thing was true, he

said that he had fallen sick and could not travel back to Tanis. Therefore he asked leave of the Prince to rest a

while in his house, he who had been the friend of his father, his grandfather, and his greatgrandfather. Seti

laughed, as indeed did the cunning old man himself, and there with us Bakenkhonsu remained till the end, to

our great joy, for he was the most pleasant of all companions and the most learned. As for his message, one

of his servants took back the answer to Pharaoh and to Userti, with the news of his master's grievous

sickness.

Some eight days or so later, as I stood one morning basking in the sun at that gate of the palace gardens

which overlooks the temple of Ptah, idly watching the procession of priests passing through its courts and


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 102



Top




Page No 105


chanting as they went (for because of the many sicknesses at this time I left the palace but rarely), I saw a tall

figure approaching me draped against the morning cold. The man drew near, and addressing me over the head

of the guard, asked if he could see the lady Merapi. I answered No, as she was engaged in nursing her son.

"And in other things, I think," he said with meaning, in a voice that seemed familiar to me. "Well, can I see

the Prince Seti?"

I answered No, he was also engaged.

"In nursing his own soul, studying the eyes of the lady Merapi, the smile of his infant, the wisdom of the

scribe Ana, and the attributes of the hundred and one gods that are known to him, including that of Israel, I

suppose," said the familiar voice, adding, "Then can I see this scribe Ana, who I understand, being lucky,

holds himself learned."

Now, angered at the scoffing of this stranger (though all the time I felt that he was none), I answered that the

scribe Ana was striving to mend his luck by the pursuit of the goddess of learning in his study.

"Let him pursue," mocked the stranger, "since she is the only woman that he is ever likely to catch. Yet it is

true that once one caught him. If you are of his acquaintance ask him of his talk with her in the avenue of the

Sphinxes outside the great temple at Thebes and of what it cost him in gold and tears."

Hearing this I put my hand to my forehead and rubbed my eyes, thinking that I must have fallen into a dream

there in the sunshine. When I lifted it again all was the same as before. There stood the sentry, indifferent to

that which had no interest for him; the cock that had moulted its tail still scratched in the dirt; the crested

hoopoe still sat spreading its wings on the head of one of the two great statues of Rameses which watched the

gate; a waterseller in the distance still cried his wares, but the stranger was gone. Then I knew that I had

been dreaming and turned to go also, to find myself face to face with him.

"Man," I said, indignantly, "how in the name of Ptah and all his priests did you pass a sentry and through that

gate without my seeing you?"

"Do not trouble yourself with a new problem when already you have so many to perplex you, friend Ana.

Say, have you yet solved that of how a rod like this turned itself into a snake in your hand?" and he threw

back his hood, revealing the shaved head and the glowing eyes of the Kherheb Ki.

"No, I have not," I answered, "and I thank you," for here he proffered me the staff, "but I will not try the trick

again. Next time the beast might bite. Well, Ki, as you can pass in here without my leave, why do you ask it?

In short, what do you want with me, now that those Hebrew prophets have put you on your back?"

"Hush, Ana. Never grow angry, it wastes strength, of which we have so little to spare, for you know, being so

wise, or perhaps you do not know, that at birth the gods give us a certain store of it, and when that is used we

die and have to go elsewhere to fetch more. At this rate your life will be short, Ana, for you squander it in

emotions."

"What do you want?" I repeated, being too angry to dispute with him.

"I want to find an answer to the question you asked so roughly: Why the Hebrew prophets have, as you say,

put me on my back?"

"Not being a magician, as you pretend you are, I can give you none, Ki."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 103



Top




Page No 106


"Never for one moment did I suppose that you could," he replied blandly, stretching out his hands, and

leaving the staff which had fallen from them standing in front of him. (It was not till afterwards that I

remembered that this accursed bit of wood stood there of itself without visible support, for it rested on the

pavingstone of the gateway.) "But, as it chances, you have in this house the master, or rather the mistress of

all magicians, as every Egyptian knows today, the lady Merapi, and I would see her."

"Why do you say she is a mistress of magicians?" I asked indignantly.

"Why does one bird know another of its own kind? Why does the water here remain pure, when all other

water turns to blood? Why do not the frogs croak in Seti's halls, and why do the flies avoid his meat? Why,

also, did the statue of Amon melt before her glance, while all my magic fell back from her breast like arrows

from a shirt of mail? Those are the questions that Egypt asks, and I would have an answer to them from the

beloved of Seti, or of the god Set, she who is named Moon of Israel."

"Then why not go seek it for yourself, Ki? To you, doubtless, it would be a small matter to take the form of a

snake or a rat, or a bird, and creep or run or fly into the presence of Merapi."

"Mayhap it would not be difficult, Ana. Or, better still, I might visit her in her sleep, as I visited you on a

certain night at Thebes, when you told me of a talk you had held with a woman in the avenue of the Sphinxes,

and of what it cost you in gold and tears. But, as it chances, I wish to appear as a man and a friend, and to

stay a while. Bakenkhonsu tells me that he finds life here at Memphis very pleasant, free too from the

sicknesses which just now seem to be so common in Egypt; so why should not I do the same, Ana?"

I looked at his round, ripe face, on which was fixed a smile unchanging as that worn by the masks on mummy

coffins, from which I think he must have copied it, and at the cold, deep eyes above, and shivered a little. To

tell truth I feared this man, whom I felt to be in touch with presences and things that are not of our world, and

thought it wisest to withstand him no more.

"That is a question which you had best put to my master Seti who owns this house. Come, I will lead you to

him," I said.

So we went to the great portico of the palace, passing in and out through the painted pillars, towards my own

apartments, whence I purposed to send a message to the Prince. As it chanced this was needless, since

presently we saw him seated in a little bay out of reach of the sun. By his side was Merapi, and on a woven

rug between them lay their sleeping infant, at whom both of them gazed adoringly.

"Strange that this mother's heart should hide more might than can be boasted by all the gods of Egypt.

Strange that those mother's eyes can rive the ancient glory of Amon into dust!" Ki said to me in so low a

voice that it almost seemed as though I heard his thought and not his words, which perhaps indeed I did.

Now we stood in front of these three, and the sun being behind us, for it was still early, the shadow of the

cloaked Ki fell upon a babe and lay there. A hateful fancy came to me. It looked like the evil form of an

embalmer bending over one new dead. The babe felt it, opened its large eyes and wailed. Merapi saw it, and

snatched up her child. Seti too rose from his seat, exclaiming, "Who comes?"

Thereon, to my amazement, Ki prostrated himself and uttered the salutation which may only be given to the

King of Egypt: "Life! Blood! Strength! Pharaoh! Pharaoh! Pharaoh!"

"Who dares utter those words to me?" said Seti. "Ana, what madman do you bring here?"

"May it please the Prince, he brought me here," I replied faintly.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 104



Top




Page No 107


"Fellow, tell me who bade you say such words, than which none were ever less welcome."

"Those whom I serve, Prince."

"And whom do you serve?"

"The gods of Egypt."

"Then, man, I think the gods must need your company. Pharaoh does not sit at Memphis, and were he to hear

of them"

"Pharaoh will never hear them, Prince, until he hears all things."

They stared at each other. Then, as I had done by the gate Seti rubbed his eyes, and said:

"Surely this is Ki. Why, then, did you look otherwise just now?"

"The gods can change the fashion of their messenger a thousand times in a flash, if so they will, O Prince."

Now Seti's anger passed, and turned to laughter.

"Ki, Ki,' he said, "you should keep these tricks for Court. But, since you are in the mood, what salutation

have you for this lady by my side?"

Ki considered her, till she who ever feared and hated him shrank before his gaze.

"Crown of Hathor, I greet you. Beloved of Isis, shine on perfect in the sky, shedding light and wisdom ere

you set."

Now this saying puzzled me. Indeed, I did not fully understand it until Bakenkhonsu reminded me that

Merapi's name was Moon of Israel, that Hathor, goddess of love, is crowned with the moon in all her statues,

that Isis is the queen of mysteries and wisdom, and that Ki who thought Merapi perfect in love and beauty,

also the greatest of all sorceresses, was likening her to these.

"Yes," I answered, "but what did he mean when he talked about her setting?"

"Does not the moon always set, and is it not sometimes eclipsed?" he asked shortly.

"So does the sun," I answered.

"True; so does the sun! You are growing wise, very wise indeed, friend Ana. Ohoho!"

To return: When Seti heard these words, he laughed again, and said:

"I must think that saying over, but it is clear that you have a pretty turn for praise. Is it not so, Merapi, Crown

of Hathor, and Holder of the wisdom of Isis?"

But Merapi, who, I think, understood more than either of us, turned pale, and shrank further away, but

outwards into the sunshine.

"Well, Ki," went on Seti, "finish your greetings. What for the babe?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 105



Top




Page No 108


Ki considered it also.

"Now that it is no longer in the shadow, I see that this shoot from the royal root of Pharaoh grows so fast and

tall that my eyes cannot reach its crest. He is too high and great for greetings, Prince."

Then Merapi uttered a little cry, and bore the child away.

"She is afraid of magicians and their dark sayings," said Seti, looking after her with a troubled smile.

"That she should not be, Prince, seeing that she is the mistress of all our tribe."

"The lady Merapi a magician? Well, after a fashion, yeswhere the hearts of men are concerned, do you not

think so, Ana? But be more plain, Ki. It is still early, and I love riddles best at night."

"What other could have shattered the strong and holy house where the majesty of Amon dwells on earth? Not

even those prophets of the Hebrews as I think. What other could fence this garden round against the curses

that have fallen upon Egypt?" asked Ki earnestly, for now all his mocking manner had departed.

"I do not think she does these things, Ki. I think some Power does them through her, and I know that she

dared to face Amon in his temple because she was bidden so to do by the priests of her people."

"Prince," he answered with a short laugh, "a while ago I sent you a message by Ana, which perhaps other

thoughts may have driven from his memory. It was as to the nature of that Power of which you speak. In that

message I said that you were wise, but now I perceive that you lack wisdom like the rest of us, for if you had

it, you would know that the tool which carves is not the guiding hand, and the lightning which smites is not

the sending strength. So with this fair love of yours, and so with me and all that work marvels. We do not the

things we seem to do, who are but the tool and the lightning. What I would know is who or what guides her

hand and gives her the might to shield or to destroy."

"The question is wide, Ki, or so it seems to me who, as you say, have little wisdom, and whoever can answer

it holds the key of knowledge. Your magic is but a small thing which seems great because so few can handle

it. What miracle is it that makes the flower to grow, the child to be born, the Nile to rise, and the sun and stars

to shine in heaven? What causes man to be half a beast and half a god and to grow downward to the beast or

upward to the godor both? What is faith and what is unbelief? Who made these things, through them to

declare the purposes of life, of death, and of eternity? You shake your head, you do not know; how then can I

know who, as you point out, am but foolish? Go get your answer from the lady Merapi's self, only mayhap

you will find your questions countered."

"I'll take my chance. Thanks to Merapi's lord! A boon, O Prince, since you will not suffer that other name

which comes easiest to the lips of one to whom the Present and the Future are sometimes much alike."

Seti looked at him keenly, and for the first time with a tinge of fear in his eyes.

"Leave the Future to itself, Ki," he exclaimed. "Whatever may be the mind of Egypt, just now I hold the

Present enough for me," and he glanced first at the chair in which Merapi had been seated and then at the

cloth upon which his son had lain.

"I take back my words. The Prince is wiser than I thought. Magicians know the future because at times it

rushes down upon them and they must. It is that which makes them lonely, since what they know they cannot

say. But only fools will seek it."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 106



Top




Page No 109


"Yet now and again they lift a corner of the veil, Ki. Thus I remember certain sayings of your own as to one

who would find a great treasure in the land of Goshen and thereafter suffer some temporal loss, andI forget

the rest. Man, cease smiling at me with your face and piercing me through with your swordlike eyes. You

can command all things, what boon then do you seek from me?"

"To lodge here a little while, Prince, in the company of Ana and Bakenkhonsu. Hearken, I am no more

Kherheb. I have quarrelled with Pharaoh, perhaps because a little breath from that great wind of the future

blows through my soul; perhaps because he does not reward me according to my meritswhat does it matter

which? At least I have come to be of one mind with you, O Prince, and think that Pharaoh would do well to

let the Hebrews go, and therefore no longer will I attempt to match my magic against theirs. But he refuses,

so we have parted."

"Why does he refuse, Ki?"

"Perhaps it is written that he must refuse. Or perhaps because, thinking himself the greatest of all kings

instead of but a plaything of the gods, pride locks the doors of his heart that in a day to come the tempest of

the Future, whereof I have spoken, may wreck the house which holds it. I do not know why he refuses, but

her Highness Userti is much with him."

"For one who does not know, you have many reasons and all of them different, O instructed Ki," said Seti.

Then he paused, walking up and down the portico, and I who knew his mind guessed that he was wondering

whether he would do well to suffer Ki, whom at times he feared because his objects were secret and never

changed, to abide in his house, or whether he should send him away. Ki also shivered a little, as though he

felt the shadow cold, and descended from the portico into the bright sunshine. Here he held out his hand and a

great moth dropped from the roof and lit upon it, whereon it lifted it to his lips, which moved as though he

were talking to the insect.

"What shall I do?" muttered Seti, as he passed me.

"I do not altogether like his company, nor, I think, does the lady Merapi, but he is an ill man to offend,

Prince," I answered. "Look, he is talking with his familiar."

Seti returned to his place, and shaking off the moth which seemed loth to leave him, for twice it settled on his

head, Ki came back into the shadow.

"Where is the use of your putting questions to me, Ki, when, according to your own showing, already you

know the answer that I will give? What answer shall I give?" asked the Prince.

"That painted creature which sat upon my hand just now, seemed to whisper to me that you would say, O

Prince, 'Stay, Ki, and be my faithful servant, and use any little lore you have to shield my house from ill.'"

Then Seti laughed in his careless fashion, and replied:

"Have your way, since it is a rule that none of the royal blood of Egypt may refuse hospitality to those who

seek it, having been their friends, and I will not quote against your moth what a bat whispered in my ears last

night. Nay, none of your salutations revealed to you by insects or by the future," and he gave him his hand to

kiss.

When Ki was gone, I said:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 107



Top




Page No 110


"I told you that nighthaunting thing was his familiar."

"Then you told me folly, Ana. The knowledge that Ki has he does not get from moths or beetles. Yet now that

it is too late I wish that I had asked the lady Merapi what her will was in this matter. You should have thought

of that, Ana, instead of suffering your mind to be led astray by an insect sitting on his hand, which is just

what he meant that you should do. Well, in punishment, day by day it shall be your lot to look upon a man

with a countenance likelike what?"

"Like that which I saw upon the coffin of the good god, your divine father, Meneptah, as it was prepared for

him during his life in the embalmer's shop at Tanis," I answered.

"Yes," said the Prince, "a face smiling eternally at the Nothingness which is Life and Death, but in certain

lights, with eyes of fire."

On the following day, by her invitation, I walked with the lady Merapi in the garden, the head nurse

following us, bearing the royal child in her arms.

"I wish to ask you about Ki, friend Ana," she said. "You know he is my enemy, for you must have heard the

words he spoke to me in the temple of Amon at Tanis. It seems that my lord has made him the guest of this

houseoh look!" and she pointed before her.

I looked, and there a few paces away, where the shadow of the overhanging palms was deepest, stood Ki. He

was leaning on his staff, the same that had turned to a snake in my hand, and gazing upwards like one who is

lost in thought, or listens to the singing of birds. Merapi turned as though to fly, but at that moment Ki saw

us, although he still seemed to gaze upwards.

"Greeting, O Moon of Israel," he said bowing. "Greeting, O Conqueror of Ki!"

She bowed back, and stood still, as a little bird stands when it sees a snake. There was a long silence, which

he broke by asking:

"Why seek that from Ana which Ki himself is eager to give? Ana is learned, but is his heart the heart of Ki?

Above all, why tell him that Ki, the humblest of your servants, is your enemy?"

Now Merapi straightened herself, looked into his eyes, and answered:

"Have I told Ana aught that he did not know? Did not Ana hear the last words you said to me in the temple of

Amon at Tanis?"

"Doubtless he heard them, Lady, and therefore I am glad that he is here to hear their meaning. Lady Merapi,

at that moment, I, the Sacrificer to Amon, was fillednot with my own spirit, but with the angry spirit of the

god whom you had humbled as never before had befallen him in Egypt. The god through me demanded of

you the secret of your magic, and promised you his hate, if you refused. Lady, you have his hate, but mine

you have not, since I also have his hate because I, and he through me, have been worsted by your prophets.

Lady, we are fellowtravellers in the Valley of Trouble."

She gazed at him steadily, and I could see that of all that passed his lips she believed no one word. Making no

answer to him and his talk of Amon, she asked only:

"Why do you come here to do me ill who have done you none?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 108



Top




Page No 111


"You are mistaken, Lady," he replied. "I come here to refuge from Amon, and from his servant Pharaoh,

whom Amon drives on to ruin. I know well that, if you will it, you can whisper in the ear of the Prince and

presently he will put me forth. Only then" and he looked over her head to where the nurse stood rocking

the sleeping child.

"Then what, Magician?"

Giving no answer, he turned to me.

"Learned Ana, to you remember meeting me at Tanis one night?"

I shook my head, though I guessed well enough what night he meant.

"Your memory weakens, learned Ana, or rather is confused, for we met often, did we not?"

Then he stared at the staff in his hand. I stared also, because I could not help it, and saw, or thought I saw, the

dead wood begin to swell and curve. This was enough for me and I said hastily:

"If you mean the night of the Coronation, I do recall"

"Ah! I thought you would. You, learned Ana, who like all scribes observe so closely, will have noted how

little thingssuch as the scent of a flower, or the passing of a bird, or even the writhing of a snake in the

dustoften bring back to the mind events or words it has forgotten long ago."

"Wellwhat of our meeting?" I broke in hastily.

"Nothing at allor only this. Just before it you were talking with the Hebrew Jabez, the lady Merapi's uncle,

were you not?"

"Yes, I was talking with him in an open place, alone."

"Not so, learned Scribe, for you know we are never alonequite. Could you but see it, every grain of sand

has an ear."

"Be pleased to explain, O Ki."

"Nay, Ana, it would be too long, and short jests are ever the best. As I have told you, you were not alone, for

though there were some words that I did not catch, I heard much of what passed between you and Jabez."

"What did you hear?" I asked wrathfully, and next instant wished that I had bitten through my tongue before

it shaped the words.

"Much, much. Let me think. You spoke about the lady Merapi, and whether she would do well to bide at

Memphis in the shadow of the Prince, or to return to Goshen into the shadow of a certainI forget the name.

Jabez, a wellinstructed man, said he thought that she might be happier at Memphis, though perhaps her

presence there would bring a great sorrow upon herself andanother."

Here again he looked at the child, which seemed to feel his glance, for it woke up and beat the air with its

little hands.

The nurse felt it also, although her head was turned away, for she started and then took shelter behind the


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 109



Top




Page No 112


bole of one of the palm trees. Now Merapi said in a low and shaken voice:

"I know what you mean, Magician, for since then I have seen my uncle Jabez."

"As I have also, several times, Lady, which may explain to you what Ana here thinks so wonderful, namely

that I should have learned what they said together when he thought they were alone, which, as I have told

him, no one can ever be, at least in Egypt, the land of listening gods"

"And spying sorcerers," I exclaimed.

"And spying sorcerers," he repeated after me, "and scribes who take notes, and learn them by heart, and

priests with ears as large as asses, and leaves that whisperand many other things."

"Cease your gibes, and say what you have to say," said Merapi, in the same broken voice.

He made no answer, but only looked at the tree behind which the nurse and child had vanished.

"Oh! I know, I know," she exclaimed in tones that were like a cry. "My child is threatened! You threaten my

child because you hate me."

"Your pardon, Lady. It is true that evil threatens this royal babe, or so I understood from Jabez, who knows so

much. But it is not I that threaten it, any more than I hate you, in whom I acknowledge a fellow of my craft,

but one greater than myself that it is my duty to obey."

"Have done! Why do you torment me?"

"Can the priests of the Moongoddess torment Isis, Mother of Magic, with their prayers and offerings? And

can I who would make a prayer and an offering"

"What prayer, and what offering?"

"The prayer that you will suffer me to shelter in this house from the many dangers that threaten me at the

hands of Pharaoh and the prophets of your people, and an offering of such help as I can give by my arts and

knowledge against blacker dangers which threatenanother."

Here once more he gazed at the trunk of the tree beyond which I heard the infant wail.

"If I consent, what then?" she asked, hoarsely.

"Then, Lady, I will strive to protect a certain little one against a curse which Jabez tells me threatens him and

many others in whom runs the blood of Egypt. I will strive, if I am allowed to bide hereI do not say that I

shall succeed, for as your lord has reminded me, and as you showed me in the temple of Amon, my strength

is smaller than that of the prophets and prophetesses of Israel."

"And if I refuse?"

"Then, Lady," he answered in a voice that rang like iron, "I am sure that one whom you loveas mothers

lovewill shortly be rocked in the arms of the god whom we name Osiris."

"Stay," she cried and, turning, fled away.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 110



Top




Page No 113


"Why, Ana, she is gone," he said, "and that before I could bargain for my reward. Well, this I must find in

your company. How strange are women, Ana! Here you have one of the greatest of her sex, as you learned in

the temple of Amon. And yet she opens beneath the sun of hope and shrivels beneath the shadow of fear, like

the touched leaves of that tender plant which grows upon the banks of the river; she who, with her eyes set on

the mystery that is beyond, whereof she hears the whispering winds, should tread both earthly hope and fear

beneath her feet, or make of them stepping stones to glory. Were she a man she would do so, but her sex

wrecks her, she who thinks more of the kiss of a babe than of all the splendours she might harbour in her

breast. Yes, a babe, a single wretched little babe. You had one once, did you not, Ana?"

"Oh! to Set and his fires with you and your evil talk," I said, and left him.

When I had gone a little way, I looked back and saw that he was laughing, throwing up his staff as he

laughed, and catching it again.

"Set and his fires," he called after me. "I wonder what they are like, Ana. Perhaps one day we shall learn, you

and I together, Scribe Ana."

So Ki took up his abode with us, in the same lodgings as Bakenkhonsu, and almost every day I would meet

them walking in the garden, since I, who was of the Prince's table, except when he ate with the lady Merapi,

did not take my food with them. Then we would talk together about many subjects. On those which had to do

with learning, or even religion, I had the better of Ki, who was no great scholar or master of theology. But

always before we parted he would plant some arrow in my ribs, at which old Bakenkhonsu laughed, and

laughed again, yet ever threw over me the shield of his venerable wisdom, just because he loved me I think.

It was after this that the plague struck the cattle of Egypt, so that tens of thousands of them died, though not

all as was reported. But, as I have said, of the herds of Seti none died, nor, as we were told, did any of those

of the Israelites in the land of Goshen. Now there was great distress in Egypt, but Ki smiled and said that he

knew it would be so, and that there was much worse to come, for which I could have smitten him over the

head with his own staff, had I not feared that, if I did so, it might once more turn to a serpent in my hand.

Old Bakenkhonsu looked upon the matter with another face. He said that since his last wife died, I think some

fifty years before, he had found life very dull because he missed the exercises of her temper, and her habit of

presenting things as these never had been nor could possibly ever be. Now, however, it grew interesting

again, since the marvels which were happening in Egypt, being quite contrary to Nature, reminded him of his

last wife and her arguments. All of which was his way of saying that in those years we lived in a new world,

whereof for the Egyptians Set the Evil One seemed to be the king.

But still Pharaoh would not let the Hebrews go, perhaps because he had vowed as much to Meneptah who set

him on the throne, or perhaps for those other reasons, or one of them, which Ki had given to the Prince.

Then came the curse of sores afflicting man, woman, and child throughout the land, save those who dwelt in

the household of Seti. Thus the watchman and his family whose lodge was without the gates suffered, but the

watchman and his family who lived within the gates, not twenty paces away, did not suffer, which caused

bitterness between their women. In the same way Ki, who resided as a guest of the Prince at Memphis,

suffered from no sores, whereas those of his College who remained at Tanis were more heavily smitten than

any others, so that some of them died. When he heard this, Ki laughed and said that he had told them it would

be so. Also Pharaoh himself and even her Highness Userti were smitten, the latter upon the cheek, which

made her unsightly for a while. Indeed, Bakenkhonsu heard, I know not how, that so great was her rage that

she even bethought her of returning to her lord Seti, in whose house she had learned people were safe, and the

beauty of her successor, Moon of Israel, remained unscarred and was even greater than before, tidings that I

think Bakenkhonsu himself conveyed to her. But in the end this her pride, or her jealousy, prevented her from


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 111



Top




Page No 114


doing.

Now the heart of Egypt began to turn towards Seti in good earnest. The Prince, they said, had opposed the

policy of the oppression of the Hebrews, and because he could not prevail had abandoned his right to the

throne, which Pharaoh Amenmeses had purchased at the price of accepting that policy whereof the fruits had

been proved to be destruction. Therefore, they reasoned, if Amenmeses were deposed, and the Prince reigned,

their miseries would cease. So they sent deputations to him secretly, praying him to rise against Amenmeses

and promising him support. But he would listen to none of them, telling them that he was happy as he was

and sought no other state. Still Pharaoh grew jealous, for all these things his spies reported to him, and set

about plots to destroy Seti.

Of the first of these Userti warned me by a messenger, but the second and worse Ki discovered in some

strange way, so that the murderer was trapped at the gate and killed by the watchman, whereon Seti said that

after all he had been wise to give hospitality to Ki, that is, if to continue to live were wisdom. The lady

Merapi also said as much to me, but I noted that always she shunned Ki, whom she held in mistrust and fear.

CHAPTER XV. THE NIGHT OF FEAR

Then came the hail, and some months after the hail the locusts, and Egypt went mad with woe and terror. It

was known to us, for with Ki and Bakenkhonsu in the palace we knew everything, that the Hebrew prophets

had promised this hail because Pharaoh would not listen to them. Therefore Seti caused it to be put about

through all the land that the Egyptians should shelter their cattle, or such as were left to them, at the first sign

of storm. But Pharaoh heard of it and issued a proclamation that this was not to be done, inasmuch as it

would be an insult to the gods of Egypt. Still many did so and these saved their cattle. It was strange to see

that wall of jagged ice stretching from earth to heaven and destroying all upon which it fell. The tall

datepalms were stripped even of their bark; the soil was churned up; men and beasts if caught abroad were

slain or shattered.

I stood at the gate and watched it. There, not a yard away, fell the white hail, turning the world to wreck,

while here within the gate there was not a single stone. Merapi watched also, and presently came Ki as well,

and with him Bakenkhonsu, who for once had never seen anything like this in all his long life. But Ki

watched Merapi more than he did the hail, for I saw him searching out her very soul with those merciless

eyes of his.

"Lady," he said at length, "tell your servant, I beseech you, how you do this thing?" and he pointed first to the

trees and flowers within the gate and then to the wreck without.

At first I thought that she had not heard him because of the roar of the hail, for she stepped forward and

opened the side wicket to admit a poor jackal that was scratching at the bars. Still this was not so, for

presently she turned and said:

"Does the Kherheb, the greatest magician in Egypt, ask an unlearned woman to teach him of marvels? Well,

Ki, I cannot, because I neither do it nor know how it is done."

Bakenkhonsu laughed, and Ki's painted smile grew as it were brighter than before.

"That is not what they say in the land of Goshen, Lady," he answered, "and not what the Hebrew women say

here in Memphis. Nor is it what the priests of Amon say. These declare that you have more magic than all the


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 112



Top




Page No 115


sorcerers of the Nile. Here is the proof of it," and he pointed to the ruin without and the peace within, adding,

"Lady, if you can protect your own home, why cannot you protect the innocent people of Egypt?"

"Because I cannot," she answered angrily. "If ever I had such power it is gone from me, who am now the

mother of an Egyptian's child. But I have none. There in the temple of Amon some Strength worked through

me, that is all, which never will visit me again because of my sin."

"What sin, Lady?"

"The sin of taking the Prince Seti to lord. Now, if any god spoke through me it would be one of those of the

Egyptians, since He of Israel has cast me out."

Ki started as though some new thought had come to him, and at this moment she turned and went away.

"Would that she were highpriestess of Isis that she might work for us and not against us," he said.

Bakenkhonsu shook his head.

"Let that be," he answered. "Be sure that never will an Israelitish woman offer sacrifice to what she would

call the abomination of the Egyptians."

"If she will not sacrifice to save the people, let her be careful lest the people sacrifice her to save themselves,"

said Ki in a cold voice.

Then he too went away.

"I think that if ever that hour comes, then Ki will have his share in it," laughed Bakenkhonsu. "What is the

good of a shepherd who shelters here in comfort, while outside the sheep are dying, eh, Ana?"

It was after the plague of locusts, which ate all there was left to eat in Egypt, so that the poor folk who had

done no wrong and had naught to say to the dealings of Pharaoh with the Israelites starved by the thousand,

and during that of the great darkness, that Laban came. Now this darkness lay upon the land like a thick cloud

for three whole days and nights. Nevertheless, though the shadows were deep, there was no true darkness

over the house of Seti at Memphis, which stood in a funnel of grey light stretching from earth to sky.

Now the terror was increased tenfold, and it seemed to me that all the hundreds of thousands of Memphis

were gathered outside our walls, so that they might look upon the light, such as it was, if they could do no

more. Seti would have admitted as many as the place would hold, but Ki bade him not, saying, that if he did

so the darkness would flow in with them. Only Merapi did admit some of the Israelitish women who were

married to Egyptians in the city, though for her pains they only cursed her as a witch. For now most of the

inhabitants of Memphis were certain that it was Merapi who, keeping herself safe, had brought these woes

upon them because she was a worshipper of an alien god.

"If she who is the love of Egypt's heir would but sacrifice to Egypt's gods, these horrors would pass from us,"

said they, having, as I think, learned their lesson from the lips of Ki. Or perhaps the emissaries of Userti had

taught them.

Once more we stood by the gate watching the people flitting to and fro in the gloom without, for this sight

fascinated Merapi, as a snake fascinates a bird. Then it was that Laban appeared. I knew his hooked nose and

hawklike eyes at once, and she knew him also.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 113



Top




Page No 116


"Come away with me, Moon of Israel," he cried, "and all shall yet be forgiven you. But if you will not come,

then fearful things shall overtake you."

She stood staring at him, answering never a word, and just then the Prince Seti reached us and saw him.

"Take that man," he commanded, flushing with anger, and guards sprang into the darkness to do his bidding.

But Laban was gone.

On the second day of the darkness the tumult was great, on the third it was terrible. A crowd thrust the guard

aside, broke down the gates and burst into the palace, humbly demanding that the lady Merapi would come to

pray for them, yet showing by their mien that if she would not come they meant to take her.

"What is to be done?" asked Seti of Ki and Bakenkhonsu.

"That is for the Prince to judge," said Ki, "though I do not see how it can harm the lady Merapi to pray for us

in the open square of Memphis."

"Let her go," said Bakenkhonsu, "lest presently we should all go further than we would."

"I do not wish to go," cried Merapi, "not knowing for whom I am to pray or how."

"Be it as you will, Lady," said Seti in his grave and gentle voice. "Only, hearken to the roar of the mob. If you

refuse, I think that very soon every one of us will have reached a land where perhaps it is not needful to pray

at all," and he looked at the infant in her arms.

"I will go," she said.

She went forth carrying the child and I walked behind her. So did the Prince, but in that darkness he was cut

off by a rush of thousands of folk and I saw him no more till all was over. Bakenkhonsu was with me leaning

on my arm, but Ki had gone on before us, for his own ends as I think. A huge mob moved through the dense

darkness, in which here and there lights floated like lamps upon a quiet sea. I did not know where we were

going until the light of one of these lamps shone upon the knees of the colossal statue of the great Rameses,

revealing his cartouche. Then I knew that we were near the gateway of the vast temple of Memphis, the

largest perhaps in the whole world.

We went on through court after pillared court, priests leading us by the hand, till we came to a shrine

commanding the biggest court of all, which was packed with men and women. It was that of Isis, who held at

her breast the infant Horus.

"O friend Ana," cried Merapi, "give help. They are dressing me in strange garments."

I tried to get near to her but was thrust back, a voice, which I thought to be that of Ki, saying:

"On your life, fool!"

Presently a lamp was held up, and by the light of it I saw Merapi seated in a chair dressed like a goddess, in

the sacerdotal robes of Isis and wearing the vulture cap headdressbeautiful exceedingly. In her arms was

the child dressed as the infant Horus.

"Pray for us, Mother Isis," cried thousands of voices, "that the curse of blackness may be removed."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 114



Top




Page No 117


Then she prayed, saying:

"O my God, take away this curse of blackness from these innocent people," and all of those present, repeated

her prayer.

At that moment the sky began to lighten and in less than half an hour the sun shone out. When Merapi saw

how she and the child were arrayed she screamed aloud and tore off her jewelled trappings, crying:

"Woe! Woe! Woe! Great woe upon the people of Egypt!"

But in their joy at the new found light few hearkened to her who they were sure had brought back the sun.

Again Laban appeared for a moment.

"Witch! Traitress!" he cried. "You have worn the robes of Isis and worshipped in the temple of the gods of

the Egyptians. The curse of the God of Israel be on you and that which is born of you."

I sprang at him but he was gone. Then we bore Merapi home swooning.

So this trouble passed by, but from that time forward Merapi would not suffer her son to be taken out of her

sight.

"Why do you make so much of him, Lady?" I asked one day.

"Because I would love him well while he is here, Friend," she answered, "but of this say nothing to his

father."

A while went by and we heard that still Pharaoh would not let the Israelites go. Then the Prince Seti sent

Bakenkhonsu and myself to Tanis to see Pharaoh and to say to him:

"I seek nothing for myself and I forget those evils which you would have worked on me through jealousy.

But I say unto you that if you will not let these strangers go great and terrible things shall befall you and all

Egypt. Therefore, hear my prayer and let them go."

Now Bakenkhonsu and I came before Pharaoh and we saw that he was greatly aged, for his hair had gone

grey about his temples and the flesh hung in bags beneath his eyes. Also not for one minute could he stay

still.

"Is your lord, and are you also of the servants of this Hebrew prophet whom the Egyptians worship as a god

because he has done them so much ill?" he asked. "It may well be so, since I hear that my cousin Seti keeps

an Israelitish witch in his house, who wards off from him all the plagues that have smitten the rest of Egypt,

and that to him has fled also Ki the Kherheb, my magician. Moreover, I hear that in payment for these

wizardries he has been promised the throne of Egypt by many fickle and fearful ones among my people. Let

him be careful lest I lift him up higher than he hopes, who already have enough traitors in this land; and you

two with him."

Now I said nothing, who saw that the man was mad, but Bakenkhonsu laughed out loud and answered:

"O Pharaoh, I know little, but I know this although I be old, namely, that after men have ceased to speak your

name I shall still hold converse with the wearer of the Double Crown in Egypt. Now will you let these

Hebrews go, or will you bring death upon Egypt?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 115



Top




Page No 118


Pharaoh glared at him and answered, "I will not let them go."

"Why not, Pharaoh? Tell me, for I am curious."

"Because I cannot," he answered with a groan. "Because something stronger than myself forces me to deny

their prayer. Begone!"

So we went, and this was the last time that I looked upon Amenmeses at Tanis.

As we left the chamber I saw the Hebrew prophet entering the presence. Afterwards a rumour reached us that

he had threatened to kill all the people in Egypt, but that still Pharaoh would not let the Israelites depart.

Indeed, it was said that he had told the prophet that if he appeared before him any more he should be put to

death.

Now we journeyed back to Memphis with all these tidings and made report to Seti. When Merapi heard them

she went half mad, weeping and wringing her hands. I asked her what she feared. She answered death, which

was near to all of us. I said:

"If so, there are worse things, Lady."

"For you mayhap you are faithful and good in your own fashion, but not for me. Do you not understand,

friend Ana, that I am one who has broken the law of the God I was taught to worship?"

"And which of us is there who has not broken the law of the god we were taught to worship, Lady? If in truth

you have done anything of the sort by flying from a murderous villain to one who loves you well, which I do

not believe, surely there is forgiveness for such sins as this."

"Aye, perhaps, but, alas! the thing is blacker far. Have you forgotten what I did? Dressed in the robes of Isis I

worshipped in the temple of Isis with my boy playing the part of Horus on my bosom. It is a crime that can

never be forgiven to a Hebrew woman, Ana, for my God is a jealous God. Yet it is true that Ki tricked me."

"If he had not, Lady, I think there would have been none of us left to trick, seeing that the people were crazed

with the dread of the darkness and believed that it could be lifted by you alone, as indeed happened," I added

somewhat doubtfully.

"More of Ki's tricks! Oh! do you not understand that the lifting of the darkness at that moment was Ki's work,

because he wished the people to believe that I am indeed a sorceress."

"Why?" I asked.

"I do not know. Perhaps that one day he may find a victim to bind to the altar in his place. At least I know

well that it is I who must pay the price, I and my flesh and blood, whatever Ki may promise," and she looked

at the sleeping child.

"Do not be afraid, Lady," I said. "Ki has left the palace and you will see him no more."

"Yes, because the Prince was angry with him about the trick in the temple of Isis. Therefore suddenly he

went, or pretended to go, for how can one tell where such a man may really be? But he will come back again.

Bethink you, Ki was the greatest magician in Egypt; even old Bakenkhonsu can remember none like to him.

Then he matches himself against the prophets of my people and fails."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 116



Top




Page No 119


"But did he fail, Lady? What they did he did, sending among the Israelites the plagues that your prophets had

sent among us."

"Yes, some of them, but he was outpaced, or feared to be outpaced at last. Is Ki a man to forget that? And if

Ki chances really to believe that I am his adversary and his master at this black work, as because of what

happened in the temple of Amon thousands believe today, will he not mete me my own measure soon or

late? Oh! I fear Ki, Ana, and I fear the people of Egypt, and were it not for my lord beloved, I would flee

away into the wilderness with my son, and get me out of this haunted land! Hush! he wakes."

From this time forward until the sword fell there was great dread in Egypt. None seemed to know exactly

what they dreaded, but all thought that it had to do with death. People went about mournfully looking over

their shoulders as though someone were following them, and at night they gathered together in knots and

talked in whispers. Only the Hebrews seemed to be glad and happy. Moreover, they were making

preparations for something new and strange. Thus those Israelitish women who dwelt in Memphis began to

sell what property they had and to borrow of the Egyptians. Especially did they ask for the loan of jewels,

saying that they were about to celebrate a feast and wished to look fine in the eyes of their countrymen. None

refused them what they asked because all were afraid of them. They even came to the palace and begged her

ornaments from Merapi, although she was a countrywoman of their own who had showed them much

kindness. Yes, and seeing that her son wore a little gold circlet on his hair, one of them begged that also, nor

did she say her nay. But, as it chanced, the Prince entered, and seeing the woman with this royal badge in her

hand, grew very angry and forced her to restore it.

"What is the use of crowns without heads to wear them?" she sneered, and fled away laughing, with all that

she had gathered.

After she had heard that saying Merapi grew even sadder and more distraught than she was before, and from

her the trouble crept to Seti. He too became sad and ill at ease, though when I asked him why he vowed he

did not know, but supposed it was because some new plague drew near.

"Yet," he added, "as I have made shift to live through nine of them, I do not know why I should fear a tenth."

Still he did fear it, so much that he consulted Bakenkhonsu as to whether there were any means by which the

anger of the gods could be averted.

Bakenkhonsu laughed and said he thought not, since always if the gods were not angry about one thing they

were angry about another. Having made the world they did nothing but quarrel with it, or with other gods

who had a hand in its fashioning, and of these quarrels men were the victims.

"Bear your woes, Prince," he added, "if any come, for ere the Nile has risen another fifty times at most,

whether they have or have not been, will be the same to you."

"Then you think that when we go west we die indeed, and that Osiris is but another name for the sunset,

Bakenkhonsu."

The old Councillor shook his great head, and answered:

"No. If ever you should lose one whom you greatly love, take comfort, Prince, for I do not think that life ends

with death. Death is the nurse that puts it to sleep, no more, and in the morning it will wake again to travel

through another day with those who have companioned it from the beginning."

"Where do all the days lead it to at last, Bakenkhonsu?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 117



Top




Page No 120


"Ask that of Ki; I do not know."

"To Set with Ki, I am angered with him," said the Prince, and went away.

"Not without reason, I think," mused Bakenkhonsu, but when I asked him what he meant, he would not or

could not tell me.

So the gloom deepened and the palace, which had been merry in its way, became sad. None knew what was

coming, but all knew that something was coming and stretched out their hands to strive to protect that which

they loved best from the stroke of the warring gods. In the case of Seti and Merapi this was their son, now a

beautiful little lad who could run and prattle, one too of a strange health and vigour for a child of the inbred

race of the Ramessids. Never for a minute was this boy allowed to be out of the sight of one or other of his

parents; indeed I saw little of Seti in those days and all our learned studies came to nothing, because he was

ever concerned with Merapi in playing nurse to this son of his.

When Userti was told of it, she said in the hearing of a friend of mine:

"Without a doubt that is because he trains his bastard to fill the throne of Egypt."

But, alas! all that the little Seti was doomed to fill was a coffin.

It was a still, hot evening, so hot that Merapi had bid the nurse bring the child's bed and set it between two

pillars of the great portico. There on the bed he slept, lovely as Horus the divine. She sat by his side in a chair

that had feet shaped like to those of an antelope. Seti walked up and down the terrace beyond the portico

leaning on my shoulder, and talking by snatches of this or that. Occasionally as he passed he would stay for a

while to make sure by the bright moonlight that all was well with Merapi and the child, as of late it had

become a habit with him to do. Then without speaking, for fear lest he should awake the boy, he would smile

at Merapi, who sat there brooding, her head resting on her hand, and pass on.

The night was very still. The palm leaves did not rustle, no jackals were stirring, and even the shrillvoiced

insects had ceased their cries. Moreover, the great city below was quiet as a home of the dead. It was as

though the presage of some advancing doom scared the world to silence. For without doubt doom was in the

air. All felt it down to the nurse woman, who cowered close as she dared to the chair of her mistress, and

even in that heat shivered from time to time.

Presently little Seti awoke, and began to prattle about something he had dreamed.

"What did you dream, my son?" asked his father.

"I dreamed," he answered in his baby talk, "that a woman, dressed as Mother was in the temple, took me by

the hand and led me into the air. I looked down, and saw you and Mother with white faces and crying. I

began to cry too, but the woman with the feather cap told me not as she was taking me to a beautiful big star

where Mother would soon come to find me."

The Prince and I looked at each other and Merapi feigned to busy herself with hushing the child to sleep

again. It drew towards midnight and still no one seemed minded to go to rest. Old Bakenkhonsu appeared and

began to say something about the night being very strange and unrestful, when, suddenly, a little bat that was

flitting to and fro above us fell upon his head and thence to the ground. We looked at it, and saw that it was

dead.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 118



Top




Page No 121


"Strange that the creature should have died thus," said Bakenkhonsu, when, behold! another fell to the ground

near by. The black kitten which belonged to Little Seti saw it fall and darted from beside his bed where it was

sleeping. Before ever it reached the bat, the creature wheeled round, stood upon its hind legs, scratching at

the air about it, then uttered one pitiful cry and fell over dead.

We stared at it, when suddenly far away a dog howled in a very piercing fashion. Then a cow began to bale as

these beasts do when they have lost their calves. Next, quite close at hand but without the gates, there arose

the earcurdling cry of a woman in agony, which on the instant seemed to be echoed from every quarter, till

the air was full of wailing.

"Oh, Seti! Seti!" exclaimed Merapi, in a voice that was rather a hiss than a whisper, "look at your son!"

We sprang to where the babe lay, and looked. He had awakened and was staring upward with wideopened

eyes and frozen face. The fear, if such it were, passed from his features, though still he stared. He rose to his

little feet, always looking upwards. Then a smile came upon his face, a most beautiful smile; he stretched out

his arms, as though to clasp one who bent down towards him, and fell backwards quite dead.

Seti stood still as a statue; we all stood still, even Merapi. Then she bend down, and lifted the body of the

boy.

"Now, my lord," she said, "there has fallen on you that sorrow which Jabez my uncle warned you would

come, if ever you had aught to do with me. Now the curse of Israel has pierced my heart, and now our child,

as Ki the evil prophesied, has grown too great for greetings, or even for farewells."

Thus she spoke in a cold and quiet voice, as one might speak of something long expected or foreseen, then

made her reverence to the Prince, and departed, bearing the body of the child. Never, I think, did Merapi

seem more beautiful to me than in this, her hour of bereavement, since now through her woman's loveliness

shone out some shadow of the soul within. Indeed, such were her eyes and such her movements that well

might have been a spirit and not a woman who departed from us with that which had been her son.

Seti leaned on my shoulder looking at the empty bed, and at the scared nurse who still sat behind, and I felt a

tear drop upon my hand. Old Bakenkhonsu lifted his massive face, and looked at him.

"Grieve not over much, Prince," he said, "since, ere as many years as I have lived out have come and gone,

this child will be forgotten and his mother will be forgotten, and even you, O Prince, will live but as a name

that once was great in Egypt. And then, O Prince, elsewhere the game will begin afresh, and what you have

lost shall be found anew, and the sweeter for it sheltering from the vile breath of men. Ki's magic is not all a

lie, or if his is, mine holds some shadow of the truth, and when he said to you yonder in Tanis that not for

nothing were you named 'Lord of Rebirths,' he spoke words that you should find comfortable tonight."

"I thank you, Councillor," said Seti, and turning, followed Merapi.

"Now I suppose we shall have more deaths," I exclaimed, hardly knowing what I said in my sorrow.

"I think not, Ana," answered Bakenkhonsu, "since the shield of Jabez, or of his god, is over us. Always he

foretold that trouble would come to Merapi, and to Seti through Merapi, but that is all."

I glanced at the kitten.

"It strayed here from the town three days ago, Ana. And the bats also may have flown from the town. Hark to

the wailing. Was ever such a sound heard before in Egypt?"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 119



Top




Page No 122


CHAPTER XVI. JABEZ SELLS HORSES

Bakenkhonsu was right. Save the son of Seti alone, none died who dwelt in or about his house, though

elsewhere all the firstborn of Egypt lay dead, and the firstborn of the beasts also. When this came to be

known throughout the land a rage seized the Egyptians against Merapi who, they remembered, had called

down woe on Egypt after she had been forced to pray in the temple and, as they believed, to lift the darkness

from Memphis.

Bakenkhonsu and I and others who loved her pointed out that her own child had died with the rest. To this it

was answered, and here I thought I saw the fingers of Userti and of Ki, that it was nothing, since witches did

not love children. Moreover, they said she could have as many as she liked and when she liked, making them

to look like children out of clay figures and to grow up into evil spirits to torment the land. Lastly, people

swore that she had been heard to say that, although to do it she must kill her own lord's son, she would not on

that account forego her vengeance on the Egyptians, who once had treated her as a slave and murdered her

father. Further, the Israelites themselves, or some of them, mayhap Laban among them, were reported to have

told the Egyptians that it was the sorceress who had bewitched Prince Seti who brought such great troubles

on them.

So it happened that the Egyptians came to hate Merapi, who of all women was the sweetest and the most to

be loved, and to her other supposed crimes, added this also, that by her witcheries she had stolen the heart of

Seti away from his lawful wife and made him to turn that lady, the Royal Princess of Egypt, even from his

gates, so that she was forced to dwell alone at Tanis. For in all these matters none blamed Seti, whom

everyone in Egypt loved, because it was known that he would have dealt with the Israelites in a very different

fashion, and thus averted all the woes that had desolated the ancient land of Khem. As for this matter of the

Hebrew girl with the big eyes who chanced to have thrown a spell upon him, that was his illfortune, nothing

more. Amongst the many women with whom they believed he filled his house, as was the way of princes, it

was not strange that one favourite should be a witch. Indeed, I am certain that only because he was known to

love her, was Merapi saved from death by poison or in some other secret fashion, at any rate for a while.

Now came the glad tidings that the pride of Pharaoh was broken at last (for his firstborn child had died with

the others), or that the cloud of madness had lifted from his brain, whichever it might be, and that he had

decreed that the Children of Israel might depart from Egypt when and whither they would. Then the people

breathed again, seeing hope that their miseries might end.

It was at this time that Jabez appeared once more at Memphis, driving a number of chariot horses, which he

said he wished to sell to the Prince, as he did not desire them to pass into any other hands. He was admitted

and stated the price of his horses, according to which they must have been beasts of great value.

"Why do you wish to sell your horses?" asked Seti.

"Because I go with my people into lands where there is little water and there they might die, O Prince."

"I will buy the horses. See to it, Ana," said Seti, although I knew well that already he had more than he

needed.

The Prince rose to show that the interview was ended, whereon Jabez, who was bowing his thanks, said

hurriedly:

"I rejoice to learn, O Royal One, that things have befallen as I foretold, or rather was bidden to foretell, and

that the troubles which have afflicted Egypt have passed by your dwelling."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 120



Top




Page No 123


"Then you rejoice to learn a falsehood, Hebrew, since the worst of those troubles has made its home here. My

son is dead," and he turned away.

Jabez lifted his shifty eyes from the floor and glanced at him.

"Prince," he said, "I know and grieve because this loss has cut you to the heart. Yet it was no fault of mine or

of my people. If you think, you will remember that both when I built a wall of protection about this place

because of your good deeds to Israel, O Prince, and before, I warned, and caused you to be warned, that if

you and my niece, Moon of Israel, came together a great trouble might fall on you through her who, having

become the woman of an Egyptian in defiance of command, must bear the fate of Egyptian women."

"It may be so," said the Prince. "The matter is not one of which I care to talk. If this death were wrought by

the magic of your wizards I have only this to saythat it is an ill payment to me in return for all that I have

striven to do on behalf of the Hebrews. Yet, what else could I expect from such a people in such a world?

Farewell."

"One prayer, O Prince. I would ask your leave to speak with my niece, Merapi."

"She is veiled. Since the murder of her child by wizardry, she sees no man."

"Still I think she will see her uncle, O Prince."

"What then do you wish to say to her?"

"O Prince, through the clemency of Pharaoh we poor slaves are about to leave the land of Egypt never to

return. Therefore, if my niece remains behind, it is natural that I should wish to bid her farewell, and to

confide to her certain matters connected with our race and family, which she might desire to pass on to her

children."

Now when he heard this word "children" Seti softened.

"I do not trust you," he said. "You may be charged with more of your Hebrew curses against Merapi, or you

may say words to her that will make her even unhappier than she is. Yet if you would wish to see her in my

presence"

"My lord Prince, I will not trouble you so far. Farewell. Be pleased to convey"

"Or if that does not suit you," interrupted Seti, "in the presence of Ana here you can do so, unless she refuses

to receive you."

Jabez reflected for a moment, and answered:

"Then in the presence of Ana let it be, since he is a man who knows when to be silent."

Jabez made obeisance and departed, and at a sign from the Prince I followed him. Presently we were ushered

into the chamber of the lady Merapi, where she sat looking most sad and lonely, with a veil of black upon her

head.

"Greeting, my uncle," she said, after glancing at me, whose presence I think she understood. "Are you the

bearer of more prophecies? I pray not, since your last were overtrue," and she touched the black veil with her

finger.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 121



Top




Page No 124


"I am the bearer of tidings, and of a prayer, Niece. The tidings are that the people of Israel are about to leave

Egypt. The prayer, which is also a command, isthat you make ready to accompany them"

"To Laban?" she asked, looking up.

"No, my niece. Laban would not wish as a wife one who has been the mistress of an Egyptian, but to play

your part, however humble, in the fortunes of our people."

"I am glad that Laban does not wish what he never could obtain, my uncle. Tell me, I pray you, why should I

hearken to this prayer, or this command?"

"For a good reason, Niecethat your life hangs on it. Heretofore you have been suffered to take your heart's

desire. But if you bide in Egypt where you have no longer a mission to fulfil, having done all that was sought

of you in keeping with the mind of your lover, the Prince Seti, true to the cause of Israel, you will surely die."

"You mean that our people will kill me?"

"No, not our people. Still you will die."

She took a step towards him, and looked him in the eyes.

"You are certain that I shall die, my uncle?"

"I am, or at least others are certain."

Now she laughed; it was the first time I had seen her laugh for several moons.

"Then I will stay here," she said.

Jabez stared at her.

"I thought that you loved this Egyptian, who indeed is worthy of any woman's love," he muttered into his

beard.

"Perhaps it is because I love him that I wish to die. I have given him all I have to give; there is nothing left of

my poor treasure except what will bring trouble and misfortune on his head. Therefore the greater the

loveand it is more great than all those pyramids massed to onethe greater the need that it should be

buried for a while. Do you understand?"

He shook his head.

"I understand only that you are a very strange woman, different from any other that I have known."

"My child, who was slain with the rest, was all the world to me, and I would be where he is. Do you

understand now?"

"You would leave your life, in which, being young, you may have more children, to lie in a tomb with your

dead son?" he asked slowly, like one astonished.

"I only care for life while it can serve him whom I love, and if a day comes when he sits upon the throne how

will a daughter of the hated Israelites serve him then? Also I do not wish for more children. Living or dead,


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 122



Top




Page No 125


he that is gone owns all my heart; there is no room in it for others. That love at least is pure and perfect, and

having been embalmed by death, can never change. Moreover, it is not in a tomb that I shall lie with him, or

so I believe. The faith of these Egyptians which we despise tells of a life eternal in the heavens, and thither I

would go to seek that which is lost, and to wait that which is left behind awhile."

"Ah!" said Jabez. "For my part I do not trouble myself with these problems, who find in a life temporal on the

earth enough to fill my thoughts and hands. Yet, Merapi, you are a rebel, and whether in heaven or on earth,

how are rebels received by the king against whom they have rebelled?"

"You say I am rebel," she said, turning on him with flashing eyes. "Why? Because I would not dishonour

myself by marrying a man I hate, one also who is a murderer, and because while I live I will not desert a man

whom I love to return to those who have done me naught but evil. Did God then make women to be sold like

cattle of the field for the pleasure and the profit of him who can pay the highest?"

"It seems so," said Jabez, spreading out his hands.

"It seems that you think so, who fashion God as you would wish him to be, but for my part I do not believe it,

and if I did, I should seek another king. My uncle, I appeal from the priest and the elder to That which made

both them and me, and by Its judgment I will stand or fall."

"Always a very dangerous thing to do," reflected Jabez aloud, "since the priest is apt to take the law into his

own hands before the cause can be pleaded elsewhere. Still, who am I that I should set up my reasonings

against one who can grind Amon to powder in his own sanctuary, and who therefore may have warrant for all

she thinks and does?"

Merapi stamped her foot.

"You know well it was you who brought me the command to dare the god Amon in his temple. It was not

I" she began.

"I do know," replied Jabez waving his hand. "I know also that is what every wizard says, whatever his nation

or his gods, and what no one ever believes. Thus because, having faith, you obeyed the command and

through you Amon was smitten, among both the Israelites and the Egyptians you are held to be the greatest

sorceress that has looked upon the Nile, and that is a dangerous repute, my niece."

"One to which I lay no claim, and never sought."

"Just so, but which all the same has come to you. Well, knowing as without doubt you do all that will soon

befall in Egypt, and having been warned, if you needed warning, of the danger with which you yourself are

threatened, you still refuse to obey this second command which it is my duty to deliver to you?"

"I refuse."

"Then on your own head be it, and farewell. Oh! I would add that there is a certain property in cattle, and the

fruit of lands which descends to you from your father. In the event of your death"

"Take it all, uncle, and may it prosper you. Farewell."

"A great woman, friend Ana, and a beautiful," said the old Hebrew, after he had watched her go. "I grieve

that I shall never see her again, and, indeed, that no one will see her for very long; for, remember, she is my

niece of whom I am fond. Now I too must be going, having completed my errand. All good fortune to you,


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 123



Top




Page No 126


Ana. You are no longer a soldier, are you? No? Believe me, it is as well, as you will learn. My homage to the

Prince. Think of me at times, when you grow old, and not unkindly, seeing that I have served you as best I

could, and your master also, who I hope will soon find again that which he lost awhile ago."

"Her Highness, Princess Userti," I suggested.

"The Princess Userti among other things, Ana. Tell the Prince, if he should deem them costly, that those

horses which I sold him are really of the finest Syrian blood, and of a strain that my family has owned for

generations. If you should chance to have any friend whose welfare you desire, let him not go into the desert

soldiering during the next few moons, especially if Pharaoh be in command. Nay, I know nothing, but it is a

season of great storm. Farewell, friend Ana, and again farewell."

"Now what did he mean by that?" thought I to myself, as I departed to make my report to Seti. But no answer

to the question rose in my mind.

Very soon I began to understand. It appeared that at length the Israelites were leaving Egypt, a vast horde of

them, and with them tens of thousands of Arabs of various tribes who worshipped their god and were, some

of them, descended from the people of the Hyksos, the shepherds who once ruled in Egypt. That this was true

was proved to us by the tidings which reached us that all the Hebrew women who dwelt in Memphis, even

those of them who were married to Egyptians, had departed from the city, leaving behind them their men and

sometimes their children. Indeed, before these went, certain of them who had been friends visited Merapi,

and asked her if she were not coming also. She shook her head as she replied:

"Why do you go? Are you so fond of journeyings in the desert that for the sake of them you are ready never

again to look upon the men you love and the children of your bodies?"

"No, Lady," they answered, weeping. "We are happy here in whitewalled Memphis and here, listening to

the murmur of the Nile, we would grow old and die, rather than strive to keep house in some desert tent with

a stranger or alone. Yet fear drives us hence."

"Fear of what?"

"Of the Egyptians who, when they come to understand all that they have suffered at our hands in return for

the wealth and shelter which they have given us for many generations, whereby we have grown from a

handful into a great people, will certainly kill any Israelite whom they find left among them. Also we fear the

curses of our priests who bid us to depart."

"Then I should fear these things also," said Merapi.

"Not so, Lady, seeing that being the only beloved of the Prince of Egypt who, rumour tells us, will soon be

Pharaoh of Egypt, by him you will be protected from the anger of the Egyptians. And being, as we all know

well, the greatest sorceress in the world, the overthrower of AmonRa the mighty, and one who by

sacrificing her child was able to ward away every plague from the household where she dwelt, you have

naught to fear from priests and their magic."

Then Merapi sprang up, bidding them to leave her to her fate and to be gone to their own, which they did

hastily enough, fearing lest she should cast some spell upon them. So it came about that presently the fair

Moon of Israel and certain children of mixed blood were all of the Hebrew race that were left in Egypt. Then,

notwithstanding the miseries and misfortunes that during the past few years by terror, death, and famine had

reduced them to perhaps one half of their number, the people of Egypt rejoiced with a great joy.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 124



Top




Page No 127


In every temple of every god processions were held and offerings made by those who had anything left to

offer, while the statues of the gods were dressed in fine new garments and hung about with garlandings of

flowers. Moreover, on the Nile and on the sacred lakes boats floated to and fro, adorned with lanterns as at

the feast of the Rising of Osiris. As titular highpriest of Amon, an office of which he could not be deprived

while he lived, Prince Seti attended these demonstrations, which indeed he must do, in the great temple of

Memphis, whither I accompanied him. When the ceremonies were over he led the procession through the

masses of the worshippers, clad in his splendid sacerdotal robes, whereon every throat of the thousands

present there greeted him in a shout of thunder as "Pharaoh!" or at least as Pharaoh's heir.

When at length the shouting died, he turned upon them and said:

"Friends, if you would send me to be of the company that sits at the table of Osiris and not at Pharaoh's

feasts, you will repeat this foolish greeting, whereof our Lord Amenmeses will hear with little joy."

In the silence that followed a voice called out:

"Have no fear, O Prince, while the Hebrew witch sleeps night by night upon your bosom. She who could

smite Egypt with so many plagues can certainly shelter you from harm;" whereon the roars of acclamation

went up again.

It was on the following day that Bakenkhonsu the aged returned with more tidings from Tanis, where he had

been upon a visit. It seemed that a great council had been held there in the largest hall of one of the largest

temples. At this council, which was open to all the people, Amenmeses had given report on the matter of the

Israelites who, he stated, were departing in their thousands. Also offerings were made to appease the angry

gods of Egypt. When the ceremony was finished, but before the company broke up in a heavy mood, her

Highness the Princess Userti rose in her place, and addressed Pharaoh:

"By the spirits of our fathers," she cried, "and more especially by that of the good god Meneptah, my

begetter, I ask of you, Pharaoh, and I ask of you, O people, whether the affront that has been put upon us by

these Hebrew slaves and their magicians is one that the proud land of Egypt should be called upon to bear?

Our gods have been smitten and defied; woes great and terrible, such as history tells not of, have fallen upon

us through magic; tens of thousands, from the firstborn child of Pharaoh down, have perished in a single

night. And now these Hebrews, who have murdered them by sorcery, for they are sorcerers all, men and

women together, especially one of them who sits at Memphis, of whom I will not speak because she has

wrought me private harm, by the decree of Pharaoh are to be suffered to leave the land. More, they are to take

with them all their cattle, all their threshed corn, all the treasure they have hoarded for generations, and all the

ornaments of price and wealth that they have wrung by terror from our own people, borrowing that which

they never purpose to return. Therefore I, the Royal Princess of Egypt, would ask of Pharaoh, is this the

decree of Pharaoh?"

"Now," said Bakenkhonsu, "Pharaoh sat with hanging head upon his throne and made no answer."

"Pharaoh does not speak," went on Userti. "Then I ask, is this the decree of the Council of Pharaoh and of the

people of Egypt? There is still a great army in Egypt, hundreds of chariots and thousands of footmen. Is this

army to sit still while these slaves depart into the desert there to rouse our enemies of Syria against us and

return with them to butcher us?"

"At these words," continued Bakenkhonsu, "from all that multitude there went up a shout of 'No.'"

"The people say No. What saith Pharaoh?" cried Userti.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 125



Top




Page No 128


There followed a silence, till suddenly Amenmeses rose and spoke:

"Have it as you will, Princess, and on your head and the heads of all these whom you have stirred up let the

evil fall if evil comes, though I think it is your husband, the Prince Seti, who should stand where you stand

and put up this prayer in your place."

"My husband, the Prince Seti, is tied to Memphis by a rope of witch's hair, or so they tell me," she sneered,

while the people murmured in assent.

"I know not," went on Amenmeses, "but this I know that always the Prince would have let these Hebrews go

from among us, and at times, as sorrow followed sorrow, I have thought that he was right. Truly more than

once I also would have let them go, but ever some Strength, I know not what, descended on my heart, turning

it to stone, and wrung from me words that I did not desire to utter. Even now I would let them go, but all of

you are against me, and, perchance, if I withstand you, I shall pay for it with my life and throne. Captains,

command that my armies be made ready, and let them assemble here at Tanis that I myself may lead them

after the people of Israel and share their dangers."

Then with a mighty shouting the company broke up, so that at the last all were gone and only Pharaoh

remained seated upon his throne, staring at the ground with the air, said Bakenkhonsu, rather of one who is

dead than of a living king about to wage war upon his foes.

To all these words the Prince listened in silence, but when they were finished he looked up and asked:

"What think you, Bakenkhonsu?"

"I think, O Prince," answered the wise old man, "that her Highness did ill to stir up this matter, though

doubtless she spoke with the voices of the priests and of the army, against which Pharaoh was not strong

enough to stand."

"What you think, I think," said Seti.

At this moment the lady Merapi entered.

"I hear, my lord," she said, "that Pharaoh purposes to pursue the people of Israel with his host. I come to pray

my lord that he will not join himself to the host of Pharaoh."

"It is but natural, Lady, that you should not wish me to make war upon your kin, and to speak truth I have no

mind that way," replied Seti, and, turning, left the chamber with her.

"She is not thinking of her king but of her lover's life," said Bakenkhonsu. "She is not a witch as they declare,

but it is true that she knows what we do not."

"Yes," I answered, "it is true."

CHAPTER XVII. THE DREAM OF MERAPI

A while went by; it may have been fourteen days, during which we heard that the Israelites had started on

their journey. They were a mighty multitude who bore with them the coffin and the mummy of their prophet,


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 126



Top




Page No 129


a man of their blood, Vizier, it is reported, to that Pharaoh who welcomed them to Egypt hundreds of years

before. Some said they went this way and some that, but Bakenkhonsu, who knew everything, declared that

they were heading for the Lake of Crocodiles, which others name Sea of Reeds, whereby they would cross

into the desert beyond, and thence to Syria. I asked him how, seeing that at its narrowest part, this lake was

six thousand paces in width, and that the depth of its mud was unfathomable. He replied that he did not know,

but that I might do well to inquire of the lady Merapi.

"So you have changed your mind, and also think her a witch," I said, to which he answered:

"One must breathe the wind that blows, and Egypt is so full of witchcraft that it is difficult to say. Also it was

she and no other who destroyed the ancient statue of Amon. Oh! yes, witch or no witch, it might be well to

ask her how her people purpose to cross the Sea of Reeds, especially if Pharaoh's chariots chance to be

behind them."

So I did ask her, but she answered that she knew nothing of the matter, and wished to know nothing, seeing

that she had separated from her people, and remained in Egypt.

Then Ki came, I know not whence, and having made his peace with Seti as to the dressing of Merapi in the

robes of Isis which, he vowed, was done by the priests against his wish, told us that Pharaoh and a great host

had started to pursue the Israelites. The Prince asked him why he had not gone with the host, to which he

replied that he was no soldier, also that Pharaoh hid his face from him. In return he asked the Prince why

he had not gone.

Seti answered, because had been deprived of his command with his other officers and had no wish to take

share in this business as a private citizen.

"You are wise, as always, Prince," said Ki.

It was on the following night, very late, while the Prince, Ki, Bakenkhonsu and I, Ana, sat talking, that

suddenly the lady Merapi broke in upon us as she had risen from her bed, wildeyed, and with her hair

flowing down her robes.

"I have dreamed a dream!" she cried. "I dreamed that I saw all the thousands of my people following after a

flame that burned from earth to heaven. They came to the edge of a great water and behind them rushed

Pharaoh and all the hosts of the Egyptians. Then my people ran on to the face of the water, and it bore them

as though it were sound land. Now the soldiers of the Pharaoh were following, but the gods of Egypt

appeared, Amon, Osiris, Horus, Isis, Hathor, and the rest, and would have turned them back. Still they

refused to listen, and dragging the gods with them, rushed out upon the water. Then darkness fell, and in the

darkness sounds of wailing and of a mighty laughter. It passed, the moon rose, shining upon emptiness. I

awoke, trembling in my limbs. Interpret me this dream if you can, O Ki, Master of Magic."

"Where is the need, Lady," he answered, awaking as though from sleep, "when the dreamer is also the seer?

Shall the pupil venture to instruct the teacher, or the novice to make plain the mysteries to the highpriestess

of the temple? Nay, Lady, I and all the magicians of Egypt are beneath your feet."

"Why will you ever mock me?" she said, and as she spoke, she shivered.

Then Bakenkhonsu opened his lips, saying:

"The wisdom of Ki has been buried in a cloud of late, and gives no light to us, his disciples. Yet the meaning

of this dream is plain, though whether it be also true I do not know. It is that all the host of Egypt, and with it


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 127



Top




Page No 130


the gods of Egypt, are threatened with destruction because of the Israelites, unless one to whom they will

hearken can be found to turn them from some purpose that I do not understand. But to whom will the mad

hearken, oh! to whom will they hearken?" and lifting his great head, he looked straight at the Prince.

"Not to me, I fear, who now am no one in Egypt," said Seti.

"Why not to you, O Prince, who tomorrow may be everyone in Egypt?" asked Bakenkhonsu. "Always you

have pleaded the cause of the Hebrews, and said that naught but evil would befall Egypt because of them, as

has happened. To whom, then, will the people and the army listen more readily?"

"Moreover, O Prince," broke in Ki, "a lady of your household has dreamed a very evil dream, of which, if

naught be said, it might be held that it was no dream, but a spell of power aimed against the majesty of Egypt;

such a spell as that which cast great Amon from his throne, such a spell as that which has set a magic fence

around this house and field."

"Again I tell you that I weave no spells, O Ki, who with my own child have paid the price of them."

"Yet spells were woven, Lady, and has been known from of old, strength is perfected in sacrifice alone," Ki

answered darkly.

"Have done with your talk of spells, Magician," exclaimed the Prince, "or if you must speak of them, speak

of your own, which are many. It was Jabez who protected us here against the plagues, and the statue of Amon

was shattered by some god."

"I ask your pardon, Prince," said Ki bowing, "it was not this lady but her uncle who fenced your house

against the plagues which ravaged Egypt, and it was not this lady but some god working in her which

overthrew Amon of Tanis. The Prince has said it. Yet this lady has dreamed a certain dream which

Bakenkhonsu has interpreted although I cannot, and I think that Pharaoh and his captains should be told of

the dream, that on it they may form their own judgment."

"Then why do you not tell them, Ki?"

"It has pleased Pharaoh, O Prince, to dismiss me from his service as one who failed and to give my office of

Kherheb to another. If I appear before the face of Pharaoh I shall be killed."

Now I, Ana, listening, wished that Ki would appear before the face of Pharaoh, although I did not believe that

he could be killed by him or by anybody else, since against death he had charms. For I was afraid of Ki, and

felt in myself that again he was plotting evil to Merapi whom I knew to be innocent.

The Prince walked up and down the chamber as was his fashion when lost in thought. Presently he stopped

opposite to me and said:

"Friend Ana, be pleased to command that my chariots be made ready with a general's escort of a hundred

men and spare horses to each chariot. We ride at dawn, you and I, to seek out the army of Pharaoh and pray

audience of Pharaoh."

"My lord," said Merapi in a kind of cry, "I pray you go not, leaving me alone."

"Why should I leave you, Lady? Come with me if you will." She shook her head, saying:

"I dare not. Prince, there has been some charm upon me of late that draws me back to my own people. Twice


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 128



Top




Page No 131


in the night I have awakened and found myself in the gardens with my face set towards the north, and heard a

voice in my ears, even that of my father who is dead, saying:

"'Moon of Israel, thy people wander in the wilderness and need thy light.'

"It is certain therefore that if I came near to them I should be dragged down as wood is dragged of an eddy,

nor would Egypt see me any more."

"Then I pray you bide where you are, Merapi," said the Prince, laughing a little, "since it is certain that where

you go I must follow, who have no desire to wander in the wilderness with your Hebrew folk. Well, it seems

that as you do not wish to leave Memphis and will not come with me, I must stay with you."

Ki fixed his piercing eyes upon the pair of them.

"Let the Prince forgive me," he said, "but I swear it by the gods that never did I think to live to hear the

Prince Seti Meneptah set a woman's whims before his honour."

"Your words are rough," said Seti, drawing himself up, "and had they been spoken in other days, mayhap,

Ki"

"Oh! my lord," said Ki prostrating himself till his forehead touched the ground, "bethink you then how great

must be the need which makes me dare to speak them. When first I came hither from the court of Tanis, the

spirit that is within me speaking through my lips gave certain titles to your Highness, for which your

Highness was pleased to reprove me. Yet the spirit in me cannot lie and I know well, and bid all here make

record of my words, that tonight I stand in the presence of him who ere two moons have passed will be

crowned Pharaoh."

"Truly you were ever a bearer of illtidings, Ki, but if so, what of it?"

"This your Highness: Were it not that the spirits of Truth and Right compel me for their own reasons, should

I, who have blood that can be shed or bones that can be broken, dare to hurl hard words at him who will be

Pharaoh? Should I dare to cross the will of the sweet dove who nestles on his heart, the wise, white dove that

murmurs the mysteries of heaven, whence she came, and is stronger than the vulture of Isis and swifter than

the hawk of Ra; the dove that, were she angry, could rend me into more fragments than did Set Osiris?"

Now I saw Bakenkhonsu begin to swell with inward laughter like a frog about to croak, but Seti answered in

a weary voice:

"By all the birds of Egypt with the sacred crocodiles thrown in, I do not know, since that mind of yours, Ki, is

not an open writing which can be read by the passerby. Still, if you would tell me what is the reason with

which the goddesses of Truth and Justice have inspired you"

"The reason is, O Prince, that the fate of all Egypt's army may be hidden in your hand. The time is short and I

will be plain. Deny it as she will this lady here, who seems to be but a thing of love and beauty, is the greatest

sorceress in Egypt, as I whom she has mastered know well. She matched herself against the high god of

Egypt and smote him to the dust, and has paid back upon him, his prophets, and his worshippers the ills that

he would have worked to her, as in the like case any of our fellowship would do. Now she has dreamed a

dream, or her spirit has told her that the army of Egypt is in danger of destruction, and I know that this dream

is true. Hasten then, O Prince, to save the hosts of Egypt, which you will surely need when you come to sit

upon its throne."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 129



Top




Page No 132


"I am no sorceress," cried Merapi, "and yetalas! that I must say it this smilingfeatured, coldeyed

wizard's words are true. The sword of death hangs over the hosts of Egypt!"

"Command that the chariots be made ready," said Seti again.

Eight days had gone by. It was sunset and we drew rein over against the Sea of Reeds. Day and night we had

followed the army of Pharaoh across the wilderness on a road beaten down by his chariot wheels and soldiers,

and by the tens of thousands of the Israelites who had passed that way before them. Now from the ridge

where we had halted we saw it encamped beneath us, a very great army. Moreover, stragglers told us that

beyond, also encamped, was the countless horde of the Israelites, and beyond these the vast Sea of Reeds

which barred their path. But we could not see them for a very strange reason. Between these and the army of

Pharaoh rose a black wall of cloud, built as it were from earth to heaven. One of those stragglers of whom I

have spoken, told us that this cloud travelled before the Israelites by day, but at night was turned into a pillar

of fire. Only on this day, when the army of Pharaoh approached, it had moved round and come between the

people of Israel and the army.

Now when the Prince, Bakenkhonsu, and I heard these things we looked at each other and were silent. Only

presently the Prince laughed a little, and said:

"We should have brought Ki with us, even if we had to carry him bound, that he might interpret this marvel,

for it is sure that no one else can."

"It would be hard to keep Ki bound, Prince, if he wished to go free," answered Bakenkhonsu. "Moreover,

before ever we entered the chariots at Memphis he had departed south for Thebes. I saw him go."

"And I gave orders that he should not be allowed to return, for I hold him an ill guest, or so thinks the lady

Merapi," replied Seti with a sigh.

"Now that we are here what would the Prince do?" I asked.

"Descend to the camp of Pharaoh and say what we have to say, Ana."

"And if he will not listen, Prince?"

"Then cry our message aloud and return."

"And if he will not suffer us to return, Prince?"

"Then stand still and live or die as the gods may decree."

"Truly our lord has a great heart!" exclaimed Bakenkhonsu, "and though I feel over young to die, I am

minded to see the end of this matter with him," and he laughed aloud.

But I who was afraid thought that Ohoho of his, which the sky seemed to echo back upon our heads, a

strange and indeed a fearful sound.

Then we put on robes of ceremony that we had brought with us, but neither swords nor armour, and having

eaten some food, drove on with the half of our guard towards the place where we saw the banners of Pharaoh

flying about his pavilion. The rest of our guard we left encamped, bidding them, if aught happened to us, to

return and make report at Memphis and in the other great cities. As we drew near to the camp the outposts


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 130



Top




Page No 133


saw us and challenged. But when they perceived by the light of the setting sun who it was that they

challenged, a murmur went through them, of:

"The Prince of Egypt! The Prince of Egypt!" for so they had never ceased to name Seti, and they saluted with

their spears and let us pass.

So at length we came to the pavilion of Pharaoh, round about which a whole regiment stood on guard. The

sides of it were looped up high because of the heat of the night which was great, and within sat Pharaoh, his

captains, his councillors, his priests, his magicians, and many others at meat or serving food and drink. They

sat at a table that was bent like a bow, with their faces towards the entrance, and Pharaoh was in the centre of

the table with his fanbearers and butlers behind him.

We advanced into the pavilion, the Prince in the centre, Bakenkhonsu leaning on his staff on the right hand,

and I, wearing the gold chain that Pharaoh Meneptah had given me, on the left, but those with us remained

among the guard at the entrance.

"Who are these?" asked Amenmeses, looking up, "who come here unbidden?"

"Three citizens of Egypt who have a message for Pharaoh," answered Seti in his quiet voice, "which we have

travelled fast and far to speak in time."

"How are you named, citizens of Egypt, and who sends your message?"

"We are named, Seti Meneptah aforetime Prince of Egypt, and heir to its crown; Bakenkhonsu the aged

Councillor, and Ana the scribe and King's Companion, and our message is from the gods."

"We have heard those names, who has not?" said Pharaoh, and as he spoke all, or very nearly all, the

company rose, or half rose, and bowed towards the Prince. "Will you and your companions be seated and eat,

Prince Seti Meneptah?"

"We thank the divine Pharaoh, but we have already eaten. Have we Pharaoh's leave to deliver our message?"

"Speak on, Prince."

"O Pharaoh, many moons have gone by, since last we looked upon each other face to face, on that day when

my father, the good god Meneptah, disinherited me, and afterwards fled hence to Osiris. Pharaoh will

remember why I was thus cut off from the royal root of Egypt. It was because of the matter of these Israelites,

who in my judgment had been evilly dealt by, and should be suffered to leave our land. The good god

Meneptah, being so advised by you and others, O Pharaoh, would have smitten the Israelites with the sword,

making an end of them, and to this he demanded my assent as the Heir of Egypt. I refused that assent and was

cast out, and since then, you, O Pharaoh, have worn the double crown, while I have dwelt as a citizen of

Memphis, living upon such lands and revenues as are my own. Between that hour and this, O Pharaoh, many

griefs have smitten Egypt, and the last of them cost you your firstborn, and me mine. Yet through them all,

O Pharaoh, you have refused to let these Hebrews go, as I counselled should be done at the beginning. At

length after the death of the firstborn, your decree was issued that they might go. Yet now you follow them

with a great army and purpose to do to them what my father, the good god Meneptah, would have done, had I

consented, namelyto destroy them with the sword. Hear me, Pharaoh!"

"I hear; also the case is well if briefly set. What else would the Prince Seti say?"

"This, O Pharaoh. That I pray you to return with all your host from the following of these Hebrews, not


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 131



Top




Page No 134


tomorrow or the next day, but at oncethis night."

"Why, O Prince?"

"Because of a certain dream that a lady of my household who is Hebrew has dreamed, which dream foretells

destruction to you and the army of Egypt, unless you hearken to these words of mine."

"I think that we know of this snake whom you have taken to dwell in your bosom, whence it may spit poison

upon Egypt. It is named Merapi, Moon of Israel, is it not?"

"That is the name of the lady who dreamed the dream," replied Seti in a cold voice, though I felt him tremble

with anger at my side, "the dream that if Pharaoh wills my companions here shall set out word for word to his

magicians."

"Pharaoh does not will it," shouted Amenmeses smiting the board with his fist, "because Pharaoh knows that

it is but another trick to save these wizards and thieves from the doom that they have earned."

"Am I then a worker of tricks, O Pharaoh? If I had been such, why have I journeyed hither to give warning,

when by sitting yonder at Memphis tomorrow, I might once more have become heir to the double crown?

For if you will not hearken to me, I tell you that very soon you shall be dead, and with you these"and he

pointed to all those who sat at table"and with them the great army that lies without. Ere you speak, tell me,

what is that black cloud which stands before the camp of the Hebrews? Is there no answer? Then I will give

you the answer. It is the pall that shall wrap the bones of every one of you."

Now the company shivered with fear, yes, even the priests and the magicians shivered. But Pharaoh went

mad with rage. Springing from his seat, he snatched at the double crown upon his head, and hurled it to the

ground, and I noted that the golden uræus band about it, rolled away, and rested upon Seti's sandalled foot.

He tore his robes and shouted:

"At least our fate shall be your fate, Renegade, who have sold Egypt to the Hebrew witch in payment of her

kisses. Seize this man and his companions, and when we go down to battle against these Israelites tomorrow

after the darkness lifts, let them be set with the captains of the van. So shall the truth be known at last."

Thus Pharaoh commanded, and Seti, answering nothing, folded his arms upon his breast and waited.

Men rose from their seats as though to obey Pharaoh and sank back to them again. Guards started forward

and yet remained standing where they were. Then Bakenkhonsu burst into one of his great laughs.

"Ohoho," he laughed, "Pharaohs have I seen come and go, one and two and three, and four and five, but

never yet have I seen a Pharaoh whom none of his councillors or guards could obey however much they

willed it. When you are Pharaoh, Prince Seti, may your luck be better. Your arm, Ana, my friend, and lead

on, Royal Heir of Egypt. The truth is shown to blind eyes that will not see. The word is spoken to deaf ears

that will not hearken, and the duty done. Night falls. Sleep ye well, ye bidden of Osiris, sleep ye well!"

Then we turned and walked from that pavilion. At its entrance I looked back, and in the low light that

precedes the darkness, it seemed to me as though all seated there were already dead. Blue were their faces

and hollow shone their eyes, and from their lips there came no word. Only they stared at us as we went, and

stared and stared again.

Without the door of the pavilion, by command of the Prince, I called aloud the substance of the lady Merapi's

dream, and warned all within earshot to cease from pursuing the people of Israel, if they would continue to


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 132



Top




Page No 135


live to look upon the sun. Yet even now, although to speak thus was treason against Pharaoh, none lifted a

hand against the Prince, or against me his servant. Often since then I have wondered why this was so, and

found no answer to my questionings. Mayhap it was because of the majesty of my master, whom all knew to

be the true Pharaoh, and loved at heart. Mayhap it was because they were sure that he would not have

travelled so far and placed himself in the power of Amenmeses save to work the armies of Egypt good, and

not ill, and to bring them a message that had been spoken by the gods themselves.

Or mayhap it was because he was still hedged about by that protection which the Hebrews had vowed to him

through their prophets with the voice of Jabez. At least so it happened. Pharaoh might command, but his

servants would not obey. Moreover, the story spread, and that night many deserted from the host of Pharaoh

and encamped about us, or fled back towards the cities whence they came. Also with them were not a few

councillors and priests who had talked secretly with Bakenkhonsu. So it chanced that even if Pharaoh desired

to make an end of us, as perhaps he purposed to do in the midnight watches, he thought it wisest to let the

matter lie until he had finished with the people of Israel.

It was a very strange night, silent, with a heavy, stirless air. There were no stars, but the curtain of black

cloud which seemed to hang beyond the camp of the Egyptians was alive with lightnings which appeared to

shape themselves to letters that I could not read.

"Behold the Book of Fate written in fire by the hand of God!" said Bakenkhonsu, as he watched.

About midnight a mighty east wind began to blow, so strongly that we must lie upon our faces under the lea

of the chariots. Then the wind died away and we heard tumult and shoutings, both from the camp of Egypt,

and from the camp of Israel beyond the cloud. Next there came a shock as of earthquake, which threw those

of us who were standing to the ground, and by a bloodred moon that now appeared we perceived that all the

army of Pharaoh was beginning to move towards the sea.

"Whither go they?" I asked of the Prince who clung to my arm.

"To doom, I think," he answered, "but to what doom I do not know."

After this we said no more, because we were too much afraid.

Dawn came at last, showing the most awful sight that was ever beheld by the eye of man.

The wall of cloud had disappeared, and in the clear light of the morning, we perceived that the deep waters of

the Sea of Reeds had divided themselves, leaving a raised roadway that seemed to have been cleared by the

wind, or perchance to have been thrown up by the earthquake. Who can say? Not I who never set foot upon

that path of death. Along this wide road streamed the tens of thousands of the Israelites, passing between the

water on the right hand, and the water on the left, and after them followed all the army of Pharaoh, save those

who had deserted, and stood or lay around us, watching. We could even see the golden chariots that marked

the presence of Pharaoh himself, and of his bodyguard, deep in the heart of the broken host that struggled

forward without discipline or order.

"What now? Oh! what now?" murmured Seti, and as he spoke there was a second shock of earthquake. Then

to the west on the sea there arose a mighty wave, whereof the crest seemed to be high as a pyramid. It rolled

forward with a curved and foaming head, and in the hollow of it for a moment, no more, we saw the army of

Egypt. Yet in that moment I seemed to see mighty shapes fleeing landwards along the crest of the wave,

which shapes I took to be the gods of Egypt, pursued by a form of light and glory that drove them as with a


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 133



Top




Page No 136


scourge. They came, they went, accompanied by a sound of wailing, and the wave fell.

But beyond it, the hordes of Israel still marchedupon the further shore.

Dense gloom followed, and through the gloom I saw, or thought I saw, Merapi, Moon of Israel, standing

before us with a troubled face and heard or thought I heard her cry:

"Oh! help me, my lord Seti! Help me, my lord Seti!"

Then she too was gone.

"Harness the chariots!" cried Seti, in a hollow voice.

CHAPTER XVIII. THE CROWNING OF MERAPI

Fast as sped our horses, rumour, or rather the truth, carried by those who had gone before us, flew faster. Oh!

that journey was as a dream begotten by the evil gods. On we galloped through the day and through the night

and lo! at every town and village women rushed upon us crying:

"Is it true, O travellers, is it true that Pharaoh and his host are perished in the sea?"

Then old Bakenkhonsu would call in answer:

"It is true that he who was Pharaoh and his host are perished in the sea. But lo! here is he who is Pharaoh,"

and he pointed to the Prince, who took no heed and said nothing, save:

"On! On!"

Then forward we would plunge again till once more the sound of wailing died into silence.

It was sunset, and at length we drew near to the gates of Memphis. The Prince turned to me and spoke.

"Heretofore I have not dared to ask," he said, "but tell me, Ana. In the gloom after the great cliff of water fell

and the shapes of terror swept by, did you seem to see a woman stand before us and did you seem to hear her

speak?"

"I did, O Prince."

"Who was that woman and what did she say?"

"She was one who bore a child to you, O Prince, which child is not, and she said, 'Oh! help me, my lord Seti.

Help me, my lord Seti!'"

His face grew ashen even beneath its veil of dust, and he groaned.

"Two who loved her have seen and two who loved her have heard," he said. "There is no room for doubt.

Ana, she is dead!"


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 134



Top




Page No 137


"I pray the gods"

"Pray not, for the gods of Egypt are also dead, slain by the god of Israel. Ana, who has murdered her?"

With my finger I who am a draughtsman drew in the thick dust that lay on the board of the chariot the brows

of a man and beneath them two deep eyes. The gilt on the board where the sun caught it looked like light in

the eyes.

The Prince nodded and said:

"Now we shall learn whether great magicians such as Ki can die like other men. Yes, if need be, to learn that

I will put on Pharaoh's crown."

We halted at the gates of Memphis. They were shut and barred, but from within the vast city rose a sound of

tumult.

"Open!" cried the Prince to the guard.

"Who bids me open?" answered the captain of the gate peering at us, for the low sun lay behind.

"Pharaoh bids you open."

"Pharaoh!" said the man. "We have sure tidings that Pharaoh and his armies are slain by wizardry in the sea."

"Fool!" thundered the Prince, "Pharaoh never dies. Pharaoh Amenmeses is with Osiris but the good god Seti

Meneptah who is Pharaoh bids you open."

Then the bronze gates rolled back, and those who guarded them prostrated themselves in the dust.

"Man," I called to the captain, "what means yonder shouting?"

"Sir," he answered, "I do not know, but I am told that the witch who has brought woe on Egypt and by magic

caused the death of Pharaoh Amenmeses and his armies, dies by fire in the place before the temple."

"By whose command?" I cried again as the charioteer flogged the horses, but no answer reached our ears.

We rushed on up the wide street to the great place that was packed with tens of thousands of the people. We

drove the horses at them.

"Way for Pharaoh! Way for the Mighty One, the good god, Seti Meneptah, King of the Upper and the Lower

Land!" shouted the escort.

The people turned and saw the tall shape of the Prince still clad in the robes of state which he had worn when

he stood before Amenmeses in the pavilion by the sea.

"Pharaoh! Pharaoh! Hail to Pharaoh!" they cried, prostrating themselves, and the cry passed on through

Memphis like a wind.

Now we were come to the centre of the place, and there in front of the great gates of the temple burned a vast

pyre of wood. Before the pyre moved figures, in one of whom I knew Ki dressed in his magician's robe.

Outside of these there was a double circle of soldiers who kept the people back, which these needed, for they


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 135



Top




Page No 138


raved like madmen and shook their fists. A group of priests near the fire separated, and I saw that among

them stood a man and a woman, the latter with dishevelled hair and torn robes as though she had been

roughly handled. At this moment her strength seemed to fail her and she sank to the ground, lifting her face

as she did so. It was the face of Merapi, Moon of Israel.

So she was not dead. The man at her side stooped as though to lift her up, but a stone thrown out of the

shadow struck him in the back and caused him to straighten himself, which he did with a curse at the thrower.

I knew the voice at once, although the speaker was disguised.

It was that of Laban the Israelite, he who had been betrothed to Merapi, and had striven to murder us in the

land of Goshen. What did he here? I wondered dimly.

Ki was speaking. "Hark how the Hebrew cat spits," he said. "Well, the cause has been tried and the verdict

given, and I think that the familiar should feed the flames before the witch. Watch him now, and perhaps he

will change into something else."

All this he said, smiling in his usual pleasant fashion, even when he made a sign to certain black temple

slaves who stood near. They leapt forward, and I saw the firelight shone upon their copper armlets as they

gripped Laban. He fought furiously, shouting:

"Where are your armies, Egyptians, and where is your dog of a Pharaoh? Go dig them from the Sea of Reeds.

Farewell, Moon of Israel. Look how your royal lover crowns you at the last, O faithless"

He said no more, for at this moment the slaves hurled him headlong into the heart of the great fire, which

blackened for a little and burned bright again.

Then it was that Merapi struggled to her feet and cried in a ringing voice those very words which the Prince

and I had seemed to hear her speak far away by the Sea of Reeds"Oh! help me my lord Seti! Help me, my

lord Seti!" Yes, the same words which had echoed in our ears days before they passed her lips, or so we

believed.

Now all this while our chariots had been forcing their way foot by foot through the wall of the watching

crowd, perhaps while a man might count a hundred, no more. As the echoes of her cry died away at length we

were through and leaping to the ground.

"The witch calls on one who sups tonight at the board of Osiris with Pharaoh and his host," sneered Ki.

"Well, let her go to seek him there if the guardian gods will suffer it," and again he made a sign to the black

slaves.

But Merapi had seen or felt Seti advancing from the shadows and seeing flung herself upon his breast. He

kissed her on the brow before them all, then bade me hold her up and turned to face the people.

"Bow down. Bow down. Bow down!" cried the deep voice of Bakenkhonsu. "Life! Blood! Strength!

Pharaoh! Pharaoh! Pharaoh!" and what he said the escort echoed.

Then of a sudden the multitude understood. To their knees they fell and from every side rose the ancient

salutation. Seti held up his hand and blessed them. Watching, I saw Ki slip towards the darkness, and

whispered a word to the guards, who sprang upon him and brought him back.

Then the Prince spoke:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 136



Top




Page No 139


"Ye name me Pharaoh, people of Memphis, and Pharaoh I fear I am by descent of blood today, though

whether I will consent to bear the burdens of government, should Egypt wish it of me, as yet I know not. Still

he who wore the double crown is, I believe, dead in the midst of the sea; at the least I saw the waters

overwhelm him and his army. Therefore, if only for an hour, I will be Pharaoh, that as Pharaoh I may judge

of certain matters. Lady Merapi, tell me, I pray you, how came you to this pass?"

"My lord," she answered, in a low voice, "after you had gone to warn the army of Pharaoh because of that

dream I dreamed, Ki, who departed on the same day, returned again. Through one of the women of the

household, over whom he had power, or so I think, he obtained access to me when I was alone in my

chamber. There he made me this offer:

"'Give me,' he said, 'the secret of your magic that I may be avenged upon the wizards of the Hebrews who

have brought about my downfall, and upon the Hebrews themselves, and also upon all my other enemies, and

thus once more become the greatest man in Egypt. In turn I will fulfil all your desires, and make you, and no

other, Queen of Egypt, and be your faithful servant, and that of your lord Seti who shall be Pharaoh, until the

end of your lives. Refuse, and I will stir up the people against you, and before ever the Prince returns, if he

returns at all, they who believe you to be an evil sorceress shall mete out to you the fate of a sorceress.'

"My lord, I answered to Ki what I have often told him before, that I had no magic to reveal to him, I who

knew nothing of the black arts of sorcery, seeing that it was not I who destroyed the statue of Amon in the

temple at Tanis, but that same Power which since then has brought all the plagues on Egypt. I said, too, that I

cared nothing for the gifts he offered to me, as I had no wish to be Queen of Egypt. My lord, he laughed in

my face, saying I should find that he was one ill to mock, as others had found before me. Then he pointed at

me with his wand and muttered some spell over me, which seemed to numb my limbs and voice, holding me

helpless till he had been gone a long while, and could not be found by your servants, whom I commanded in

your name to seize, and keep him till your return.

"From that hour the people began to threaten me. They crowded about the palace gates in thousands, crying

day and night that they were going to kill me, the witch. I prayed for help, but from me, a sinner, heaven has

grown so far away that my prayers seem to fall back unheard upon my head. Even the servants in the palace

turned against me, and would not look upon my face. I grew mad with fear and loneliness, since all fled

before me. At last one night towards the dawn I went on to the terrace, and since no god would hear me, I

turned towards the north whither I knew that you had gone, and cried to you to help me in those same words

which I cried again just now before you appeared." (Here the Prince looked at me and I Ana looked at him.)

"Then it was that from among the bushes of the garden appeared a man, hidden in a long, sheepskin cloak, so

that I could not see his face, who said to me:

"'Moon of Israel, I have been sent by his Highness, the Prince Seti, to tell you that you are in danger of your

life, as he is in danger of his, wherefore he cannot come to you. His command is that you come to him, that

together you may flee away out of Egypt to a land where you will both be safe until all these troubles are

finished.'

"'How know I that you of the veiled face are a true messenger?' I asked. 'Give me a sign.'

"Then he held out to me that scarabæus of lapislazuli which your Highness gave to me far away in the land

of Goshen, the same that you asked back from me as a love token when we plighted troth, and you gave me

your royal ring, which scarabæus I had seen in your robe when you drove away with Ana."

"I lost it on our journey to the Sea of Reeds, but said nothing of it to you, Ana, because I thought the omen

evil, having dreamed in the night that Ki appeared and stole it from me," whispered the Prince to me.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 137



Top




Page No 140


"'It is not enough,' I answered. 'This jewel may have been thieved away, or snatched from the dead body of

the Prince, or taken from him by magic.'

"The cloaked man thought a while and said, 'This night, not an hour ago, Pharaoh and his chariots were

overwhelmed in the Sea of Reeds. Let that serve as a sign.'

"'How can this be?' I answered, 'since the Sea of Reeds is far away, and such tidings cannot travel thence in

an hour. Get you gone, false tempter.'

"'Yet it is so,' he answered.

"'When you prove it to me, I will believe, and come.'

"'Good,' he said, and was gone.

"Next day a rumour began to run that this awful thing had happened. It grew stronger and stronger, until all

swore that it had happened. Now the fury of the people rose against me, and they ravened round the palace

like lions of the desert, roaring for my blood. Yet it was as though they could not enter here, since whenever

they rushed at the gates or walls, they fell back again, for some spirit seemed to protect the place. The days

went by; the night came again and at the dawn, this dawn that is past, once more I stood upon the terrace, and

once more the cloaked man appeared from among the trees.

"'Now you have heard, Moon of Israel,' he said, 'and now you must believe and come, although you think

yourself safe because at the beginning of the plagues this, the home of Seti, was enchanted against evil, so

that none within it can be harmed.'

"'I have heard, and I think that I believe, though how the tidings reached Memphis in an hour I do not

understand. Yet, stranger, I say to you that it is not enough.'

"Then the man drew a papyrus roll from his bosom and threw it at my feet. I opened it and read. The writing

was the writing of Ana as I knew well, and the signature was the signature of you, my lord, and it was sealed

with your seal, and with the seal of Bakenkhonsu as a witness. Here it is," and from the breast of her garment,

she drew out a roll and gave it to me upon whom she rested all this while.

I opened it, and by the light of torches the Prince, Bakenkhonsu, and I read. It was as she had told us in what

seemed to be my writing, and signed and sealed as she had said. The words ran:

"To Merapi, Moon of Israel, in my house at Memphis.

"Come, Lady, Flower of Love, to me your lord, to whom the bearer of

  this will guide you safely. Come at once, for I am in great

  danger, as you are, and together only can we be safe."

"Ana, what means this?" asked the Prince in a terrible voice. "If you have betrayed me and her"

"By the gods," I began angrily, "am I a man that I should live to hear even your Highness speak thus to me, or

am I but a dog of the desert?"

I ceased, for at that moment Bakenkhonsu began to laugh.

"Look at the letter!" he laughed. "Look at the letter."


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 138



Top




Page No 141


We looked, and as we looked, behold the writing on it turned first to the colour of blood and then faded away,

till presently there was nothing in my hand but a blank sheet of papyrus.

"Ohoho!" laughed Bakenkhonsu. "Truly, friend Ki, you are the first of magicians, save those prophets of the

Israelites who have brought you Whither have they brought you, friend Ki?"

Then for the first time the painted smile left the face of Ki, and it became like a block of stone in which were

set two angry jewels that were his eyes.

"Continue, Lady," said the Prince.

"I obeyed the letter. I fled away with the man who said he had a chariot waiting. We passed out by the little

gate.

"'Where is the chariot?' I asked.

"'We go by boat,' he answered, and led the way towards the river. As we threaded the big palm grove men

appeared from between the trees.

"'You have betrayed me,' I cried.

"'Nay,' he answered, 'I am myself betrayed.'

"Then for the first time I knew his voice for that of Laban.

"The men seized us; at the head of them was Ki.

"'This is the witch,' he said, 'who, her wickedness finished, flies with her Hebrew lover, who is also the

familiar of her sorceries.'

"They tore the cloak and the false beard from him and there before me stood Laban. I cursed him to his face.

But all he answered was:

"'Merapi, what I have done I did for love of you. It was my purpose to take you away to our people, for here I

knew that they would kill you. This magician promised you to me if I could tempt you from the safety of the

palace, in return for certain tidings that I have given him.'

"These were the only words that passed between us till the end. They dragged us to the secret prison of the

great temple where we were separated. Here all day long Ki and the priests tormented me with questions, to

which I gave no answer. Towards the evening they brought me out and led me here with Laban at my side.

When the people saw me a great cry went up of 'Sorceress! Hebrew witch!' They broke through the guard;

they seized me, threw me to the ground and beat me. Laban strove to protect me but was torn away. At length

the people were driven off, and oh! my lord, you know the rest. I have spoken truth, I can no more."

So saying her knees loosened beneath her and she swooned. We bore her to the chariot.

"You have heard, Ki," said the Prince. "Now, what answer?"

"None, O Pharaoh," he replied coldly, "for Pharaoh you are, as I promised that you should be. My spirit has

deserted me, those Hebrews have stolen it away. That writing should have faded from the scroll as soon as it

was read by yonder lady, and then I would have told you another story; a story of secret love, of betrayal and


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 139



Top




Page No 142


attempted flight with her lover. But some evil god kept it there until you also had read, you who knew that

you had not written what appeared before your eyes. Pharaoh, I am conquered. Do your will with me, and

farewell. Beloved you shall always be as you have always been, but happy never in this world."

"O People," cried Seti, "I will not be judge in my own cause. You have heard, do you judge. For this wizard,

what reward?"

Then there went up a great cry of "Death! Death by fire. The death he had made ready for the innocent!"

That was the end, but they told me afterwards that, when the great pyre had burned out, in it was found the

head of Ki looking like a redhot stone. When the sunlight fell on it, however, it crumbled and faded away,

as the writing had faded from the roll. If this be true I do not know, who was not present at the time.

We bore Merapi to the palace. She lived but three days, she whose body and spirit were broken. The last time

I saw her was when she sent for me not an hour before death came. She was lying in Seti's arms babbling to

him of their child and looking very sweet and happy. She thanked me for my friendship, smiling the while in

a way which showed me that she knew it was more than friendship, and bade me tend my master well until

we all met again elsewhere. Then she gave me her hand to kiss and I went away weeping.

After she was dead a strange fancy took Seti. In the great hall of the palace he caused a golden throne to be

put up, and on this throne he set her in regal garments, with pectoral and necklaces of gems, crowned like a

queen of Egypt, and thus he showed her to the lords of Memphis. Then he caused her to be embalmed and

buried in a secret sepulchre, the place of which I have sworn never to reveal, but without any rites because

she was not of the faith of Egypt.

There then she sleeps in her eternal house until the Day of Resurrection, and with her sleeps her little son.

It was within a moon of this funeral that the great ones of Egypt came to Memphis to name the Prince as

Pharaoh, and with them came her Highness, the Queen Userti. I was present at the ceremony, which to me

was very strange. There was the Vizier Nehesi; there was the high priest Roi and with him many other

priests; and there was even the old chamberlain Pambasa, pompous yet grovelling as before, although he had

deserted the household of the Prince after his disinheritance for that of the Pharaoh Amenmeses. His

appearance with his wand of office and long white beard, of which he was so proud because it was his own,

drew from Seti the only laugh I had heard him utter for many weeks.

"So you are back again, Chamberlain Pambasa," he said.

"O most Holy, O most Royal," answered the old knave, "has Pambasa, the grain of dust beneath your feet,

ever deserted the House of Pharaoh, or that of him who will be Pharaoh?"

"No," replied Seti, "it is only when you think that he will not be Pharaoh that you desert. Well, get you to

your duties, rogue, who perhaps at bottom are as honest as the rest."

Then followed the great and ancient ceremony of the Offering of the Crown, in which spoke priests disguised

as gods and other priests disguised as mighty Pharaohs of the past; also the nobles of the Nomes and the chief

men of cities. When all had finished Seti answered:

"I take this, my heritage," and he touched the double crown, "not because I desire it but because it is my duty,

as I swore that I would to one who has departed. Blow upon blow have smitten Egypt which, I think, had my


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 140



Top




Page No 143


voice been listened to, would never have fallen. Egypt lies bleeding and wellnigh dead. Let it be your work

and mine to try to nurse her back to life. For no long while am I with you, who also have been smitten, how it

matters not, yet while I am here, I who seem to reign will be your servant and that of Egypt. It is my decree

that no feasts or ceremonials shall mark this my accession, and that the wealth which would have been

scattered upon them shall be distributed among the widows and children of those who perished in the Sea of

Reeds. Depart!"

They went, humble yet happy, since here was a Pharaoh who knew the needs of Egypt, one too who loved her

and who alone had shown himself wise of heart while others were filled with madness. Then her Highness

entered, splendidly apparelled, crowned and followed by her household, and made obeisance.

"Greeting to Pharaoh," she cried.

"Greeting to the Royal Princess of Egypt," he answered.

"Nay, Pharaoh, the Queen of Egypt."

By Seti's side there was another throne, that in which he had set dead Merapi with a crown upon her head. He

turned and looked at it a while. Then, he said:

"I see that this seat is empty. Let the Queen of Egypt take her place there if so she wills."

She stared at him as if she thought that he was mad, though doubtless she had heard something of that story,

then swept up the steps and sat herself down in the royal chair.

"Your Majesty has been long absent," said Seti.

"Yes," she answered, "but as my Majesty promised she would do, she has returned to her lawful place at the

side of Pharaohnever to leave it more."

"Pharaoh thanks her Majesty," said Seti, bowing low.

Some six years had gone by, when one night I was seated with the Pharaoh Seti Meneptah in his palace at

Memphis, for there he always chose to dwell when matters of State allowed.

It was on the anniversary of the Death of the Firstborn, and of this matter it pleased him to talk to me. Up and

down the chamber he walked and, watching him by the lamplight, I noted that of a sudden he seemed to have

grown much older, and that his face had become sweeter even than it was before. He was more thin also, and

his eyes had in them a look of one who stares at distances.

"You remember that night, Friend, do you not," he said; "perhaps the most terrible night the world has ever

seen, at least in the little piece of it called Egypt." He ceased, lifted a curtain, and pointed to a spot on the

pillared portico without. "There she sat," he went on; "there you stood; there lay the boy and there crouched

his nurseby the way, I grieve to hear that she is ill. You are caring for her, are you not, Ana? Say to her

that Pharaoh will come to visit herwhen he may, when he may."

"I remember it all, Pharaoh."

"Yes, of course you would remember, because you loved her, did you not, and the boy too, and even me, the

father. And so you will love us always when we reach a land where sex with its walls and fires are forgotten,


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 141



Top




Page No 144


and love alone survivesas we shall love you."

"Yes," I answered, "since love is the key of life, and those alone are accursed who have never learned to

love."

"Why accursed, Ana, seeing that, if life continues, they still may learn?" He paused a while, then went on: "I

am glad that he died, Ana, although had he lived, as the Queen will have no children, he might have become

Pharaoh after me. But what is it to be Pharaoh? For six years now I have reigned, and I think that I am

beloved; reigned over a broken land which I have striven to bind together, reigned over a sick land which I

have striven to heal, reigned over a desolated land which I have striven to make forget. Oh! the curse of those

Hebrews worked well. And I think that it was my fault, Ana, for had I been more of a man, instead of casting

aside my burden, I should have stood up against my father Meneptah and his policy and, if need were, have

raised the people. Then the Israelites would have gone, and no plagues would have smitten Egypt. Well, what

I did, I did because I must, perhaps, and what has happened, has happened. And now my time comes to an

end, and I go hence to balance my account as best I may, praying that I may find judges who understand, and

are gentle."

"Why does Pharaoh speak thus?" I asked.

"I do not know, Ana, yet that Hebrew wife of mine has been much in my mind of late. She was wise in her

way, as wise as loving, was she not, and if we could see her once again, perhaps she would answer the

question. But although she seems so near to me, I never can see her, quite. Can you, Ana?"

"No, Pharaoh, though one night old Bakenkhonsu vowed that he perceived her passing before us, and looking

at me earnestly as she passed."

"Ah! Bakenkhonsu. Well, he is wise too, and loved her in his fashion. Also the flesh fades from him, though

mayhap he will live to make offerings at both our tombs. Well, Bakenkhonsu is at Tanis, or is it at Thebes,

with her Majesty, whom he ever loves to observe, as I do. So he can tell us nothing of what he thought he

saw. This chamber is hot, Ana, let us stand without."

So we passed the curtain, and stood upon the portico, looking at the garden misty with moonlight, and talking

of this and thatabout the Israelites, I think, who, as we heard, were wandering in the deserts of Sinai. Then

of a sudden we grew silent, both of us.

A cloud floated over the face of the moon, leaving the world in darkness. It passed, and I became aware that

we were no longer alone. There in front of us was a mat, and on the mat lay a dead child, the royal child

named Seti; there by the mat stood a woman with agony in her eyes, looking at the dead child, the Hebrew

woman named Moon of Israel.

Seti touched me, and pointed to her, and I pointed to the child. We stood breathless. Then of a sudden,

stooping down, Merapi lifted up the child and held it towards its father. But, lo! now no longer was it dead;

nay, it laughed and laughed, and seeing him, seemed to throw its arms about his neck, and to kiss him on the

lips. Moreover, the agony in the woman's eyes turned to joy unspeakable, and she became more beautiful

than a star. Then, laughing like the child, Merapi turned to Seti, beckoned, and was gone.

"We have seen the dead," he said to me presently, "and, oh! Ana, the dead still live!"

That night, ere dawn, a cry rang through the palace, waking me from my sleep. This was the cry:


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 142



Top




Page No 145


"The good god Pharaoh is no more! The hawk Seti has flown to heaven!"

At the burial of Pharaoh, I laid the halves of the broken cup upon his breast, that he might drink therefrom in

the Day of Resurrection.

Here ends the writing of the Scribe Ana, the Counsellor and Companion of the King, by him beloved.


Moon of Israel

Moon of Israel A Tale of the Exodus 143



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. Moon of IsraelA Tale of the Exodus, page = 4